Bellflower City Council
August 12, 2024

14-L
TO:Honorable Mayor and Members of the City Council
ATTENTION:Ryan Smoot, City Manager
FROM:Len Gorecki, Assistant City Manager/Director of Public Works Kimberly Gonzalez, Public Works Coordinator
SUBJECT:Consideration and possible action to adopt Resolution No. 24-47 – A Resolution approving the Plans and Specifications for the Aquatic Center Outdoor Pool Improvements (Specifications No. 23/24-06), pursuant to Government Code § 830.6, and establishing a project payment account; and authorizing solicitation of bids.

DATE:August 12, 2024

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
This action would approve the Plans and Specifications, preserve the City’s right to assert design immunity to any claim for damages arising from the design, and authorize the Public Works Department to advertise for bids for the construction of the Aquatic Center Outdoor Pool Improvements (Specifications No. 23/24-06). The award of a contract will be brought before the City Council at a later date for approval.

RECOMMENDATION TO CITY COUNCIL
1) Adopt Resolution No. 24-47; or
2) Alternatively, discuss and take other action related to this item.

FISCAL IMPACT
The Engineer’s estimate of cost plus contingency to perform the work under Specifications No. 22/23-06 is $765,000. Funds are budgeted in Account Nos. 011- 47220-9000 and 030-47220-9000 (Aquatic Center Improvements) in the total amount of $600,000. A budget amendment may be required at the time of the bid award or contract execution from the Park Facilities Fund, General Fund and/or any other viable funding sources.
-1-
1: BELLF
X14 0 Low/8Q
0 €~ ROWING T061379?”
«In stafteport

Staff Report – Approval of Plans & Specifications for the Aquatic Center Outdoor Pool Improvements, Spec. No. 23/24-06
August 12, 2024

DISCUSSION
This project will be for deck repairs, filter replacements and replastering at the Aquatic Center outdoor pool at Thompson Park. The design and technical specifications for the repairs were prepared by BOA, Inc. and have been approved by the LA County Health Department and the City’s Building & Safety Division. Upon City Council approval of the Plans and Specifications for this project, staff will solicit bids for the construction of the improvements.

CEQA
Pursuant to the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) (Public Resources Code §§ 21000, et seq.) and CEQA Guidelines (California Code of Regulations, Title 14, §§ 15000, et seq.), the City conducted an environmental assessment. Based on the environmental assessment, the project was determined to be categorically exempt pursuant to CEQA Guidelines § 15303 (Class 1 – Existing Facilities).

ATTACHMENTS
Resolution No. 24-47....................................................................................................... 3 Plans & Specifications ..................................................................................................... 5 -2-

CITY OF BELLFLOWER
RESOLUTION NO. 24-47

A RESOLUTION APPROVING THE PLANS AND

SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE AQUATIC CENTER

OUTDOOR POOL IMPROVEMENTS (SPECIFICATIONS
NO. 23/24-06) PURSUANT TO GOVERNMENT CODE
§ 830.6, ESTABLISHING A PROJECT PAYMENT
ACCOUNT; AND AUTHORIZING SOLICITATION OF BIDS
THE CITY COUNCIL RESOLVES AS FOLLOWS:

SECTION 1. The City Council finds and declares as follows:

A.Public Works Department prepared the plans and specifications for the Aquatic Center Outdoor Pool Improvements (“Project”); B.The Director of Public Works reviewed the completed Plans and Specifications for the Project and agrees that the plans and specifications are complete and the Project may be completed; C. The City Council wishes to obtain the immunities set forth in Government Code § 830.6 with regard to the Plans and
Specifications and completion of the Project; and
D. The City reviewed the project’s environmental impacts under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA) (Public Resources Code §§ 21000, et seq.) and CEQA Guidelines (California Code of Regulations, Title 14 §§ 15000, et seq.). The Project is categorically exempt pursuant to CEQA Guidelines § 15303 (Class 1 – Existing Facilities).

SECTION 2.Design Immunity; Authorization.

A.The Plans and Specifications for the Project are determined to be consistent with the City’s standards and are approved.

B.The Plans and Specifications approval set forth in this Resolution occurred before actual work on the Project construction commenced.

C. The approval granted by this Resolution conforms to the City’s General Plan.

D. The Director of Public Works, or designee, is authorized to act on the City’s behalf in approving any alterations or modifications of the Plans and Specifications approved by this Resolution.
-3-

City of Bellflower
Resolution No. 24-47

E.The approval and authorization granted by this Resolution is intended to avail the City of the immunities set forth in Government Code §830.6.

F.The City Manager, or designee, may solicit bids for the Project in accordance with applicable law.

SECTION 3. Project Payment Account. For purposes of the Contract Documents administering the Project, the City Council directs the City Manager, or designee, to establish a fund containing sufficient monies at the time of contract execution from the current fiscal year budget to pay for the Project (“Project Payment Account”). The Project Payment Account is the sole source of funds available for the Contract Sum, as defined in the Contract Documents administering the Project.

SECTION 4.If any part of this Resolution or its application is deemed invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, the City Council intends that such invalidity will not affect the effectiveness of the remaining provisions or applications and, to this end, the provisions of this Resolution are severable.

SECTION 5.Electronic Signatures. This Resolution may be executed with electronic signatures in accordance with Government Code 16.5 Such electronic signatures will be treated in all respects as having the same effect as an original signature.

SECTION 6. The Mayor, or presiding officer, is hereby authorized to affix his signature to this Resolution signifying its adoption by the City Council of the City of Bellflower and the City Clerk, or her duly appointed deputy, shall attest thereto.

SECTION 7.This Resolution will become effective immediately upon adoption.

PASSED, APPROVED, AND ADOPTED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF BELLFLOWER ON THIS 12TH DAY OF AUGUST 2024.
____________________________
Dan Koops, Mayor
ATTEST:
_______________________________
Mayra Ochiqui, City Clerk
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
_______________________________
Karl H. Berger, City Attorney
-4-

CITY OF BELLFLOWER

BELLFLOWER, CALIFORNIA
PLANS

SPECIFICATIONS

AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

FOR THE

AQUATIC CENTER OUTDOOR POOL IMPROVEMENTS
SPECIFICATIONS NO. 23/24-06
PREPARED BY:

CITY OF BELLFLOWER

PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
16600 CIVIC CENTER DRIVE
BELLFLOWER, CALIFORNIA 90706
(562) 804-1424
For questions regarding these Bid Specifications
or project, please contact:

Project Manager: Steve Gose
(562) 804-1424, ext. 2256
BIDS DUE: THURSDAY, SEPTEMBER 12, 2024 at 11:00 AM
These plans and specifications are the exclusive property of the City of Bellflower and shall not be used in any manner without prior consent of the City of Bellflower. Any reuse of these plans and specifications by others shall be at other’s sole risk and without liability to the City of Bellflower. -5-
of BELLFLO
\r'___. A}?
~i‘mfln nun-run fur-1m.“
OQOW 100M

CITY OF BELLFLOWER

AQUATIC CENTER OUTDOOR POOL IMPROVEMENTS
SPECIFICATIONS NO. 23/24-06
SECTION 1 -TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION PAGE
NOTICE INVITING SEALED BIDS ............................................................................. N-1 BIDDING INSTRUCTIONS .......................................................................................... I-1 BID DOCUMENTS (All Bid Documents must be submitted by bid date) Bidder’s Statement of Past Contract Disqualifications ................................................. B-1 Insurance Requirements .............................................................................................. B-2 Bid ................................................................................................................................ B-4 Project Bid Sheet.......................................................................................................... B-5 Bid Bond ....................................................................................................................... B-7 List of Subcontractors ................................................................................................... B-8 Bidders General Information ........................................................................................ B-9 Worker’s Compensation Insurance Certificate ........................................................... B-11 Non Collusion Declaration .......................................................................................... B-15

CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Agreement ................................................................................................................... C-1 Faithful Performance Bond ...................................................................................... FPB-1 Labor and Materials Bond .................................................................................... L&MB-1 Declaration of Sufficiency of Funds……………………………………………………..DSF-1 GUARANTY ................................................................................................................ G-1 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................................ SS-1 PCC § 9204 .................................................................................................... ATTACHED TECHNICAL PROVISIONS ........................................................................................TP-1 -6-

N-1

NOTICE INVITING SEALED BIDS

FOR THE AQUATIC CENTER OUTDOOR POOL IMPROVEMENTS

IN THE CITY OF BELLFLOWER
SPECIFICATIONS NO. 23/24-06
The City of Bellflower is accepting sealed bids in the City Clerk’s office, 16600 Civic Center Drive, Bellflower, CA 90706, until 11:00 a.m. on:

THURSDAY, SEPTEMBER12, 2024
at which time they will be publicly opened. Bids will not be accepted after that time.

As described in the Bidding Documents, the bids are for a public works project (“Project”) which consists of an AQUATIC CENTER OUTDOOR POOL IMPROVEMENTS and related work as shown on the plans on file with the City’s Public Works Department. The Engineer’s Estimate of cost is $765,000. Bids will be publicly opened on Thursday, September 12, 2024.

Work on the Project must be performed in strict conformity with Specification No. 23/24- 06 as adopted by the City’s City Council on August 12, 2024, which is filed with the City’s Public Works Department. Copies of these plans and specifications may be obtained by prospective bidders from the Public Works Department, 9944 Flora Vista Street, Bellflower, CA 90706 for a non-refundable fee of $35.00. Plans and specifications can be mailed for an additional non-refundable fee of $10.00 per set.

Mandatory jobsite walk will be held Thursday, August 29, 2024 at 10:30 AM at 14001 Bellflower Blvd., Bellflower, CA 90706. Prospective bidders will have opportunity to examine the project site and are encouraged to raise any questions associated with the project and site. Attendance of the jobsite walk is mandatory for parties wishing to submit a bid as the Prime Contractor.

The terms and conditions for bidding on the Project are described in the attached Bidding Instructions which can be found at www.bellflower.org .

This project requires payment of State prevailing rates of wages for Los Angeles County.

The contractor must post copies of the prevailing schedule at each job site. Copies of these rates of wages are available from the State of California Department of Industrial Relations Prevailing Wage Unit, Telephone No. (415) 703-4774. The website for this agency is currently located at www.dir.ca.gov .

Note that the Project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the California Department of Industrial Relations. Pursuant to California law, the City must find bids failing to comply with all applicable Labor Code requirements including, without limitation, Labor Code §§ 1725.5 and 1771.4, to be nonresponsive. -7-

Notice Inviting Sealed Bids
Specifications No. 23/24-06
N-2
[IF APPLICABLE: The contractor to whom the contract is awarded must assist in locating, qualifying, hiring and increasing the skills of minority group employees and applicants for employment, as set forth in Executive Order 11246 and 11375.] Five percent (5%) will be deducted from each progress payment and retained by the City.

The remainder less the amount of all previous payments will be paid to the Contractor.

Pursuant to Public Contracts Code (“PCC”) § 22300, the Contractor may substitute securities for retention monies held by the City or request that the City place such monies into an escrow account. The Contractor is notified, pursuant to PCC § 22300, any such election will be at the Contractor own expense and will include costs incurred by the City to accommodate the Contractor’s request.

DATED this 12th day of August 2024.

CITY OF BELLFLOWER, CALIFORNIA
-8-

BIDDING INSTRUCTIONS
Specifications No. 23/24-06
I-1

CITY OF BELLFLOWER

AQUATIC CENTER OUTDOOR POOL IMPROVEMENTS
SPECIFICATIONS NO. 23/24-06

BIDDING INSTRUCTIONS
1 DEFINITIONS. Unless provided otherwise, the definitions in the Greenbook, Special Conditions, or other Contract Documents are applicable to all Bidding Documents.

1.1 “Addenda” means written or graphic instruments issued by the City before the Bid Deadline that modify or interpret the Bidding Documents by additions, deletions, clarifications, or corrections.

1.2 “Alternate” means a proposed change in the Work, as described in the Bidding Documents which, if accepted, may result in a change to either the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, or both.

1.3 “Bid Deadline” means the date and time designated in the Notice for Bids as the last date and time for receipt of Bids, as may be revised by Addenda.

1.4 “Bidder” means a person or firm that submits a Bid.

1.5 “Bidding Documents” means the construction documents prepared and issued for bidding purposes including all Addenda.

1.6 “Lump Sum Base Bid” means the sum stated in the Bid for which Bidder offers to perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents, but not including unit price items or Alternates.

1.7 “Unit Price” means an amount stated in the Bid for which Bidder offers to perform the Unit Price Work for a fixed price per unit of measurement. 2 BIDDER’S REPRESENTATIONS.By making its Bid, Bidder represents that:

2.1 Bidder read, understood, and made the Bid pursuant to the requirements in the Bidding Documents.

2.2 Bidder visited the Project site and is familiar with the conditions under which the Work will be performed and the local conditions as related to the Contract Documents.

2.3 The Bid is based upon the materials, equipment, and systems required by the Bidding Documents.
-9-

BIDDING INSTRUCTIONS
Specifications No. 23/24-06
I-2

2.4 Bidder and all Subcontractors, regardless of tier, have the appropriate current licenses issued by the State of California Contractor’s State License Board for the Work to be performed. If Bidder is a joint venture, the Bidder will have a joint venture license appropriate for the performance of the work, and each member of the joint venture will likewise have the appropriate license. Business and Professions Code §§ 7000-7191 establish licensing requirements for contractors.

If a Bidder, that is a specialty contractor, submits a Bid involving 3 or more specialized building trades, the work of which is more than incidental and supplemental to the performance of the Work for which Bidder holds a specialty contractor license, Bidder must also hold either (1) a specialty contractor “C” license in each such trade, (2) a General Engineering contractor “A” license, or (3) a General Building contractor “B” license. This requirement is applicable whether or not Bidder lists a Subcontractor for each such trade.

2.5 If licensure or proper licensure is controverted, then proof of licensure pursuant to this section must be made by production of a verified certificate of licensure from the Contractors' State License Board which establishes that the individual or entity bringing the action was duly licensed in the proper classification of contractors at all times during the performance of any act or contract covered by the action.

Nothing in this subdivision requires any person or entity controverting licensure or proper licensure to produce a verified certificate. When licensure or proper licensure is controverted, the burden of proof to establish licensure or proper licensure is on the licensee.

2.6 Bidder has the expertise and financial capacity to perform and complete all obligations under the Bidding Documents.

2.7 The person executing the Bid Form is duly authorized and empowered to execute the Bid Form on Bidder’s behalf.

2.8 Bidder is aware of and, if awarded the Contract, will comply with Applicable Code Requirements in its performance of the Work.

2.9 The Bidder has paid the City’s business license fee(s). 3 BIDDING DOCUMENTS.

3.1 Bidders may obtain complete sets of the Bidding Documents from the City’s Public Works Department for the sum stated in the Notice for Bids.

3.2 Bidders will use a complete set of Bidding Documents in preparing Bids.

3.3 The City makes copies of the Bidding Documents available, on the above terms, for the sole purpose of obtaining Bids for the Work and does not confer a license or grant permission for any other use of the Bidding Documents. -10-

BIDDING INSTRUCTIONS
Specifications No. 23/24-06
I-3

3.4 CARB IUOR Fleet Certification. Bidders must submit a completed California Air Resources Board In-Use Off-Road Diesel-Fueled Fleets Certification, with Bidder’s Certificate of Reported Compliance included if applicable. City will reject a bid from a Bidder that does not indicate conformance to the California Air Resources Board (“CARB”) In-Use Off- Road Diesel-Fueled Fleets requirements (13 Cal. Code of Regs. sections 2449, 2449.1 and 2449.2).
4 INTERPRETATION OR CORRECTION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS.

4.1 Before submitting its Bid, Bidder will carefully study and compare the various documents comprising the Bidding Documents and compare them with any other work being bid concurrently or presently under construction which relates to the Work for which the Bid is submitted; will examine the Project site, the conditions under which the Work is to be performed, and the local conditions; and will at once report to the City’s Representative errors, inconsistencies, or ambiguities discovered.

4.2 Requests for clarification or interpretation of the Bidding Documents will be addressed to the City’s Representative and must be received at least seven (7) days prior to the date of receipt of bids. No request shall be taken within the six (6) days prior to bid opening.

4.3 Clarifications, interpretations, corrections, and changes to the Bidding Documents will be made by Addenda. Clarifications, interpretations, corrections, and changes to the Bidding Documents made in any other manner will not be binding and Bidders will not rely upon them.
5 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS.No substitutions will be considered before award of Contract. Substitutions will only be considered after award of the Contract and as provided for in the Contract Documents.
6 SUBCONTRACTORS.

6.1 Each Bidder will list in the Bid Form all first-tier Subcontractors that will perform work, labor or render such services. The Bid Form contains spaces for the following information when listing Subcontractors: (1) Work Activity; (2) name of Subcontractor; (3) city of Subcontractor’s business location. Failure to list any of these items on the Bid Form will result in the City treating the Bid as if no Subcontractor was listed for the Work and that Bidder represents to the City that it is fully qualified to perform that portion of the Work and will perform do so.

6.2 Subcontractors listed in the Bid Form will only be substituted after the Bid Deadline with the City’s written consent in accordance with California law. 7 ADDENDA.
-11-

BIDDING INSTRUCTIONS
Specifications No. 23/24-06
I-4

7.1 Addenda will be in writing and issued only by the City. Addenda will be mailed or delivered to all who are known by the City to have received a complete set of Bidding Documents and who have provided a street address for receipt of Addenda.

7.2 Copies of Addenda will be made available for inspection at the City’s Public Works Department.

7.3 The City will issue Addenda so that they are received by prospective Bidders not later than three (3) business days before the Bid Deadline. Addenda that withdraw the request for Bids or postpone the Bid Deadline may be issued any time before the Bid Deadline.

7.4 Each Bidder is responsible for ensuring that it has received all issued Addenda before issuing a Bid.
8 PRE-BID CONFERENCE. Bidder will attend a Pre-Bid Conference where the City will discuss the Bidding Documents, answer questions, accept comments, and conduct a Project site visit. The City requires all Pre-Bid Conference attendees to arrive for the meeting on time and to sign an attendance list which is used to determine if Bidders meet this requirement. Any Bidder not attending the Pre-Bid Conference in its entirety will be deemed to have not complied with the requirements of the Bidding Documents and its Bid will be rejected. 9 FORM AND STYLE OF BIDS

9.1 Bids will be submitted on the Bid Form included with the Bidding Documents.

Bids not submitted on the City’s Bid Form will be rejected.

9.2 All blanks on the Bid Form will be filled in legibly in ink or by typewriter.

9.3 Bidder’s failure to submit a price for any Alternate or unit price will result in the Bid being considered as nonresponsive. If Alternates are called for and no change in the Lump Sum Base Bid is required, enter “No Change.”

9.4 Each Bidder must fill out the “Bidders Statement of Past Contract Disqualifica- tions” form stating any and all instances of contract disqualifications due to a violation of a law or safety regulation. The Bidder must explain the circumstances of each disqualification. The City may reject the bid based on such information.

9.5 Bidder will make no stipulations on the Bid Form nor qualify the Bid in any manner.

9.6 The Bids will be based upon full completion of all the Work as shown on the plans and specifications. It is expressly understood that the plans are drawn with as much accuracy as is possible in advance, but should errors, omissions or discrepancies exist in the plans which show conditions that vary from those encountered in construction, the Bidder (if awarded the Contract) specifically -12-

BIDDING INSTRUCTIONS
Specifications No. 23/24-06
I-5
agrees to construct a completed work ready for the use and in the manner which is intended. In the event of increasing or decreasing of work, the total amount of work actually done or materials or equipment furnished must be paid for according to the unit or lump sum price established for such work under the contract, wherever such unit or lump sum price has been established. In the event no prices are named in the contract to cover such changes or alterations, the cost of such changes must be covered as extra work.

9.7 The Bid Form will be signed by a person or persons legally authorized to bind Bidder to a contract. Bidder’s Representative will sign and date the Declaration included in the Bid Form. Failure to sign and date the declaration will cause the Bid to be rejected.
10 BID SECURITY

10.1 Each Bid will be accompanied by Bid Security, in the amount of 10% of the Lump Sum Base Bid as security for Bidder’s obligation to enter into a Contract with the City on the terms stated in the Bid Form and to furnish all items required by the Bidding Documents. Bid Security will be a Bid Bond on the form provided by the City or a certified check made payable to “City of Bellflower.” When a Bond is used for Bid Security, failure to use the City’s Bid Bond form will result in the rejection of the Bid.

10.2 If the apparent lowest responsible Bidder fails to sign the Agreement and furnish all items required by the Bidding Documents within the time limits specified in these Instructions to Bidders, the City will disqualify such Bidder and select the next apparent lowest responsible Bidder until all bids have been exhausted or the City may reject all bids. In such an event, the disqualified Bidder will be liable for and forfeit to the City the amount of the difference, not to exceed the amount of the Bid Security, between the amount of the disqualified Bid and the larger amount for which the City procures the Work.

10.3 If a Bid Bond is submitted and an attorney-in-fact executes the Bid Bond on behalf of the surety, a notarized and current copy of the power of attorney will be affixed to the Bid Bond. The surety issuing the Bid Bond will be listed in the latest published State of California, Department of Insurance list of, “Insurers Admitted to Transact Surety Insurance in This State.”

10.4 The City will retain Bid Security until the occurrence of one of the following:

10.4.1 All items required by the Bidding Documents have been furnished and the Agreement has been signed by the successful Bidder and the City.

10.4.2 The specified time has elapsed during which Bids may be withdrawn.

10.4.3 All Bids have been rejected.
-13-

BIDDING INSTRUCTIONS
Specifications No. 23/24-06
I-6

10.5 The Bid Form, Bid Security, and all other documents required to be submitted with the Bid will be enclosed in a sealed opaque envelope. The envelope will be addressed to the City Clerk. The envelope will be identified with the AQUATIC CENTER OUTDOOR POOL IMPROVEMENTS, Bidder’s name and address, and, if applicable, the designated portion of the Project for which the Bid is submitted.

If the Bid is sent by mail, the sealed envelope will be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope labeled as follows: “SEALED BID ENCLOSED.”

10.6 Bids will be deposited at the designated location on or before the Bid Deadline. A Bid received after the Bid Deadline will be returned to Bidder unopened.

10.7 Bidder will assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of Bids.

10.8 Oral, telephonic, facsimile, or telegraphic Bids are invalid and will not be accepted.
11 MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID.

11.1 Before the Bid Deadline, a submitted Bid may be modified or withdrawn.

Notice of such action will be given to the City in writing and signed by the Bidder’s authorized representative. A change so made will be so worded as not to reveal the amount of the original Bid.

11.2 A withdrawn Bid may be resubmitted up to the Bid Deadline, provided that it then fully complies with the Bidding Requirements.

11.3 Bid Security will be in an amount sufficient for the Bid as modified or resubmitted.

11.4 Bids may not be modified, withdrawn, or canceled within sixty (60) days after the Bid Deadline unless otherwise provided in Supplementary Instructions to Bidders.
12 OPENING OF BIDS.Bids submitted in the manner required by these instructions and are received on or before the Bid Deadline will be opened publicly. 13 REJECTION OF BIDS.

13.1 The City will have the right to reject all Bids.

13.2 The City will have the right to reject any Bid not accompanied by the required Bid Security or any other item required by the Bidding Documents, or a Bid which is in any other way materially incomplete or irregular. -14-

BIDDING INSTRUCTIONS
Specifications No. 23/24-06
I-7
14 AWARD

14.1 The City may retain all bids for a period of sixty (60) days for examination and comparison, and to delete any portion of the work from the contract.

14.2 The City will have the right to waive nonmaterial irregularities in a Bid and to accept the lowest responsive Bid as determined by The City.

14.3 The City will have the right to accept Alternates in any order or combination, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Bidding Documents.

14.4 The City will determine the low Bidder on the basis of the sum of the Lump Sum Base Bid plus all unit prices multiplied by their respective estimated quantities as stated in the Bid Form, if any, plus the Contractor Delay Damages multiplied by the “multiplier” as stated in the Bid Form, plus the amounts of all accepted Alternates.

14.4.1 Inclusion of Contractor Delay Damages within the Bid Form is solely for the purpose of determining the low bidder and establishing the City’s maximum daily liability as a result of City delays to Contractor, if any, and City has no obligation to pay any daily Contractor Delay Damages except as provided for in these Contract Documents for Compensable Delays. In the event that City becomes liable to Contractor for compensable delays, City agrees to pay Contractor the daily Contractor Delay Damages set forth in the Proposal Form or Contractor’s actual daily delay damages, whichever is less, for each day of Compensable Delay as provided for by these Contract Documents.

14.5 The City will select the apparent lowest responsive and responsible Bidder and notify such Bidder within thirty (30) days (unless number of days is modified in Supplementary Instructions to Bidders) after the Bid Deadline or reject all bids.

Within ten (10) days after receiving the City’s notice that Bidder was selected as the apparent lowest responsible Bidder, Bidder will submit to the City all of the following items:

14.5.1 Three originals of the Agreement signed by Bidder.

14.5.2 Three originals of the Labor and Materials Bond.

14.5.3 Three originals of the Faithful Performance Bond.

14.5.4 Certificates of Insurance on form provided by the City.

14.5.5 Names of all Subcontractors, with their addresses, telephone number, facsimile number, trade on Bidders’ company stationery. Evidence, as required by the City, of the reliability and responsibility of the proposed Subcontractors such as statements of experience, statements of financial condition, and references.
-15-

BIDDING INSTRUCTIONS
Specifications No. 23/24-06
I-8

14.5.6 Preliminary Contract Schedule.

14.5.7 Selection of Retention Options and Escrow Agreement for Deposit of Securities in Lieu of Retention and Deposit of Retention. If not submitted, the City will withhold retention.

14.5.8 Cost Breakdown.

14.6 Before award of the Contract, the City will notify Bidder in writing, if the City objects to a Subcontractor proposed by Bidder, in which case Bidder will propose a substitute acceptable to the City. Failure of the City to object to a proposed Subcontractor before award will not preclude the City from requiring replacement of any Subcontractor based upon information received subsequent to award, information which cannot be properly evaluated before award due to time constraints, or information relating to a failure to comply with the requirements of the Contract.

14.7 If Bidder submits the three original signed Agreements and all other items within ten (10) days after receiving the City’s notification, and all such items comply with the requirements of the Bidding Documents, the City will award the Contract to Bidder by signing the Agreement and returning a signed copy of the Agreement to Bidder.

14.8 If the City consents to the withdrawal of the Bid of the apparent lowest responsible Bidder, or the apparent lowest responsible Bidder fails or refuses to sign the Agreement or submit to the City all of the items required by the Bidding Documents, within ten (10) days after receiving the City’s notification, or the City determines that the Bidder is not financially or otherwise qualified to perform the Contract, the City may reject such Bidder’s Bid and select the next apparent lowest responsible Bidder, until all bids are exhausted, or reject all Bids. -16-

PROPOSAL
Specifications No. 23/24-06
B-1

PROPOSAL

AQUATIC CENTER OUTDOOR POOL IMPROVEMENTS
BIDDER’S STATEMENT OF PAST CONTRACT DISQUALIFICATIONS
Please state all instances of being disqualified, removed, or otherwise prevented from bidding on, or completing, a federal, state, or local government project due to a violation of a law or safety regulation.

1.Have you ever been disqualified from any government contract? Yes o No o

2.If yes, explain the circumstances:
_________________________________
Bidder’s Signature
-17-

PROPOSAL
Specifications No. 23/24-06
B-2

INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
[MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH PROJECT PROPOSAL]
To be awarded this contract, the successful bidder must procure and maintain the following types of insurance with coverage limits complying, at a minimum, with the limits set forth below:

Type of Insurance Limits
Commercial general liability:$2,000,000
Business automobile liability $1,000,000
Workers compensation Statutory requirement.

Commercial general liability insurance must meet or exceed the requirements of ISO- CGL Form No. CG 00 01 11 85 or 88, or equivalent. The amount of insurance set forth above must be a combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage for the policy coverage. Liability policies must be endorsed to name the City, its officials, and employees as “additional insureds” under said insurance coverage and to state that such insurance will be deemed “primary” such that any other insurance that may be carried by the City will be excess thereto. Such endorsement must be reflected on ISO Form No. CG 20 10 11 85 or 88, or equivalent. Such insurance must be on an “occurrence,” not a “claims made,” basis and will not be cancelable or subject to reduction except upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the City.

Automobile coverage must be written on ISO Business Auto Coverage Form CA 00 01 06 92, including symbol 1 (Any Auto).

The bidder must furnish to the City duly authenticated Certificates of Insurance evidencing maintenance of the insurance required under this Agreement, endorsements as required herein, and such other evidence of insurance or copies of policies as may be reasonably required by the City from time to time. Insurance must be placed with admitted insurers with a current A.M. Best Company Rating equivalent to at least a Rating of “A:VII.” Certificate(s) must reflect that the insurer will provide thirty (30) day notice of any cancellation of coverage. Unless otherwised authorized by the City, the bidder will require its insurer to modify such certificates to delete any exculpatory wording stating that failure of the insurer to mail written notice of cancellation imposes no obligation, and to delete the word “endeavor” in any notice provisions. Determinations regarding compliance with the Bellflower Insurance Policies are made by the City Manager, or designee.

Should a bidder seek to utilize an umbrella insurance policy to meet the City’s insurance requirements, then it must submit a copy of its insurance policy with its bid. Such insurance policy may be labeled “Confidential – Proprietary Information” and will be utilized by the City solely to determine whether the insurance is equivalent to that required by the City’s Insurance Policies.
-18-

PROPOSAL
Specifications No. 23/24-06
B-3
By signing this form, the bidder certifies that it has read, understands, and will comply with these insurance requirements if it is selected as the City’s contractor. Failure to return this form may render the bidder’s proposal “nonresponsive.” _____________________________________________
Date Bidder
-19-

PROPOSAL
Specifications No. 23/24-06
B-4
BID
BID TO: CITY OF BELLFLOWER, CALIFORNIA
The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with the City in the form included in the Contract Documents (as defined in Article 4 if the Agreement) to perform the Work as specified or indicated in said Contract Documents entitled:

FOR CONSTRUCTION OF

AQUATIC CENTER OUTDOOR POOL IMPROVEMENTS

IN THE CITY OF BELLFLOWER
SPECIFICATION NO. 23/24-06
Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including without limitation those in the Notice Inviting Bids and the Instructions to Bidders dealing with the disposition of the Bid Security.

This Bid will remain open for the period stated in the Notice Inviting Bids, unless otherwise required by law. Bidder will enter into an Agreement within the time and in the manner required in the Instructions to Bidders, and will furnish the insurance certificates, Payment Bond, Performance Bond, and all Permits required by the Contract Documents.

Bidder has examined copies of all the Contract Documents, including the following Addenda (receipt of which is hereby acknowledged):

Number ______________Date ____________________
Number ______________Date ____________________
Number ______________Date ____________________
Number ______________Date ____________________
Bidder has familiarized itself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, the Work, the site, the locality where the Work is to be performed, the legal requirements (federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations), and the conditions affecting cost, progress, or performance of the Work, and has made such independent investigations as Bidder deems necessary.

In conformance with the current statutory requirements of Labor Code § 1860,et seq., the undersigned confirms the following as its certification:

I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code, which require every employer to be insured against liability for worker's compensation, or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions, before commencing the performance of the Work of this Contract.

To all the foregoing, and including all Bid Schedule(s), List of Subcontractors, Non-collusion Affidavit, Bidder's General Information, and Bid Bond contained in these Bid Forms, said Bidder further agrees to complete the Work required under the Contract Documents within the Contract Time stipulated in said Contract Documents, and to accept in full payment therefor the Contract Price based on the Lump Sum or Unit Bid Price(s) named in the aforementioned Bidding Schedule(s).

Dated: ______________________________Bidder:

By:
(Signature)
Title:
-20-

PROPOSAL
Specifications No. 23/24-06
B-5

UNIT PRICE BID SCHEDULE A
Schedule of Prices for the Construction of the:

AQUATIC CENTER OUTDOOR POOL IMPROVEMENTS
SPECIFICATIONS NO. 23/24-06
in Bellflower, California
Item
No.Description Estimated
Quantity Unit Price Total
Amount

1.Mobilization (Cannot exceed 5% of Total
Bid Price)1 LS

2.Remove existing pool deck slab; complete 1 LS

3.Install new pool deck slab; complete 1 LS

4.Remove and reinstall all existing equipment
sleeves and rope anchors; complete 1 LS

5.Install new tile markings; complete 1 LS

6.Remove plaster at entire pool; complete 1 LS

7.Install new plaster at entire pool, including
new drain covers; complete 1 LS

8. Remove and reinstall existing diving board
in same location with new hardware bolts
and anchors to match existing, complete.
1 LS

9. Install new grab rail sleeves into pool deck
slab to match existing and install new grab
rails at (6) locations; complete
1 LS

10.Install new starting blocks into existing
reinstalled anchors; complete 1 LS

11.Replace all pool deck floor drains and
concrete slab around floor drains; complete 1 LS

12. Install new EPD-FRP 13.5 Sqf Sand Filter
Tanks. Includes backwash valves,
backwash lines to the sanitary sewer and
supply, drain, and vent piping; complete
1 LS

13. Remove existing slab under Sand Filter
Tanks in Pool Equipment Room and install
new 12” thick slab; complete
1 LS
Name of Bidder or Firm
TOTAL BID PRICE – FOR SCHEDULE A
For the lump sum of
$
(Price in figures)
(Price in words)
-21-

PROPOSAL
Specifications No. 23/24-06
B-6
QUANTITIES OF WORK:

The quantities of work or material stated in the unit price items of the Bid Schedule are supplied only to give an indication of the general scope of the Work. The City of Bellflower does not expressly or by implication agree that the actual amounts of work or material will correspond therewith, and reserves the right after award to increase or decrease the quantity of any unit price bid item, by an amount up to 25 percent of increase or decrease, without a change in the unit prices, and may delete any bid item in its entirety, and receive full credit in the amount shown in the Bid Schedule for the deleted item of Work.

Name of Bidder or Firm
-22-

PROPOSAL
Specifications No. 23/24-06
B-7

BID BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we ___________________________ __________________________________________________________________, Principal, and________________________________________________________________________ __________________________________________________________, Surety, are held and firmly bound unto
THE CITY OF BELLFLOWER Obligee,
in the sum of Ten Percent of the total amount of the Bid for the payment of which we bind ourselves, our legal representatives, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

WHERAS, Principal submitted or is about to submit a bid or proposal to Obligee on a contract for

AQUATIC CENTER OUTDOOR POOL IMPROVEMENTS
NOW, THEREFORE, if that contract be awarded to the principal and principal shall, within such time as specified, duly execute the contract in the prescribed form and deliver the same to obligee with all required bonds/performance securities, certificates of insurance and such other items as required in the bidding or contract documents then this obligation is null and void; otherwise, to remain in full force and effect, and if the contract is awarded to principal and principal fails, within the time specified, to duly execute the contract in the prescribed form and deliver the same to obligee with all said required items, then surety shall pay obligee the full sum of this bond.

Surety, for value received, hereby agrees that no extension of time, change, alteration, modification, or addition to the bidding or contract documents, or of the work required thereunder, shall release or exonerate surety on this bond or in any way affect the obligation of this bond; and surety does hereby waive notice of same.

Signed, sealed and dated
_______________________________________________
(Principal)
by________________________________________(Seal)
_______________________________________________
(Surety)
by_____________________________________________
Attorney-in-Fact

INDICATE COMPLETE ADDRESS OF SURETY TO WHICH

CORRESPONDENCE CONCERNING THIS BOND SHOULD BE
DIRECTED.

Telephone No.
-23-

PROPOSAL
Specifications No. 23/24-06
B-8

PROPOSAL
_________________________________________________________ List of Subcontractors and Off-Job Fabricators
Listing must comply with the provisions of Public Contract Code § 4104.

Name of Subcontractor
or Off-Job Fabricator
Contractor’s License No.

DIR Registration No.

Business Address
Telephone No.

Email address
Items of Work and Dollar
Amount
If more space is needed, attach additional sheets.

Public Contract Code § 4104 provides that bidders must list:
(a)(1) The name, the location of the place of business, and the California contractor license number of each subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the prime contractor in or about the construction of the work or improvement, or a subcontractor licensed by the State of California who, under subcontract to the prime contractor, specially fabricates and installs a portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications, in an amount in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime contractor's total bid or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets or highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime contractor's total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater.

Per Public Contract Code §4104, Contractor’s bidding on public projects are required to list above California contractor license numbers and DIR registration numbers for all subcontractor’s performing work in excess of one-half of one-percent of the contract’s value. -24-

PROPOSAL
Specifications No. 23/24-06
B-9

BIDDER'S GENERAL INFORMATION
The Bidder shall furnish the following information. Failure to complete all Items will cause the Bid to be non- responsive and will cause its rejection. Additional sheets may be attached as required.

1. BIDDER/CONTRACTOR'S Name and Street Address:

2.CONTRACTOR'S Telephone Number: ()
Facsimile Number:()
Email address:

3.CONTRACTOR'S License: Primary Classification
State License Number(s)
Supplemental License Classifications
Department of Industrial Relations (DIR) Registration No. _______________________________

4. Surety Company and Agent who will provide the required Bonds on this Contract:

Name of Surety
Address
Surety Company Agent
Telephone Numbers: Agent () Surety ()

5.Type of Firm (Individual, Partnership or Corporation):

6.Corporation organized under the laws of the State of:

7. List the names and addresses of the principal members of the firm or names and titles of the principal officers of the corporation or firm:
-25-

PROPOSAL
Specifications No. 23/24-06
B-10
BIDDER'S GENERAL INFORMATION (Continued)

8. Number of years’ experience as a contractor in this specific type of construction work:

9. List at least three related projects of comparable size and complexity completed to date:

1.Owner
Contact
Phone ()
Project ()
Address
Class of Work
Contract amount
Date completed

2.Owner
Contact
Phone ()
Project ()
Address
Class of Work
Contract amount
Date completed

3.Owner
Contact
Phone ()
Project ()
Address
Class of Work
Contract amount
Date completed

10. List the name and title of the person who will supervise full-time the proposed work for your firm:

11. Is full-time supervisor an employee contract services ?

12. A financial statement or other information and references sufficiently comprehensive to permit an appraisal of your current financial condition may be required by the Engineer.

13. Name of the person who inspected the site of the proposed Work for the bidder:

Name: Date of Inspection:
-26-

PROPOSAL
Specifications No. 23/24-06
B-11
WORKERS’ COMPENSATION CERTIFICATE
(AS REQUIRED BY LABOR CODE § 1861)
I am aware of Labor Code § 3700 which requires every employer to be insured against liability for workers’ compensation, or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of said Code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the Work of this Contract.

Contractor
By
Title
-27-

PROPOSAL
Specifications No. 23/24-06
B-12
DOCUMENT 00 4548

IN-USE OFF-ROAD DIESEL-FUELED FLEETS

CERTIFICATION

TO BE EXECUTED BY ALL BIDDERS AND SUBMITTED WITH BID
The undersigned Bidder certifies to City as set forth in sections 1 through 2, below.

1.Certification of Compliance. I certify that I and all of my Subcontractors will conform to the California Air Resource Board (CARB) In-Use Off-Road Diesel-Fueled Fleets requirements for all work involving the use of vehicles subject to the regulations, including, without limitation, as applicable, the Contracting Requirements in 13 Cal.

Code of Regs section 2449, subdivision (i), subparts (1) – (4), and the Prime Contractor Requirements in Title 13 CCR section 2449, subdivision (j), subparts (1) – (5).

2.Instructions. Check one (1) box below.
☐Bidder’s current CARB issued Certificate of Reported Compliance accompanies this Certification. (If this box is checked, the Certificate must be provided.)
☐Bidder certifies that its work on the Project (including work of its Subcontractors) does not involve the use of vehicles subject to the CARB In-Use Off-Road Diesel-Fueled Fleets requirements.

BIDDER:
(Name of Bidder)
Date: ___________________, 2024 By:
(Signature)
Name:
(Print Name)
Its:
(Title)

END OF DOCUMENT
-28-

PROPOSAL
Specifications No. 23/24-06
B-13
DOCUMENT 00 7324

IN-USE OFF-ROAD DIESEL-FUELED FLEETS REGULATION
Attention is directed to provisions of 13 California Code of Regulations Sections 2449, 2449.1, and 2449.2 governing In-Use Off-Road Diesel-Fueled Fleets (Regulation), issued by the California Air Resources Board (CARB). Contractor warrants that it is knowledgeable of and will comply with the Regulation including, without limitation, the matters contained in this Document, at all times before and during its work on the Project. The Regulation controls in the event of any conflict between this Document and the Regulation.

Contracting Requirements.

If the Project involves the use of vehicles subject to the Regulation, Contractor must obtain copies of the valid Certificates of Reported Compliance, as described in Regulation section 2449(n), for the fleet selected for the Contract and its listed subcontractors, if applicable, prior to entering into a new or renewed contract with that fleet.

Contractor may not enter into a contract with a fleet for which it does not have a valid Certificate of Reported Compliance for the fleet and Contractor’s listed Subcontractors, if applicable, prior to entering into a new or renewed contract with that fleet.

The Certificates of Reported Compliance received by the Contractor for the Project must be retained for three years after the Project’s completion. Upon request by CARB, these records must be provided to CARB within five business days of the request.

If the Project is considered to be an emergency operation, as defined in Regulation section 2449(c)(18), it is exempt from the requirements in Regulation section 2449(i)(1)-(3).

Nevertheless, Contractor must still retain records verifying vehicles subject to the Regulation that are operating on the emergency operations project are actually being operated on the project for emergency operations only. These records must include a description of the emergency, the address or a description of the specific location of the emergency, the dates on which the emergency operations were performed, and an attestation by the fleet that the vehicles are operated on the project for emergency operations only.

Other Contractor Requirements.

Between March 1 and June 1 of each year, Contractor must collect new valid Certificates of Reported Compliance for the current compliance year, as defined in Regulation section 2449(n), from all fleets that have an ongoing contract with the Contractor as of March 1 of that year. Contractor must not write contracts to evade this requirement.

Contractor may only allow fleets with valid Certificates of Reported Compliance on Contractor’s job sites.

If Contractor discovers that any fleet intending to operate vehicles subject to the Regulation for Contractor does not have a valid Certificate of Reported Compliance, as defined in Regulation section 2449(n), or if Contractor observes any noncompliant vehicles subject to the Regulation on Contractor’s job site, then Contractor must report the required -29-

PROPOSAL
Specifications No. 23/24-06
B-14
information to CARB when as provided and within the time period contained in in the Regulation
Upon request by CARB, Contractor must immediately disclose to CARB the name and contact information of each responsible party for all vehicles subject to the Regulation operating at the job site or for Contractor.

If applicable, Contractor must prominently display signage for any project where vehicles subject to the Regulation as provided and within the time period contained in in the Regulation.

END OF DOCUMENT
-30-

PROPOSAL
Specifications No. 23/24-06
B-15

NON COLLUSION DECLARATION TO BE EXECUTED
BY

BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID
The undersigned declares:

I am the __________________ of ________________________________, the party making the foregoing bid.

The bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation. The bid is genuine and not collusive or sham. The bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid. The bidder has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or to refrain from bidding. The bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder. All statements contained in the bid are true. The bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, to any corporation, partnership, company, association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof, to effectuate a collusive or sham bid, and has not paid, and will not pay, any person or entity for such purpose.

Any person executing this declaration on behalf of a bidder that is a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, or any other entity, hereby represents that he or she has full power to execute, and does execute, this declaration on behalf of the bidder.

I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing is true and correct and that this declaration is executed on ____________ [date], at ______________________ [city], ________________________ [state]. ___________________________
Signature
-31-

Agreement
Specifications No. 23/24-06
C-1

PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACT

BETWEEN

THE CITY OF BELLFLOWER AND
This CONTRACT is entered into this day of , 20 , by and between the CITY OF BELLFLOWER, a general law city and municipal corporation (“the City”) and (“the Contractor”).

1.WORK.

A. The Contractor will provide all work required by the Contract Documents (the “Work”). The Contractor agrees to do additional work arising from changes ordered by the City in accordance with the Contract Documents.

B. The Contractor and the City agree to abide by the terms and conditions contained in the Contract Documents;
C. The Contractor will furnish all of the labor; supplies and materials; equipment; printing; vehicles; transportation; office space and facilities; all tests, testing and analyses; and all matters whatsoever (except as otherwise expressly specified to be furnished by the City) needed to perform and complete the Work and provide the services required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents.

D. “Contract Documents” means the Notice Inviting Bids; Instructions to Bidders; Supplementary Instructions to Bidders; Proposal; this Contract; Standard Specifications; Supplementary Conditions; Exhibits; Technical Specifications; List of Drawings; Drawings; Addenda; Notice to Proceed; Change Orders; Notice of Completion; and all other documents identified in the Contract Documents which together form the contract between the City and the Contractor for the Work. The Contract Documents constitute the complete agreement between the City and the Contractor and supersede any previous agreements or understandings.

2.CONTRACT SUM. The City agrees to pay the Contractor a sum not to exceed dollars ($ ) for the Work in the manner set forth in the Contract Documents. The City may adjust this amount as set forth in the Contract Documents.

3.TIME FOR PERFORMANCE.

A. The Contractor will fully complete the Work within ninety (90) working days (the “Contract Time.”)
B. The Contract Time will commence when the City issues a notice to proceed. -32-

Agreement
Specifications No. 23/24-06
C-2
The Contract Documents will supersede any conflicting provisions included on the notice to proceed issued pursuant to this Contract.

C. The Contractor may not perform any Work until:
i.The Contractor furnishes proof of insurance as required by the Contract Documents; and
ii.The City gives the Contractor a written, signed, and numbered purchase order and notice to proceed.

D. By signing this Contract, the Contractor represents to the City that the Contract Time is reasonable for completion of the Work and that the Contractor will complete the Work within the Contract Time.

E. Should the Contractor begin the Work before receiving written authorization to proceed, any such Work is at the Contractor’s own cost and risk.

4.DISPUTES. Disputes arising from this contract will be determined in accordance with the Contract Documents and Public Contracts Code §§ 10240-10240.13.

5.THIRD PARTY CLAIMS. In accordance with Public Contracts Code § 9201, the City will promptly inform the Contractor regarding third-party claims against the Contractor, but in no event later than ten (10) business days after the City receives such claims.

Such notification will be in writing and forwarded in accordance with the “Notice” section of the Contract Documents. As more specifically detailed in the Contract Documents, the Contractor agrees to indemnify and defend the City against any third- party claim.

6.TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER. The Contractor will provide the City with a Taxpayer Identification Number.

7.PERMITS AND LICENSES. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor, at its sole expense, will obtain and maintain during the Contract Time, all necessary permits, licenses, and certificates that may be required in connection with the Work.

8.OWNERSHIP OF DOCUMENTS. All documents, data, studies, drawings, maps, models, photographs and reports prepared by the Contractor under the Contract Documents are the City’s property. The Contractor may retain copies of said documents and materials as desired, but will deliver all original materials to the City upon the City’s written notice.

9.INDEMNIFICATION. The Contractor agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold the City harmless as set forth in the Contract Documents. The requirements as to the types and limits of insurance coverage to be maintained by the Contractor as required by -33-

Agreement
Specifications No. 23/24-06
C-3
the Contract Documents, and any approval of such insurance by the City, are not intended to and will not in any manner limit or qualify the liabilities and obligations otherwise assumed by the Contractor pursuant to the Contract Documents, including, without limitation, to the provisions concerning indemnification.

10.INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. The City and the Contractor agree that the Contractor will act as an independent contractor and will have control of all work and the manner in which is it performed. The Contractor will be free to contract for similar service to be performed for other employers while under contract with the City. The Contractor is not an agent or employee of the City and is not entitled to participate in any pension plan, insurance, bonus or similar benefits the City provides for its employees. Any provision in this Contract that may appear to give the City the right to direct the Contractor as to the details of doing the work or to exercise a measure of control over the work means that the Contractor will follow the direction of the City as to end results of the work only.

11.AUDIT OF RECORDS. The Contractor will maintain full and accurate records with respect to all services and matters covered under this Contract. The City will have free access at all reasonable times to such records, and the right to examine and audit the same and to make transcript therefrom, and to inspect all program data, documents, proceedings and activities. The Contractor will retain such financial and program service records for at least three (3) years after termination or final payment under the Contract Documents.

12.NOTICES. All communications to either party by the other party will be deemed made when received by such party at its respective name and address as follows:

The City The Contractor
Len Gorecki, Director of Public Works
16600 Civic Center Drive
Bellflower, CA
[email protected]
Any such written communications by mail will be conclusively deemed to have been received by the addressee three (3) days after deposit thereof in the United States Mail, postage prepaid and properly addressed as noted above. In all other instances, notices will be deemed given at the time of actual delivery. Changes may be made in the names or addresses of persons to whom notices are to be given by giving notice in the manner prescribed in this paragraph.

13.NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY. This Contract and every provision herein is for the exclusive benefit of the Contractor and the City and not for the benefit of any other party. There will be no incidental or other beneficiaries of any of the Contractor’s or the City’s obligations under this Contract.
-34-

Agreement
Specifications No. 23/24-06
C-4

14.INTERPRETATION. This Contract was drafted in, and will be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, and exclusive venue for any action involving this Contract will be in Los Angeles County.

15.EFFECT OF CONFLICT. In the event of any conflict, inconsistency, or incongruity between any provision of the Contract Documents, precedence will be as follows:

A. This Contract;
B. The Standard Specifications; and
C. Precedence of documents as determined in the Standard Specifications.

16.SEVERABILITY. If any portion of the Contract Documents are declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, then such portion will be deemed modified to the extent necessary in the opinion of the court to render such portion enforceable and, as so modified, such portion and the balance of this Contract will continue in full force and effect.

17.AUTHORITY/MODIFICATION. The Parties represent and warrant that all necessary action has been taken by the Parties to authorize the undersigned to execute this Contract and to engage in the actions described herein. This Contract may be modified by written amendment. The City’s city manager, or designee, may execute any such amendment on the City’s behalf.

18.ACCEPTANCE OF FACSIMILE SIGNATURES. The Parties agree that this Contract, agreements ancillary to this Contract, and related documents to be entered into in connection with this Contract will be considered signed when the signature of a party is delivered by facsimile transmission. Such facsimile signature will be treated in all respects as having the same effect as an original signature.

19.COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS. The parties agree that all of the provisions hereof will be construed as both covenants and conditions, the same as if the words importing such covenants and conditions had been used in each separate paragraph.

20.CAPTIONS. The captions of the paragraphs of this Contract are for convenience of reference only and will not affect the interpretation of this Contract.

21.TIME IS OF ESSENCE. Time is of the essence for each and every provision of the Contract Documents.
[SIGNATURES CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE]
-35-

Agreement
Specifications No. 23/24-06
C-5
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this contract the day and year first hereinabove written.

CITY OF BELLFLOWER _______
_____________________________________________________________ Ryan Smoot,
City Manager
_____________________________
ATTEST:
_____________________________Taxpayer ID No. _______________ Mayra Ochiqui,
City Clerk
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
_________________________________
Karl H. Berger,
City Attorney
-36-

Faithful Performance Bond
Specifications No. 23/24-06
FPB-1

CITY OF BELLFLOWER

AQUATIC CENTER OUTDOOR POOL IMPROVEMENTS
SPECIFICATIONS NO. 23/24-06

FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND
Bond No.

Bond Fee:
(“PRINCIPAL”)
and , a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of and licensed by the State of California to execute bonds and undertakings as sole surety, as surety (“SURETY”), are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF BELLFLOWER (“CITY”) in the sum of ($ )dollars, lawful money of the United States, which may be increased or decreased by a rider hereto executed in the same manner as this bond, for the payment of which sum PRINCIPAL and SURETY bind themselves, their successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, by this instrument.

PRINCIPAL or SURETY will apply this bond for the faithful performance of any and all of the conditions and stipulations set forth in this bond,SPECIFICATIONS NO. 23/24-06, and the public works contract executed with such Specifications. In the case of any default in the performance of the conditions and stipulations of this undertaking, it is agreed that PRINCIPAL or SURETY will apply the bond or any portion thereof, to the satisfaction of any damages, reclamation, assessments, penalties, or deficiencies arising by reason of such default.

SECTION 2 - BOND CONDITIONS

1.PRINCIPAL will construct the public improvements identified in SPECIFICATIONS NO. 23/24-06, a copy of which is on file with CITY’s Public Works Department (“Public Project”).

Such performance will be in accordance with CITY’s plans and profiles which are made a part of this bond when said plans and profiles are approved by the City Council and filed with CITY’s Public Works Department. CITY has estimated the required amount of the bond as shown above.

2.PRINCIPAL’s work on the Public Project will be done in accordance with CITY’s plans and specifications and with any permit issued by CITY. Should PRINCIPAL fail to complete all required work within the time allowed, CITY may, at its sole discretion, cause all required work to be done and the parties executing the bond will be firmly bound for the payment of all necessary costs therefor.

3.PRINCIPAL will guarantee its work against any defective work, labor, or materials on the Public Project for a period of one (1) year following the Public Project’s completion and acceptance by CITY.

4.This bond is conditioned upon and guarantees due compliance with all applicable law including, without limitation, the Bellflower Municipal Code (“BMC”). -37-

Faithful Performance Bond
Specifications No. 23/24-06
FPB-2

5.SURETY, for value received, agrees that no changes, extensions of time, alteration or modification of SPECIFICATIONS NO. 23/24-06 or of the obligation to be performed will in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it waives notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or modification of the contract documents or of the obligation to be performed.

6.This bond consists of this instrument; the plans and specifications identified above; and the following two (2) attached exhibits all of which are incorporated herein by reference:

A.A certified copy of the appointment, power of attorney, bylaws or other instrument entitling or authorizing the persons executing this bond to do so;
B.A certificate issued by the county clerk for the county in which SURETY’s representative is located conforming with California Code of Civil Procedure § 995.640 and stating that SURETY’s certificate of authority has not been surrendered, revoked, cancelled, annulled, or suspended, or in the event that it has, that renewed authority has been granted; and

7.Should PRINCIPAL perform its obligations within the time allowed, PRINCIPAL’s obligation will be void upon the acceptance of the performance by CITY; otherwise this obligation will remain in full force and effect.

SIGNED AND SEALED this day of , 20__.

PRINCIPAL’s PRESIDENT SURETY’s PRESIDENT
PRINCIPAL’s SECRETARY SURETY’s SECRETARY
PRINCIPAL’s MAILING ADDRESS:SURETY’s MAILING ADDRESS:

NOTE:ALL signatures must be acknowledged by a notary public. -38-

Labor and Materials Bond
Specifications No. 23/24-06
L&MB-1

CITY OF BELLFLOWER

AQUATIC CENTER OUTDOOR POOL IMPROVEMENTS
SPECIFICATIONS NO. 23/24-06

LABOR AND MATERIALS BOND
Bond No.

Bond Fee:
, as principal (“PRINCIPAL”)
and , a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of and licensed by the State of California to execute bonds and undertakings as sole surety, as surety (“SURETY”), are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF BELLFLOWER (“CITY”) in the sum of ($ ) dollars, lawful money of the United States, which may be increased or decreased by a rider hereto executed in the same manner as this bond, for the payment of which sum PRINCIPAL and SURETY bind themselves, their successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, by this instrument.

This bond is conditioned upon and guarantees payment by PRINCIPAL to contractors, subcontractors, and persons renting equipment; payment by PRINCIPAL and all PRINCIPAL’S subcontractors for all materials, provisions, provender, or other supplies, and equipment used in, upon, for or about the performance of the work contemplated in SPECIFICATIONS NO. 23/24-06 (“Public Project”), the public works contract executed for such Public Project, and for all work or labor of any kind performed for the Public Project. In the case of any default in the performance of the conditions and stipulations of this undertaking, it is agreed that PRINCIPAL or SURETY will apply the bond or any portion thereof, to the satisfaction of any damages, reclamation, assessments, penalties, or deficiencies arising by reason of such default.

BOND CONDITIONS

1.PRINCIPAL will construct the public improvements identified in SPECIFICATIONS NO. 23/24-06, and the public works contract executed for such Specifications, copies of which is on file with CITY’s Public Works Department (“Public Project”). Such performance will be in accordance with CITY’s plans and profiles which are made a part of this bond when said plans and profiles are approved by the City Council and filed with CITY’s Public Works Department.

2.PRINCIPAL will pay all contractors, subcontractors, and persons renting equipment.

3.PRINCIPAL will pay for all materials and other supplies, for equipment used in, on, for or about the performance of the Public Project, and will pay for all work and labor thereon.

4.This bond is conditioned upon and guarantees due compliance with all applicable law including, without limitation, the Bellflower Municipal Code (“BMC”). -39-

Labor and Materials Bond
Specifications No. 23/24-06
L&MB-2

5.SURETY, for value received, agrees that no changes, extensions of time, alteration or modification of SPECIFICATIONS NO. 23/24-06, or of the obligation to be performed will in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it waives notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or modification of the contract documents or of the obligation to be performed.

6.This bond consists of this instrument; the plans and specifications identified above; and the following TWO (2) attached exhibits all of which are incorporated herein by reference:

A. A certified copy of the appointment, power of attorney, bylaws or other instrument entitling or authorizing the persons executing this bond to do so; and
B. A certificate issued by the county clerk for the county in which SURETY’s representative is located conforming with California Code of Civil Procedure § 995.640 and stating that SURETY’s certificate of authority has not been surrendered, revoked, cancelled, annulled, or suspended, or in the event that it has, that renewed authority has been granted.

7.Should PRINCIPAL perform its obligations within the time allowed, PRINCIPAL’s obligation will be void upon the acceptance of the performance by CITY; otherwise this obligation will remain in full force and effect.

SIGNED AND SEALED this day of , 20__.

PRINCIPAL’s PRESIDENT SURETY’s PRESIDENT
PRINCIPAL’s SECRETARY SURETY’s SECRETARY
PRINCIPAL’s MAILING ADDRESS:SURETY’s MAILING ADDRESS:

NOTE:ALL signatures must be acknowledged by a notary public. -40-

Declaration of Sufficiency of Funds
Specifications No. 23/24-06
DSF-1

DECLARATION OF SUFFICIENCY OF FUNDS
(California Labor Code Section 2810)
I, the undersigned, an authorized representative of ________________ (insert name of Bidder) (“Bidder”) with authority to make the statements contained in this Declaration on behalf of Bidder, hereby declare the following:

1.The Bidder’s employer identification number for state tax purposes is ______________________ (insert identification number).

2.The Bidder’s workers’ compensation insurance policy number is ______________________ (insert policy number) and the name, address, and telephone number of the insurance carrier providing said insurance is:
__________________________________ (insert information requested).

3.The following information is provided concerning any and all vehicles that are owned by the Bidder and that will be used for transportation in connection with any service provided for the performance of the Work that is subject of the Bidder’s Bid to the District (insert information requested.

Attach addition sheets, if needed):

Vehicle Vehicle ID No.

Vehicle
Liability Insurance Policy
No.
(of Policy covering vehicle)
Name, Address and Telephone No.
of Vehicle Liability Insurance
Carrier (issuing Policy covering
vehicle)
-41-

Declaration of Sufficiency of Funds
Specifications No. 23/24-06
DSF-2

4.The following is the address of any real property that will be used to house workers in connection with the performance of the Work that is subject of the Bidder’s Bid to the District (insert information requested. If no such housing will be provided, enter “none”). ___________________________.

5.The actual or estimated number of workers that will be employed to perform the Work of the Project that is the subject of the Bidder’s Bid, the total amount of wages to be paid to said workers, and the date on which said wages will be paid are as follows (attach additional sheets, if needed):

Total Number of Workers Total Amount of Wages Dates for Payment of Wages

6.Check only one of the following boxes, as applicable:

The statement of number of workers declared in Paragraph 5, above, is a statement of the actual number of workers that will be employed; or The actual number of workers requested in Paragraph 5, above, is unknown and therefore the statement of number of workers declared therein is based on the Bidder’s best estimate available at the time of Bid, rather than the actual number of workers that will be employed.

7.The actual or estimated total number of persons and entities who will be utilized as independent contractors to perform the Work of the Project that is the subject of the Bidder’s Bid (together with their known, current local, state, and federal contractor license identification numbers that each is required to have under local, state or federal laws or regulations are as follows (attach additional sheets, if needed):

List of Independent Contractors Current, Local, State and Federal Contractor License Identification Number

8.Check only one of the following boxes, as applicable:-42-

Declaration of Sufficiency of Funds
Specifications No. 23/24-06
DSF-3
The statement of number of independent contractors declared in Paragraph 7, above, is a statement of the actual number of independent contractors that will be utilized; or,
The actual number of independent contractors requested in Paragraph 7, above, is unknown and therefore the statement of number of independent contractors declared therein is based on the Bidder’s best estimate available at the time of Bid, rather than the actual number of independent contractors that will be utilized.

I, the undersigned, declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing statements are within my personal knowledge and are true and correct. Executed on this ______ day of ______________, in the year 20___.
_____________________________________
_____________________________________
Print Name
-43-

Guaranty
Specifications No. 23/24-06
G-1

CITY OF BELLFLOWER

AQUATIC CENTER OUTDOOR POOL IMPROVEMENTS
SPECIFICATIONS NO. 23/24-06

GUARANTY
In accordance with the terms of the contract for the ______________________ in the City of Bellflower (the “Contract”) approved ______________________________ between the City of Bellflower (the “Agency”) and the undersigned (the “Contractor”), under which the Contractor shall complete work as described in the Contract Documents (as defined in the Contract), the following guarantee of said work is hereby made.

If any of the items installed pursuant to the Contract, prove defective or if the item, as a whole, proves defective, due to faulty workmanship, material furnished or methods of installation, or if the said item or any part thereof fails to operate properly, as planned, due to any of the above causes, all within one (1) year after date on which the work is accepted by the Agency, then the undersigned agrees the repairs shall be made and such materials as are necessary shall be furnished and installed within thirty (30) days after the receipt of demand from the Agency; provided, that if the Contract Documents require a longer guaranty period, then the longer period shall apply. In the event repairs are not made within thirty (30) days, the Agency shall have the unqualified option to make any needed repairs or replacements itself or by any other contractor.

The Contractor agrees to reimburse the Agency, upon demand, of its expenses incurred in restoring said items to the condition contemplated in the Contract, including the cost of any equipment or materials replaced, or upon demand by the Agency, to replace any such equipment and repair said items completely without cost to the Agency so that they will operate successfully as originally contemplated.

Emergency repairs must necessarily be made by the Agency; therefore, when defective material or workmanship results in emergency repairs, the undersigned agrees to reimburse the Agency, upon demand, expenses incurred.

Each item will be deemed defective within the meaning of this guaranty in the event that item fails to operate as originally intended thereof and in accordance with the plans and specifications included in the Contract. The Faithful Performance Bond required for the Contract shall remain in full force and effect for the entire first year of the applicable guarantee period. _____________________________________________________________ Date (Print Name of Contractor, Company or Corporation) ________________________________
Signature
-44-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SS-1

CITY OF BELLFLOWER

PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
Except as modified by these Standard Specifications, the provisions of the latest edition of the “Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction” (“Greenbook”) and its supplements prepared and promulgated by the Southern California Chapters of the American Public Works Association and the Associated General Contractors of America, constitute the Standard Specifications for this project.THESE STANDARD

SPECIFICATIONS ARE INTENDED TO, AND DO, TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER ANY CONFLICTING PROVISION OF THE GREENBOOK.

1. NUMBERING OF SECTIONS
The numbering of these Standard Specifications is NOT intended to conform with the Greenbook. Rather, the numbering is specific for these Standard Specifications. As noted at the outset, however, the provisions contained within these Standard Specifications supersede any conflicting clauses within the Greenbook and govern the contractual relationship between the Parties.

2. MODIFICATIONS
To the extent that the provisions of the Contract Documents conflict with the Green Book, the Contract Documents take precedence.

3. DEFINITIONS
Unless the contrary is stated or clearly appears from the context, the following definitions will govern the construction of the words and phrases used in these Standard Specifications.

Acceptance – The date on which the City Council accepts the Work as complete.

Architect, Design Engineers, Soils Engineer, Structural Engineers – Advisors employed by the City.

Bidder – Any individual, firm, partnership, corporation, or combination thereof, submitting a proposal for the work contemplated, acting directly or through a duly authorized representative.

Compensable Delay – a delay entitling the Contractor to an adjustment of the Contract Sum and an adjustment of the Contract Time in accordance with this Agreement.

Due Notice – A written notification, given in due time, of a proposed action where such notification is required by the contract to be given a specified interval of time (usually 48 hours or two working days) before the commencement of the contemplated action. -45-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SS-2
Notification may be from Public Works Director to Contractor or from Contractor to Public Works Director.

Public Works Director – The City Public Works Director, or designee, as defined in the Greenbook. Unless otherwise provided, all correspondence and decisions made relative to the contract will be by the City Public Works Director or designee.

PCC – California Public Contract Code.

Prompt – The briefest interval of time required for a considered reply, including time required for approval of a governing body.
(Check if applicable) State Standard Specifications - State of California Standard Specifications ( https://dot.ca.gov/programs/design/ccs-standard-plans-and-standard- specifications).

Working Days – A working day is defined as any day, except Saturdays, Sundays, legal holidays and days when work is suspended by the Public Works Director.

4. ABBREVIATIONS
AAN American Association of Nurserymen
AGC Associated General Contractors of America
AISC American Institute of Steel Construction
APWA American Public Works Association
ASA American Standard Association
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
CA MUTCD California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices IEEE Institute of Electric and Electronic Engineers
NEC National Electric Code
Greenbook The most current edition of the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, and subsequent supplements prepared by Public Works Standards, Inc.

SPPWC Standard Plans for Public Works Construction by the American Public Works Association
SSPWC Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction by the American Public Works Association

5. ACCESS TO PROJECT SITE
Not later than the date designated in the City Notice to Proceed, the City will provide access to the real property and facilities upon which the Work is to be performed, including access to real property and facilities designated in the Contract Documents for the Contractor’s use.

6. SUBCONTRACTOR LISTING
Except as provided in PCC §§ 4100,et seq., each bidder will file with its bid the name and location of the place of business of each subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the prime contractor in or about the construction of the work or -46-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SS-3
improvement, or a subcontractor licensed by the State of California who, under subcontract to the prime contractor, specifically fabricates and installs a portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications, in an amount in excess of one-half of one percent of the prime contractor’s total bid. Only one subcontractor will be listed for each portion of the work, which portion will be defined in the bid. In each instance, the nature and extent of the work to be sublet will be described. The failure of the Contractor to specify a subcontractor, or the listing of more than one subcontractor for the same portion of the work, constitutes an agreement by the Contractor that it is fully qualified to perform that portion itself and that it will perform that portion itself.

The Contractor must have the City Council’s written consent to substitute a subcontractor other than that designated in the original bid, to permit any subcontract to be assigned or transferred, or to allow a subcontract to be performed by other than the original subcontractor.

Subcontracting of work for which no subcontractor was designated in the original bid, and which is more than one-half of one percent of the work, will be allowed only in cases of public emergency or necessity, and then only after a finding reduced to writing as a public record of the City Council setting forth the facts constituting the emergency or necessity.

Violation of any of the above provisions will be considered a breach of the Contract, and the City may terminate the Contractor’s control over the Work, cancel the contract, or assess the Contractor a penalty of not more than 10 percent of the subcontract involved.

All persons engaged in the work, including subcontractors and their employees will be considered as employees of the Contractor. The Contractor will be solely responsible for and have control over construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, procedures, and the coordination of all portions of the Work. The City will deal directly with, and make all payments to, the prime Contractor.

When subcontracted work is not being prosecuted in a satisfactory manner, the Contractor will be notified to take corrective action. The Public Works Director may report the facts to the City Council. If the City Council so orders, and on receipt by the Contractor of written instructions from the Public Works Director, the subcontractor will be removed immediately from the Work. That subcontractor will not again be employed on the Work.

If licensure or proper licensure is controverted, then proof of licensure pursuant to this section must be made by production of a verified certificate of licensure from the Contractors’ State License Board which establishes that the individual or entity bringing the action was duly licensed in the proper classification of contractors at all times during the performance of any act or contract covered by the action. Nothing in this subdivision requires any person or entity controverting licensure or proper licensure to produce a verified certificate. When licensure or proper licensure is controverted, the burden of proof to establish licensure or proper licensure is on the licensee. -47-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SS-4
The Contractor will submit experience statements for each subcontractor who will perform contract work that amounts to more than 10% of the Work.

7. CONTRACT BONDS
The Faithful Performance Bond and the Labor and Materials Bond must be paid and in effect for one year after the acceptance of the job by the City in accordance with the guarantee required by the Greenbook.

The term “surety bond,” “guarantee,” and “bond” also includes such other acceptable security, such as letters of credit or cash deposit agreements issued by responsible financial institutions, which are approved by the City Attorney. Sureties must be admitted to do business in California.

8. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Contractor will maintain the following at the Work site:
· One as-built copy of the Plans and Specifications, in good order and marked to record current changes and selections made during construction. As-built plans must be submitted to the City representative for approval before the City pays a final retention amount.
· The current accepted Contract Schedule.
· Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples.
· Approved permits from other agencies, including Cal-OSHA permits for trench shoring.
· All other required submittals.

The Plans, Specifications, and other Contract Documents will govern the Work. The Contract Documents are intended to be complementary and cooperative and to describe and provide for a complete project. Anything in the Specifications and not on the Plans, or on the Plans and not in the Specifications, will be as though shown or mentioned in both.

Payment for any items on the plans for which there is no specific bid item will be included in the various items of work or in any item to which it is appurtenant.

If the Contractor performs any work which it knows or should know involves an error, inconsistency, or omission without notifying and obtaining written consent from the Public Works Director, the Contractor will be responsible for the resulting losses, including, without limitation, the costs of correcting defective work.

9. PRECEDENCE OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
-48-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SS-5
As the figured dimensions shown on the plans and in the specifications of the Contract may not in every case agree with scaled dimensions, the figured dimensions will be followed in preference to the scaled dimensions and plans to a large scale will be followed in preference to the plans to a small scale. Should it appear that the work to be done, or any of the matters relative thereto, are not sufficiently detailed or explained in the Contract, the Contractor will apply to the Public Works Director for such further explanations as may be necessary and will conform thereto as part of the Contract so far as may be consistent with the terms thereof. Any items shown on drawings and not mentioned in the specifications will be of like effect as if shown or mentioned in both.

10. ACCURACY OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
Although it is believed that much of the information pertaining to conditions and existing utilities that may affect the cost of the Work will be shown on the Plans or indicated in the Specifications, the City does not warrant the completeness or accuracy of such information.

The Contractor will carefully study and compare each of the Contract Documents with the others and with information furnished by the City and will promptly report in writing to the Public Works Director any errors, inconsistencies, or omissions in the Contract Documents or inconsistencies with applicable law observed by the Contractor.

The Contractor will take field measurements, verify field conditions, perform soil investigations, and carefully compare with the Contract Documents such field measurements, conditions, and other information known to the Contractor before commencing the Work. Errors, inconsistencies, or omissions discovered at any time will be promptly reported in writing to the Public Works Director.

11. RIGHT-OF-WAY
When the Contractor arranges for additional temporary work areas and facilities, the Contractor will provide the City with proof that the additional work areas or facilities were left in a condition satisfactory to the owner(s) of said work areas or facilities before acceptance of the work.

12. SURVEYING
The Contractor will provide for all construction surveying required to layout, monitor and complete the work. The surveying will be performed by a Land Surveyor or Civil Engineer authorized to practice land surveying by the State of California.

The Project Benchmark is shown on the plans. The Contractor will establish all necessary control lines based on the plans and record information on file with the County of Los Angeles Surveyor and the Public Works Director.

It is the Contractor’s responsibility to protect the survey control as shown on the plans. If the survey control is destroyed or disturbed during construction, the Contractor will -49-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SS-6
provide for resetting them and file appropriate documents with the County of Los Angeles at the direction of the Public Works Director.

Computations, survey notes, and other data used to accomplish the work will be neat, legible and accurate. Copies of all computations, survey notes, and other data (electronic format may be required) will be furnished to the Public Works Director before beginning work that requires their use.

13. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Construction Survey – Unless a separate bid item is provided, payment will be considered included in the other items of the bid and no additional payment will be made therefore.

14. BASIS FOR ESTABLISHING COSTS
Regardless of ownership, the rates to be used in determining the equipment usage costs will not exceed those listed for the same or similar equipment in the California State Department of Transportation publication of Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rates effective for the period of usage.

15. MARK UP
Work by Contractor. The following percentages will be added to the Contractor’s costs and will constitute the markup for all overhead and profits.

Labor .................................................... 20 Materials .................................................... 15 Equipment Rental .................................................... 15 Other Items and Expenditures .............................................. 15 To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this subsection, 1 percent will be added as compensation for bonding. No other formula, e.g., the Eichleay or other method, may be used to calculate daily damages for office overhead, profit, or other purported loss.

Work by Subcontractors. When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Subcontractor, the markup established in this Section will be applied to the Subcontractor’s actual cost of such work. A markup of 10 percent on the first $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work and a markup of 5 percent on work added in excess of $5,000 of the subcontracted portion of the extra work may be added by the Contractor.

In the event that City becomes liable to Contractor for compensable delays, City agrees to pay Contractor the daily Contractor Delay Damages set forth in the Bid Form or Contractor’s actual daily delay damages, whichever is less, for each day of Compensable Delay as provided for by these Contract Documents. -50-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SS-7

16. DAILY REPORTS BY CONTRACTOR
If disagreement continues regarding extra work, the Contractor may seek compensation in accordance with the Claims procedure. Daily Reports required by this subsection must be made part of the Claim as supporting data for the Claim.

17. CHANGED CONDITIONS
If the Contractor encounters concealed or unknown conditions that differ materially from those anticipated or expected (“changed conditions”), the Contractor will immediately notify the Public Works Director in writing of such changed conditions (upon discovery and before disturbing such changed conditions), so that the Public Works Director can determine if such conditions require design details that differ from those design details shown in the Contract Documents. Notwithstanding any other time period, the Contractor is liable to City for any extra costs incurred as a result of the Contractor’s failure to promptly give such notice.

Changed conditions include, without limitation, the following:
· Subsurface or latent physical conditions differing materially from those represented in the Contract Documents;
· Unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character being performed; and
· Material differing from what is represented in the Contract which the Contractor believes may be hazardous waste as defined in California Health & Safety Code § 25117 that is required to be removed to a Class I, II, or III disposal site in accordance with applicable law.

The Public Works Director will promptly investigate conditions that appear to be changed conditions. The Public Works Director’s decision, and any dispute regarding that decision, will be made in accordance with the Greenbook except that the Public Works Director will render a decision promptly.

Any information provided pursuant to INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO BIDDERS is subject to the following provisions:
· The information is made available for the Bidders’ convenience and is not a part of the Contract.
· The City has not determined the accuracy or completeness of such information and all such information is made available to Bidders without any representation or warranty by the City whatsoever as to its accuracy, completeness, or relevancy. -51-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SS-8
· Bidders will independently evaluate such information for their use and will be solely responsible for use or interpretation of such information. Any such use or interpretation will not be the basis of any claim against the City.

18. DISPUTED WORK
If the Contractor and the City do not reach agreement on disputed work, the City may direct the Contractor to proceed with the work. Any payment for the disputed work will be determined pursuant to the claims procedures in these Standard Specifications.

Although not to be construed as proceeding under extra work provisions, the Contractor will keep and furnish records of disputed work as required by the Contract Documents.

19. INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS
Unless otherwise specified, inspection at the source of production for such materials and fabricated items as bituminous paving mixtures, structural concrete, fabricated metal products, cast metal products, welding, reinforced and unreinforced concrete pipe, application of protective coatings, and similar shop and plant operations is not required.

A certificate of compliance, signed by an authorized officer of the producer, certifying compliance with the contract documents will be submitted for all of the following materials: steel pipe, sizes less than 18 inches; vitrified clay pipe; asbestos cement pipe; cast iron pipe; reinforced concrete pipe; non-reinforced concrete pipe; and PVC sewer and water pipe; subject to sampling and testing by City.

Standard items of equipment, such as electric motors, conveyors, plumbing fittings and fixtures, lumber, plywood, and so on, are subject to inspection at the job site.

All other equipment items will be inspected and tested in accordance with the contract documents.

The City does not provide full time inspection. The Contractor will provide 24-hour minimum notice for each inspection required by the work unless other arrangements have been agreed upon, in writing, with the Public Works Director. Any inspection required outside of normal working hours and days, including holidays, will be at the Contractor’s cost at rates established by the City.

20. INSPECTION OF MATERIALS NOT PRODUCED LOCALLY
Contractor purchased materials, fabricated items, and equipment, produced at sources located more than 50 miles outside the corporate limits of the City, and which are specified to be inspected in the Contract Documents, will be inspected by inspectors or testing laboratories arranged for and paid for by City. Report of such inspection must be submitted to the City. If any item inspected fails to meet the specified criteria, the Contractor will pay all costs for reinspection, and such costs may be deducted from payments due to the Contractor.

21. TRADE NAMES OR EQUALS
-52-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SS-9
Whenever any material, product, equipment, or service is specified by brand, trade, or proprietary name, the item so specified will be deemed to be followed by the words “or equal.”
For the City’s consideration of a proposed “equal” item, the Bidder must submit, a minimum of 10 calendar days before the date of the bid opening, documentation of the particulars of the proposed “equal item.” At a minimum, the submitted documentation will include:
· Written request with explanation of why the product should be considered as an equal product.
· Material specifications.
· Technical specifications.
· Test data.
· Samples.
· Comparison chart of key specifications of the “equal” item against similar specifications of the specified item.
· Work locations and reference telephone numbers of at least three (3) locations where the proposed “equal” item has been recently installed under similar conditions.
· Warranty data.

The Bidder will be notified by the Public Works Director whether or not the proposed “equal” product is acceptable to the City five calendar days before the date of the bid opening. Failure to submit all required documentation and/or submittal of incomplete documents may result in the City’s rejection of the proposed “equal” product without further consideration.

22. PROTECTION
If the Contractor, while performing the Work, discovers utility facilities not identified correctly or not shown in the contract plans or specifications by the City, the Contractor will immediately notify the City and utility owner in writing.

23. RESPONSIBILITY OF UTILITY REMOVAL OR RELOCATION
The City is responsible to arrange for the removal, repair, or relocation of existing utilities located within the project limits if such utilities are not correctly identified in the contract plans or specifications by the City. The City has sole discretion to perform repairs or relocation work or permit the Contractor to do such repairs or relocation.

24. DELAYS
-53-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SS-10
Actual loss is understood to include no items of expense other than idle time of equipment and necessary payments for idle time of workers, cost of extra moving of equipment, and cost of longer hauls. Compensation for idle time of equipment and idle time of workers will be determined by these Standard Specifications and no markup will be added in either case for overhead and profit. The cost of extra moving of equipment and the cost of longer hauls will be paid for as extra work.

25. CALCULATING IDLE TIME
Equipment and worker idle time is calculated in accordance with these Standard Specifications and the Greenbook; it is based upon the actual normal working time during which the delay condition exists, but in no case will exceed 8 hours in any one day. The days for which compensation will be paid will be the calendar days, excluding Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays, during the existence of the delay.

26. CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK
A. Pre-Construction Meeting:

After contract award, City will arrange for a pre-construction meeting to discuss the construction of the project. City will invite utility agencies and the contractor will arrange for all of its sub-contractors to attend the meeting.

B. Contract Schedule
After notification of award and before starting any work, the Contractor will submit a Contract Schedule to the Public Works Director for review, as required by these Standard Specifications within 15 calendar days of award.

C. Contract Schedule Content
The Contract Schedule, and any updated Contract Schedule, will meet the following requirements:
· Schedules must be suitable for monitoring progress of the Work. · Schedules must provide necessary data about the time for the Public Works Director’s decisions.
· Schedules must be sufficiently detailed to demonstrate adequate planning for the Work.
· Schedules must represent a practical plan to complete the Work within the Contract Time.
· Schedules must show the critical path method for completing the Work.

The Public Works Director’s review of the form and general content of the Contract Schedule and any updated Contract Schedules is only for the purpose of determining if the listed requirements are satisfied, nothing more.
-54-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SS-11
D. Effect of Contract Schedule
The Contract Schedule, and any updated Contract Schedules, will represent a practical plan to complete the Work within the Contract Time. Extension of any schedule beyond the Contract Time will not be acceptable. Schedules showing the Work completed in less than the Contract may be acceptable if judged by the Public Works Director to be practical. Acceptance of such a schedule by the Public Works Director will not change the Contract Time. The Contract Time, not the Contract Schedule, will control in determining liquidated damages payable by the Contractor and in determining any delay.

If a schedule showing the Work completed in less than the Contract Time is accepted, the Contractor will not be entitled to extensions of the Contract Time for Excusable Delays or Compensable Delays or to adjustments of the Contract Sum for Compensable Delays until such delays extend the completion of the Work beyond the expiration of the Contract Time.

The Contractor will plan, develop, supervise, control, and coordinate the performance of the Work so that its progress and the sequence and timing of Work activities conform to the current accepted Contract Schedule. The Contractor will continuously obtain from Subcontractors information and data about the planning for and progress of the Work and the delivery of equipment, will coordinate and integrate such information and data into updated Contract Schedules, and will monitor the progress of the Work and the delivery of equipment. The Contractor will act as the expeditor of potential and actual delays, interruptions, hindrances, or disruptions for its own forces and those forces of Subcontractors. The Contractor will cooperate with the Public Works Director in developing the Contract Schedule and updated Contract Schedules.

The Public Works Director’s review and comments about any schedule or scheduling data will not relieve the Contractor from its sole responsibility to plan for, perform, and complete the Work within the Contract Time. Review and comments about any schedule will not transfer responsibility for any schedule to the Public Works Director or City nor imply their agreement with (1) any assumption upon which such schedule is based or (2) any matter underlying or contained in such schedule.

The Public Works Director’s failure to discover errors or omissions in schedules that have been reviewed, or to inform the Contractor that the Contractor, Subcontractors, or others are behind schedule, or to direct or enforce procedures for complying with the Contract Schedule will not relieve the Contractor from its sole responsibility to perform and complete the Work within the Contract Time and will not be a cause for an adjustment of the Contract Time or the Contract Sum.

The Contractor will perform the Work in accordance with the currently accepted Contract Schedule.

E.Commencement of Contract Time
The Contract Time will commence when the City issues a Notice to Proceed. The Work will start on the date specified in the Notice to Proceed and within a maximum of 15 -55-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SS-12
calendar days after the date of the Notice to Proceed and be diligently prosecuted to completion with the time provided in the Specifications.

27. DEFAULT BY CONTRACTOR
A. General
Should the Contractor fail to begin delivery of material and equipment, to commence the Work within the time specified, to maintain the rate of delivery of material, to execute the Work in the manner and at such locations as specified, or fail to maintain the Work schedule (as determined by the current accepted Contract Schedule) which will ensure the City’s interest, or if the Contractor is not carrying out the intent of the Contract, the City may serve written notice upon the Contractor and the Surety on its Faithful Performance Bond demanding satisfactory compliance with the Contract.

B. Termination of Contractor’s Control Over the Work
City may terminate the Contractor’s control over the Work without liability for damages when, in the City’s opinion, the Contractor is not complying in good faith, has become insolvent, or has assigned or subcontracted any part of the Work without the City’s consent. Should such termination occur, the Contractor will be paid the actual amount due based on Contract Unit Prices or lump sums bid and the quantity and quality of the Work completed at the time of termination, less damages caused to the City by the Contractor’s action or inaction.

In the event of such termination of control, the City may do any one, or combination of, the following:
· Serve written notice upon the Surety on its Faithful Performance Bond demanding satisfactory compliance with the Contract. In such event the Surety will, within 5 days, assume control and perform the Work as successor to the Contractor; · The City may perform the Work itself and deduct the cost thereof from any payment due to the Contractor;
· The City may replace the Contractor with a different contractor to complete the work and deduct the cost thereof from any payment due to the Contractor.

Nothing herein will waive, or serve as a limitation upon, any additional remedy the City may have under these Contract Documents or applicable law.

C. Surety’s Assumption of Control
Should the Surety assume any part of the Work, it will take the Contractor’s place in all respects for that part and will be paid by the City for all work performed by it in accordance with the Contract. If the Surety assumes the entire Contract, all money due the Contractor at the time of its default will be payable to the Surety as the Work progresses, subject to the terms of the Contract.
-56-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SS-13
If the Surety does not assume control and perform the Work within five days after receiving notice of cancellation, or fails to continue to comply, the City may exclude the Surety from the premises. The City may then take possession of all material and equipment and complete the Work by City’s forces, by letting the unfinished work to another contractor, or by a combination of such methods. In any event, the cost of completing the Work will be charged against the Contractor and its Surety and may be deducted from any money due or becoming due from the City. If the sums due under the Contract are insufficient for completion, the Contractor or Surety will pay to the City within five days of completion, all costs in excess of the sums due.

The provisions of this subsection will be in addition to all other rights and remedies available to the City under applicable law.

28. DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME
A. General
If delays are caused by unforeseen events beyond the control of the Contractor, such delays will entitle the Contractor to an extension of time as provided herein, but the Contractor will not be entitled to damages or additional payment due to such delays except as otherwise provided herein. Excusable delay may include war, earthquakes exceeding 3.5 on the Richter Scale, government regulation, labor disputes outside the contemplation of the parties, strikes outside the contemplation of the parties, fires, floods, changes to the Work as identified herein, or other specific events that may be further described in the Specifications.

Delays to the project caused by labor disputes or strikes involving trades not directly related to the project, or involving trades not affecting the project as a whole will not warrant an extension of time.

The City will not grant an extension of time for a delay by the Contractor’s inability to obtain materials unless the Contractor furnishes to the Public Works Director documentary proof. The proof must be provided in a timely manner in accordance with the sequence of the Contractor’s operations and accepted construction schedule.

Should delays be caused by events other than those included herein, the Public Works Director may, but is not required to, deem an extension of time to be in the City’s best interests.

B. Extensions of Time
If granted, extensions of time will be based upon the effect of delays to the critical path of the Work as determined by the current accepted Contract Schedule. Delays to minor portions of the Work that do not affect the critical path will not be eligible for extensions of time.

C. Payment for Delays to Contractor
-57-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SS-14
Any payment for compensable delay will be based upon actual costs excluding, without limitation, what damages, if any, the Contractor may have reasonably avoided. The Contractor understands that this is the sole basis for recovering delay damages and explicitly waives any right to calculate daily damages for office overhead, profit, or other purported loss, using different formulas including, without limitation, the Eichleay Formula.

D. Written Notice and Report
If the Contractor desires payment for a delay or an extension of time, it will give the Public Works Director written notice of such request not later than the time limit set forth in the Proposal for submitting a claim after the event or occurrence giving rise to a delay claim.

Failure to submit a written request within such amount of time will result in the Contractor waiving its delay claim.

Any claim for payment or an extension of time must be in the form required by the “Claims” sections of these Standard Specifications.

In no event will the City grant the Contractor an extension of time if the delay is within the Contract Time as identified by the Contract Documents.

29. WORKDAYS AND WORKING HOURS
City Hall is ordinarily open from Monday thru Thursday during normal working hours (8 a.m. to 5:30 p.m.) and alternating Fridays (8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m.). It is closed on the following holidays:

New Year’s Day -January 1
Martin Luther King, Jr. Day -January 15
President’s Day -February 19
Memorial Day -May 27
Independence Day -July 4
Labor Day -September 2
Veterans’ Day -November 11
Thanksgiving -November 28
Friday after Thanksgiving -November 29
Christmas Eve -December 24
Christmas -December 25
New Year’s Eve -December 31
If the Contractor requests an inspection on a day when City Hall is closed, then the Contractor will have to reimburse the City for the costs of inspection. The Contractor must request such an inspection at least 48 hours in advance. City inspections during hours when City Hall is closed are subject to inspection overtime fees to be paid for by the Contractor. Friday work that does not require inspection can be done without an inspection fee and must be discussed with City staff before its occurrence. If the Contractor does construction on a Friday or a day when City Hall is closed, that day is counted as a project working day.
-58-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SS-15
On workdays, Contractor’s activities will be confined to the hours between 7:30 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. Traffic may only be restricted between the hours of 7:30 am and 2:00 pm and subject to the review of the City Manager.

A. Night Work
Except as otherwise provided in the Technical Specifications or separate permit, City does not permit Work between the hours of 4 p.m. and 7:30 a.m. of the following day.

B. Weekend and Holiday Work
The Public Works Director may, but is not required to, allow the Contractor to work on Saturdays, Sundays and City Holidays.

30. COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE
The Work will be inspected by the Public Works Director for acceptance upon the Public Works Director receiving the Contractor’s written assertion that the Work is complete.

If, in the Public Works Director’s judgment, the Work is complete and is ready for acceptance, the Public Works Director will accept the Work on behalf of the City in the manner prescribed by the City. Once a Notice of Completion is issued, the Contractor is relieved from responsibility to protect the Work.

All work will be guaranteed by the Contractor against defective workmanship and materials furnished by the Contractor for a minimum period of one year from the date the Work was completed. The Contractor will replace or repair any such defective work in a manner satisfactory to the Public Works Director, after notice to do so from the Public Works Director, and within the time specified in the notice. If the Contractor fails to make such replacement or repairs within the time specified in the notice, the City may perform this work and the Contractor’s sureties will be liable for the cost thereof.

31. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
If all the Work is not completed before or upon the expiration of the Contract Time, City will sustain damage. Since it is and will be impracticable to determine the actual damage which the City will sustain in the event of and by reason of such delay, it is agreed that the Contractor will pay to the City the sum specified in the Proposal for each and every calendar day beyond the time prescribed to complete the work not as a penalty, but as a predetermined liquidated damage. The Contractor agrees to pay such liquidated damages as are herein provided, and in case the same are not paid, agrees that the City may deduct the amount thereof from any money due or that may become due to the Contractor under the contract.

Unless otherwise specified, liquidated damages will be $1,000 per calendar day.

32. DISPUTES AND CLAIMS; PROCEDURE
-59-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SS-16
A. General
Consistent with PCC §§ 9204 and 10240.6, “Claim” means a written demand or assertion by the Contractor that seeks an adjustment or interpretation of the terms of the Contract Documents, payment of money, extension of time, or other relief with respect to the Contract Documents, including a determination of disputes or matters in question between the City and the Contractor arising out of or related to the Contract Documents or the performance of the Work, and claims alleging an unforeseen condition or an act, error, or omission by the City, the Public Works Director, their agents or employees. “Claim” does not mean, and the Claims procedures herein do not apply, to the following:
· Claims respecting penalties for forfeitures prescribed by statute or regulations, which a government agency is specifically authorized to administer, settle, or determine.
· Claims respecting personal injury, death, reimbursement, or other compensation arising out of or resulting from liability for personal injury or death. · Claims respecting a latent defect, breach of warranty, or guarantee to repair. · Claims respecting stop notices.

If a Claim is subject to the Change Order procedures, the Claim arises upon the issuance of a written final decision denying in whole or in part the Contractor’s Change Order Request. If a Claim is not subject to the Change Order Procedures, the Claim arises when the Contractor discovers, or reasonably should discover, the condition or event giving rise to the Claim. The requirements of this Section are intended to supplement and implement PCC § 9204, a copy of which is attached for reference. Accordingly, pursuant to PCC § 9204(f), the parties agree to utilize these Standard Specifications.

B. Form
A Claim must include the following:
· A statement that it is a Claim and a request for a decision. · A detailed description of the act, error, omission, unforeseen condition, event or other condition giving rise to the Claim.
· If the Claim is subject to the Change Order procedures, a statement demonstrating that a Change Order Request was timely submitted and denied. · A detailed justification for any remedy or relief sought by the Claim, including to the extent applicable, the following:
-60-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SS-17
Ø If the Claim involves extra work, a detailed cost breakdown claimed. The breakdown must be provided even if the costs claimed have not been incurred when the Claim is submitted.

Ø To the extent costs have been incurred when the Claim is submitted, the Claim must include actual cost records (including, without limitation, payroll records, material and rental invoices) demonstrating that costs claimed have actually been incurred.

Ø To the extent costs have not yet been incurred at the time the Claim is submitted, actual cost records must be submitted on a current basis not less than once a week during any time period costs are incurred. A cost record will be considered current if submitted within seven calendar days of the date the cost reflected in the record is incurred. At the Public Works Director’s request, claimed extra costs may be subject to further verification procedures (such as having an inspector verify the performance of alleged extra work on a daily basis).
· If the Claim involves an error or omission in the Contract Documents:

Ø An affirmative representation that the error or omission was not discovered before submitting a bid for the Contract; and
Ø A detailed statement demonstrating that the error or omission reasonably should not have been discovered by the Contractor, its Subcontractors and suppliers, before submitting a bid for the Contract.
· If the Claim involves an extension of the Contract Time, written documentation demonstrating the Contractor’s entitlement to a time extension. · If the Claim involves an adjustment of the Contract Sum for delay, written documentation demonstrating the Contractor’s entitlement to such an adjustment. · A personal certification from the Contractor that reads as follows:
“I,, BEING THE (MUST BE AN

OFFICER)OF (CONTRACTOR
NAME),

DECLARE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY UNDER CALIFORNIA LAW, AND DO

PERSONALLY CERTIFY AND ATTEST THAT I HAVE THOROUGHLY REVIEWED THE

ATTACHED CLAIM FOR ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION OR EXTENSION OF TIME, AND KNOW ITS CONTENTS, AND SAID CLAIM IS MADE IN GOOD FAITH; THE SUPPORTING DATA IS TRUTHFUL AND ACCURATE; THAT THE AMOUNT

REQUESTED ACCURATELY REFLECTS THE CONTRACT ADJUSTMENT FOR -61-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SS-18
WHICH THE CONTRACTOR BELIEVES CITY IS LIABLE; AND, FURTHER, THAT I AM FAMILIAR WITH CALIFORNIA PENAL CODE § 72 AND CALIFORNIA GOVERNMENT CODE § 12650, ET SEQ., PERTAINING TO FALSE CLAIMS, AND FURTHER KNOW

AND UNDERSTAND THAT SUBMITTING OR CERTIFYING A FALSE CLAIM MAY LEAD TO FINES, IMPRISONMENT, AND OTHER SEVERE LEGAL CONSEQUENCES.” C. Claims Submitted to Public Works Director
Within 30 calendar days after the circumstances giving rise to a Claim occur, the Contractor will submit its Claim to the Public Works Director for a decision. Regardless of any Claim submittal, or any dispute regarding a Claim, unless otherwise directed by the Public Works Director, the Contractor will not cause any delay, cessation, or termination of the Work, but will diligently proceed with the performing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Except as otherwise provided, the City will continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents.

D. Claim Is Prerequisite to Other Remedy
The Contractor certifies that it is familiar with PCC § 10240.2 and understands and agrees that submitting a Claim in accordance with these Specifications is an express condition precedent to the Contractor’s right to otherwise pursue a claim whether through alternative dispute resolution or by litigation. Should the Contractor fail to submit a claim in accordance with these Specifications, including the time limits set forth herein, it will waive any right to a remedy, whether in law or equity, it might otherwise have pursuant to the Contract Documents or applicable law.

E.Decision on Claims
The Public Works Director will promptly review Claims submitted by the Contractor in accordance with these Standard Specifications. Should the Public Works Director require additional supporting evidence to evaluate the claim, the Public Works Director will request such additional information in writing. Any such requested data will be furnished not later than 10 calendar days after the Contractor receives the Public Works Director’s request.

The Public Works Director will render a decision not later than 30 calendar days after either receiving the Claim or the deadline for furnishing additional supporting data, whichever is later. If the Claim amount is more than $50,000, the time period will be extended to 60 days. If the Public Works Director fails to render a decision within the time period established herein, then the Claim will be deemed denied. The Public Works Director’s decision will be final and binding unless appealed in accordance with these Specifications.

The Public Works Director’s decision on a Claim will include a statement substantially as follows:
“This is a decision pursuant to the Standard Specifications of your contract. If you are dissatisfied with the decision and have complied with the procedural requirements for asserting claims, you may have the right to alternative dispute resolution or litigation. -62-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SS-19
Should you fail to take appropriate action within 30 calendar days of the date of this decision, the decision will become final and binding and not subject to further appeal.” F.Appeal of Public Works Director’s Decision
Should the Contractor dispute the Public Works Director’s decision, then the Contractor must appeal that decision to the City Manager within 30 calendar days of receiving the Public Works Director’s decision.

The City Manager will address disputes or claims within 30 calendar days after receiving such request and all necessary supporting data. The City Manager’s decision on the dispute or claim will be the City’s final decision.

If the Contractor disputes the City Manager’s decision, then the Contractor must demand alternative dispute resolution in accordance with this Section and the PCC within 30 calendar days of the City’s final decision.

G. Mediation
If the City and the Contractor agree, disputes between the parties may be submitted to non-binding mediation. If the parties cannot agree to an alternative form of mediation, then mediation will be administered by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) under its Construction Industry Mediation Rules, unless the use of such rules are waived by mutual stipulation of both parties.

The parties may, but are not required to be, represented by counsel in mediation.

The requirement for mediation will not alter or modify the time limitations otherwise provided for claims and no conduct or settlement negotiation during mediation will be considered a waiver of the City’s right to assert that claim procedures were not followed.

H. Arbitration
If the City and Contractor do not agree to mediation, then disputes will be submitted to neutral non-binding (except as provided herein) arbitration. Arbitration will be conducted in accordance with PCC § 10240.3. Any decision rendered by an arbitrator will be consistent with PCC § 10240.8.

The exclusive venue for any arbitration will be in Los Angeles County.

The expenses and fees of the arbitrators and the administrative fees, if any, will be divided among the parties equally. Each party will pay its own counsel fees, witness fees, and other expenses incurred for its own benefit.

I.When Arbitration Decision Becomes Binding
The decision rendered by the arbitrator will become binding upon the parties unless appealed to the Los Angeles County Superior Court pursuant to PCC § 10240.12 within 30 calendar days of the decision. If subsequent litigation results in an award to the party -63-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SS-20
appealing the arbitration that is less than or equal to that of the arbitration decision, or if the litigation results in a decision in favor of the nonappealing party, then the party appealing the arbitration will pay the nonappealing party’s attorney’s fees and court costs.

J.Appeal to Superior Court; Waiver of Jury Trial
Should a party timely object to the arbitration decision, it may file a petition with the Los Angeles County Superior Court in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure (“CCP”) §§ 1285, et seq. Notwithstanding the limitations set forth in CCP § 1286.2, the court may vacate, correct, or adjust an arbitration award, and enter judgment in accordance with CCP § 1287.4, for any legal or equitable basis including, without limitation, error of law. The court will apply the substantial evidence standard of review when considering the appeal of an objecting party.

BY EXECUTING THESE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, THE CONTRACTOR AGREES

TO HAVE DISPUTES OR CONTROVERSY CONCERNING THE CONSTRUCTION,

INTERPRETATION, PERFORMANCE, OR BREACH OF THESE CONTRACT

DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING CLAIMS FOR BREACH OF CONTRACT OR ISSUES OF BAD FAITH DECIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION. BOTH THE CITY

AND THE CONTRACTOR WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL FOR THESE DISPUTES OR ISSUES.

33. PREVAILING WAGES
The Contractor will post at appropriate conspicuous points at the site of the project a schedule showing determinations of the Director of Industrial Relations of the prevailing rate of per diem wages. It will be the Contractor’s responsibility to obtain copies of the prevailing rate of per diem wages. One source that may be used is the California Department of Industrial Relations website which is currently located at www.dir.ca.gov , or by calling the Prevailing Wage Unit at (415) 703-4774.

Attention is directed to Labor Code §§ 1777.5, 1777.6 and 3098 concerning the employment of apprentices by the Contractor or any subcontractor.

Labor Code § 1777.5 requires the Contractor or subcontractor employing tradesmen in any apprenticeship occupation to apply to the joint apprenticeship committee nearest the site of the public works project and which administers the apprenticeship program in that trade for a certificate of approval. The certificate will also fix the ratio of apprentices to journeymen that will be used in the performance of the contract. The ratio of apprentices to journeymen in such cases will not be less than one to five except:
· When employment in the area of coverage by the joint apprenticeship committee has exceeded an average of 15 percent in the 90 calendar days before the request for certificate, or
· When the number of apprentices in training in the area exceeds a ratio of one to five, or
-64-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SS-21
· When the trade can show that it is replacing at least 1/30 of its membership through apprenticeship training on an annual basis state-wide or locally, or · When the Contractor provides evidence that the Contractor employs registered apprentices on all of his contracts on an annual average of not less than one apprentice to eight journeymen.

The Contractor is required to make contributions to funds established for the administration of apprenticeship programs if the Contractor employs registered apprentices or journeymen in any apprenticeable trade on such contracts and if other contractors on the public works site are making such contributions.

The Contractor and any subcontractor will comply with Labor Code §§ 1777.5 and 1777.6 in the employment of apprentices.

Information relative to apprenticeship standards, wage schedules and other requirements may be obtained from the Director of Industrial Relations, ex-officio the Administrator of Apprenticeship, San Francisco, California, or from the Division of Apprenticeship Standards and its branch offices.

34. RECORD OF WAGES PAID: INSPECTION
Every Contractor and subcontractor will keep an accurate certified payroll records showing the name, occupation, and the actual per diem wages paid to each worker employed in connection with the Work. The record will be kept open at all reasonable hours to the inspection of the body awarding the contract and to the Department of Industrial Relations. If requested by the City, the Contractor will provide copies of the records at its cost.

35. LIABILITY INSURANCE
Contractor must comply with City’s insurance requirements for public works projects which are either adopted by City Council resolution or promulgated by the City Manager, or designee (the “Insurance Matrix”). Contractor will provide endorsements or other proof of coverage for contractual liability in accordance with the Insurance Matrix.

The cost of such insurance will be included in the various items of work in the Contractor’s bid and no additional compensation for purchasing insurance or additional coverage needed to meet these requirements will be allowed.

In the event that any required insurance is reduced in coverage, cancelled for any reason, voided or suspended, Contractor agrees that City may arrange for insurance coverage as specified, and Contractor further agrees that administrative and premium costs may be deducted from payments due to the Contractor. Contractor will not be allowed to work until alternate coverage is arranged.
-65-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SS-22
Coverage will not extend to any indemnity coverage for the active negligence of the additional insured if the agreement to indemnify the additional insured would be invalid under Civil Code § 2782(b).

36. INDEMNIFICATION AND DEFENSE
In addition to all other provisions of the Contract Documents including, without limitation, the Greenbook, as between the City and Contractor, Contractor will take and assume all responsibility for the work as stated herein or shown on the plans.

The Contractor will bear all losses and damages directly or indirectly resulting to it, to the City, its officers, employees, and agents, or to others on account of the performance or character of the work, unforeseen difficulties, accidents, traffic control, job site maintenance, or any other causes whatsoever.

The Contractor will assume the defense of and indemnify and save harmless the City of Bellflower, its officers, employees, and agents, from and against any and all claims, losses, damage, expenses and liability of every kind, nature, and description, directly or indirectly arising from the performance of the contract or work, regardless of responsibility for negligence, and from any and all claims, losses, damage, expenses, and liability, howsoever the same may be caused, resulting directly, or indirectly from the nature of the work covered by the contract, regardless of responsibility for negligence, to the fullest extent permitted by law. In accordance with Civil Code § 2782, nothing in this Section will require defense or indemnification for death, bodily injury, injury to property, or any other loss, damage or expense arising from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the City, or its agents, servants or independent contractors who are directly responsible to the City, or for defects in design furnished by such persons.

Moreover, nothing in this Section will apply to impose on the Contractor, or to relieve the City from, liability for active negligence of the City.

The City does not, and will not, waive any rights against the Contractor which it may have by reason of the aforesaid hold harmless agreements because of the acceptance by the City, or deposit with City by Contractor, of any insurance policies. This hold harmless agreement by the Contractor applies to all damages and claims for damages of every kind suffered or alleged to have been suffered by reasons of any of the aforesaid operations of Contractor, or any subcontractor, regardless of whether or not such insurance policies are determined to be applicable to any of such damages or claims for damages.

No act by the City, or its representatives in processing or accepting any plans, in releasing any bond, in inspecting or accepting any work, or of any other nature, will in any respect relieve the Contractor or anyone else from any legal responsibility, obligation or liability he might otherwise have.

37. PERMITS
The Contractor will apply for permits required by the City. These permits including, without limitation, a business license, will be issued on a “no-fee” basis. However, the -66-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SS-23
Contractor must pay for and obtain all other permits from other governmental and utility agencies necessitated by their operations but cannot charge the City an administrative fee for obtaining such permits.

All bonding fees, (overweight and oversized vehicle permit fees) inspection permit fees or other fees charged or required for such permits must be paid by the Contractor. These costs will be included in the bid item provided. If no bid item is included, costs will be included in the various items of work, and no additional payment will be allowed.

38. CLEANUP AND DUST CONTROL
On any construction project requiring trenching within public streets and for which total trenching is in excess of 500 feet, the Contractor will be required to sweep the worksite utilizing a pick-up type of street sweeper a minimum of once daily.

39. WATERING
Water for dust control caused by Contractor’s operations or the passage of traffic through the work will be applied as necessary or as directed by the Public Works Director. Water for the above or other purposes may be obtained from any approved source. If the Contractor chooses to use a City fire hydrant, Contractor must contact the appropriate water purveyor to pay deposits and fees. Costs of water to be used will be included in the cost of various bid items.

40. WATER POLLUTION CONTROL
The following requirements are added to establish storm water and urban runoff pollution prevention controls.

Storm or construction generated water containing sediment such as, construction waste, soil, slurry from concrete/asphalt concrete saw cutting operations, clean-up of concrete transit mixers or other pollutants from construction sites and parking areas will be retained or controlled on site and will not be permitted to enter the storm drain system.

Temporary sediment filtering systems such as sandbags, silt fences, or gravel berms will be utilized to trap sediment so that only filtered water enters the City’s storm drain system. Proper clean up and disposal of settled sediment and the filtering system will be the responsibility of the Contractor.

Discharge of concrete transit mixer wash water on to approved dirt areas (sub-grade area designated for new concrete construction for example) is acceptable. Discharge on to private property, parkway areas, or the street is not permitted.

Plastic or other impervious covering will be installed where appropriate to prevent erosion of an otherwise unprotected area, along with any other runoff control devices deemed appropriate by the City.
-67-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SS-24
Excavated soil stored on the site will be covered in a manner that minimizes the amount of sediments running into the storm drain system, street or adjoining properties.

No washing of construction or other industrial vehicles and equipment will be allowed adjacent to a construction site. During the rainy season (October 15 to April 15), Contractor will keep at the construction site sufficient materials and labor to install temporary sediment filtering systems and other water pollution prevention control measures. These control measures will be in place and maintained by the Contractor on a daily basis on days when construction is not in progress due to rain.

All costs associated with water pollution control will be borne by the Contractor. Any expense incurred by the City to expeditiously respond to storm drain contamination resulting from Contractor’s failure to implement water pollution control measures will be charged to the Contractor.

41. PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF EXISTING

IMPROVEMENTS
Where existing traffic striping, pavement markings, and curb markings are damaged or their reflectively reduced by the Contractor’s operations, such striping or markings will also be considered as existing improvements and the Contractor will replace such improvements.

Relocations, repairs, replacements, or re-establishments will be at least equal to the existing improvements and will match such improvements in finish and dimensions unless otherwise specified.

42. PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY
Unless otherwise specified all traffic control will be performed in accordance with the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (CA MUTCD), Latest Edition.

Building News, 3055 Overland Avenue, Los Angeles, CA 90034, telephone 310-474- 7771.

43. TRAFFIC AND ACCESS
The Contractor will notify the occupants of all affected properties at least 48 hours before any temporary obstruction of access. Vehicular access to property line will be maintained except as required for construction for a reasonable period of time. No overnight closure of any driveway will be allowed except as permitted by the Public Works Director.

At least one, 12 foot wide, traffic lane will be provided for each direction of travel on all streets at all times except as permitted by the Public Works Director. The traffic lanes will be maintained on pavement and will remain unobstructed. All work requiring that a lane be closed, or a lane moved right or left will be noticed to the traveling public by use of City approved lighted arrow boards.
-68-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SS-25
Clearances from traffic lanes will be five feet to the edge of any excavation and two feet to the face of any curb, pole, barricade, delineator, or other vertical obstruction.

One four-foot-wide paved pedestrian walkway will be maintained in the parkway area on each side of all streets. The clearance from the pedestrian walkway to any traffic lane will be five feet. Pedestrians and vehicles will be protected from all excavations, material storage, and/or obstructions by the placement of an adequate number of lighted barricades (minimum two) at each location, one at each end of the obstruction or excavation), which will have flashing lights during darkness. Barricades will be Type I or Type II and lights will be Type A per the CA MUTCD.

44. STREET CLOSURES, DETOURS, BARRICADES
Street closures will not be allowed except as specifically permitted by the Public Works Director.

The Contractor will prepare any traffic control or detour plans that may be required as directed by the Public Works Director. Lane transitions will not be sharper than a taper of 30 to one.

Temporary traffic channelization will be accomplished with barricades or delineators.

Temporary striping will not be allowed unless specifically permitted by the Public Works Director. The Contractor will prepare any plans that may be required for temporary striping to the satisfaction of the Public Works Director. In no event will temporary striping be allowed on finish pavement surfaces, which are to remain.

Where access to driveway or street crossings need to be maintained, minimum 1 1/4- inch-thick steel plating will be used to bridge the trench. All steel plating will have temporary asphalt concrete 1:12 minimum sloped ramps to assist vehicles to cross comfortably over the plates and have a non-skid surface. Plates subject to vehicle high traffic speeds and in residential areas will be secured by welding at the discretion of the Public Works Director.

45. PROTECTION OF THE PUBLIC
It is part of the service required of the Contractor to make whatever provisions are necessary to protect the public. The Contractor will use foresight and will take such steps and precautions as his operations warrant to protect the public from danger, loss of life or loss of property, which would result from interruption or contamination of public water supply, interruption of other public service, or from the failure of partly completed work or partially removed facilities. Unusual conditions may arise on the Project which will require that immediate and unusual provisions be made to protect the public from danger or loss of life, or damage to life and property, due directly or indirectly to prosecution of work under this contract.

Whenever, in the opinion of the Public Works Director, an emergency exists against which the Contractor has not taken sufficient precaution for the public safety, protection of utilities and protection of adjacent structures or property, which may be damaged by -69-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SS-26
the Contractor’s operations and when, in the opinion of the Public Works Director, immediate action will be considered necessary in order to protect the public or property due to the Contractor’s operations under this contract, the Public Works Director will order the Contractor to provide a remedy for the unsafe condition. If the Contractor fails to act on the situation immediately, the Public Works Director may provide suitable protection to said interests by causing such work to be done and material to be furnished as, in the opinion of the Public Works Director, may seem reasonable and necessary.

The cost and expense of said labor and material, together with the cost and expense of such repairs as are deemed necessary, will be borne by the Contractor. All expenses incurred by the City for emergency repairs will be deducted from the progress payments and the final payment due to the Contractor. Such remedial measures by the City will not relieve the Contractor from full responsibility for public safety.

46. HAZARDOUS MATERIAL
For any excavation, which extends more than four feet below existing grade, the Contractor will promptly, and before the conditions are disturbed, notify the Public Works Director, in writing, of 1) any material that the Contractor believes may be hazardous waste, as defined in Health and Safety Code § 25117, which is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law, 2) subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing from those indicated, or 3) unknown physical conditions at the site of any unusual nature, different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents.

After receiving notice from the Contractor, the Public Works Director will promptly investigate any condition identified by the Contractor as being hazardous. The rights and obligations of the City and the Contractor with regard to such conditions (including, without limitation, the procedures for procuring change orders and filing claims) will be specified by the provisions of these Standard Specifications regarding Changed Conditions.

If a dispute arises between the City and the Contractor whether the conditions materially differ, involve hazardous waste, or cause a change in the Contractor’s cost or time required for performance of the work, the Contractor will not be excused from any scheduled completion date provided for by the contract, but will proceed with all work to be performed under the contract.

If the Public Works Director determines that material called to the Public Works Director’s attention by the Contractor is hazardous waste, or if the Public Works Director otherwise discovers the existence of hazardous waste, the Contractor will be responsible for removal and disposal of the hazardous waste by qualified personnel and appropriate equipment in the manner required by law as directed by the Public Works Director.

47. LUMP SUM WORK
-70-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SS-27
Items for which quantities are indicated as “Lump Sum,” “L.S.,” or “Job” will be paid for at the price indicated in the Proposal. Such payment will be full compensation for all costs for labor, equipment, materials and plant necessary to furnish, construct and install the lump sum item of work, complete, in place, and for all necessary appurtenant work, including, but not limited to, all necessary cutting, patching, repair and modification of existing facilities, and clean-up of site.

Contractor will furnish three copies of a detailed schedule, which breaks down the lump sum work into its component parts and cost for each part, in a form and sufficiently detailed as to satisfy Public Works Director that it correctly represents a reasonable apportionment of the lump sum. This schedule is subject to approval by Public Works Director as to both the components into which the lump sum item is broken down, and the proportion of cost attributable to each component.

This schedule will be the basis for progress payments for the lump sum work.

48. PARTIAL AND FINAL PAYMENTS
The closure date for the purpose of making partial progress payments will be the last working day of each month. The Contractor will prepare the partial payment invoice with measurement of the work performed through the closure date and submit it to City for approval.

When work is complete, the Contractor will determine the final quantities of the work performed and prepare the final progress payment and submit it to the Public Works Director for approval.

It will take a minimum of 35 calendar days from the date of approving the Contractor’s invoice to make the payment to the Contractor. However, payments will be withheld pending receipt of any outstanding reports required by the contract documents, or legal release of filed Stop Payment Notices against the Contractor. In addition, the final progress payment will not be released until the Contractor returns the control set of Plans and Specifications showing the as-built conditions.

The full five percent (5%) retention will be deducted from all progress payments. The Contractor will make a payment request for the retained amount, for approval by the City, upon field acceptance of the work by the City Public Works Director. The City Public Works Director upon field acceptance and receipt of the final as-built plans and any other reports or documents required to be provided by the Contractor will process a recommendation to the City for acceptance of the work. Not less than 35 calendar days from the City acceptance of the work, the Contractor’s final payment will be made provided Stop Payment Notices or other claims have not been filed against the Contractor and/or the City by material suppliers, sub- contractors, other governmental agencies, and private property owners. Until these Stop Payment Notices are released, and claims are resolved the stop payment/claim amount will be withheld from the final payment.
-71-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SS-28
The Contractor, however, may receive interest on the retention for the length of construction, or receive the retention itself as long as the retention is substituted with escrow holder surety or equal value.

At the request and expense of the Contractor, surety equivalent to the retention may be deposited with the State Treasurer, or a State or Federally chartered bank, as the escrow agent, who will pay such surety to the Contractor upon satisfactory completion of the contract.

Pursuant to PCC § 22300, the Contractor may substitute securities for retention monies held by the City or request that the City place such monies into an escrow account. The Contractor is notified, pursuant to PCC § 22300, that any such election will be at the Contractor’s own expense and will include costs incurred by the City to accommodate the Contractor’s request.

Progress payment paid by the City as contemplated herein, will be contingent upon the Contractor submitting, in addition to any additional documents, an updated Contract Schedule in the form prescribed by these Contract Documents. Failure of the Contractor to submit an acceptable updated Contract Schedule will result in the City withholding partial payment, without liability to the City, until such an acceptable updated Contract Schedule is submitted. Nothing herein will allow the Contractor to suspend or slow progress of the Work.

A City Council resolution established a Project Payment Account, encumbered money in the current budget, and assigned that money to the Project Payment Account which is the sole source of funds available for payment of the Contract Sum. Contractor understands and agrees that Contractor will be paid only from this special fund and if for any reason this fund is not sufficient to pay Contractor, Contractor will not be entitled to payment. The availability of money in this fund, and City’s ability to draw from this fund, are conditions precedent to City’s obligation to make payments to Contractor.

49. DELIVERED MATERIALS
Materials and equipment delivered or stored, but not incorporated into the work, will not be approved for progress payments.

50. TERMINATION OF AGENCY LIABILITY
Before receiving final payment, the Contractor will execute a “Release on Contract” form which will operate as, and will be a release to the City, the City Council, and each member of the City Council and their agencies, from all claims and liability to the Contractor for anything done or furnished for, or relating to, the work or for any act of neglect of the City of any person relating to or affecting the work, except the claim against the City for the remainder, if any there be, of the amounts kept or retained as in these Standard Specifications and except for any unsettled claims listed on said form which have been filed in compliance with the requirements for making claims. -72-

Standard Specifications
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SS-29
- END OF SECTION –
-73-
Eg
o

{c
a
n

:—
Om
a
n
—
.
5 2
.

u 9.
5 9
.
3 3.
2 .
5 ma
fia—
A
G
E

38 no
EE
K
—
h

.a
m
m
s
a
w
m

P0
2 w.

m§
>
0 0

min
—
m
2 .

za
a
z
w
n
i
o
u

.m
flmv
a
g

[E
O
E
—
K
l
a
n

wn
—
O
w

L.
-

ES
.
.
.

Ea
r
—
3 .
5 .
5 NE
.

0. .
.
ag
e
—
G
m
!

Q
WO
§
m
>
8 ”O
s
—
(
~
5 9
2 —

ZO
F
a
z
w
m
—
A
O
U

.m
fluv
—
E
O
;

.m
w
m
>
0 .
_
n
5 m

>z
2 Aa
flto
n
x
o

.5

9:
5 9
:

05 0
8 »

02 v

33 2.
8 .
3 9
5 0

Eu
fimm
a
c
w
i

.8
9 5
0 28
3 3
.
.
»

8.: > n a ESE-£8.
1 2

.m
o
m

0. E0
mE
z
é
a

.0
OF
.
.
.

.E
69 .
2 3
.
.
.

Pla
n
.

“0
2 5
5 »
.
.
.

ta
n
g
o
»
:

so
.
.
.

4. .
.
:

go
;

0. .
.
;

00 0
0 0
0 .

2 22
:
9 .

co
m
a
»
.0
5 0

9. 5

93 :
0 0

Si
a
m

fina
n
c
e
.

89 %
00 5
0 31
.
6 .

o.
fia_
n
=
m
.
_
o
>
.
a
>
>

5. .
.
:

«68.
8 8
.
4 0

92 :
3 9
.
.
.

Em
m
a
—
a
q
u
a
.

.3
5 .

.3
0 .
?

En

.n
c
o
.
0 m
o
o
c
o
o

$9
2 9
9 .

ne
w

“.0
2 no
u
a
flc.

.m
o
.
.
_
u
:
0 _
m
w
w
o
:
o
o

ca
n

Ba
n
a
c
h

I
€2
6 co

no
.
2 nouns Eu
>

>2
.
.
.

8......

«9
.
3 .

5. 5
:

9. “
.
.
.
0 En
s
.
—

zw
m
m
fiaa
m
z

-
c9:
.E
O
Q
E
Q

0. 5
%
.

:0

wo
.
.
n
:
.
_
0 m
m
w

09 a
.

.m
o
u
flun

Sw
i
m
.
.
.
»

9:
0 3
2 :

“m
flaE
S
fl
._
a
_
u
o
n
w

I
Ew
a
é
o
m

9. 5

9. 0
3 9
5 .
.
.

I
00 5
2 .
2 5
3 .
.
.

55 9
.
5 0

33 EE
K
—
h

DO
B
:

:3
5 !

5:
3 9
.
8 3

.
05 ¢

.

E.
.
.

8. 5
3 .
3 .

.3
5 .
:

Nw
s
q
s
a
é
a
m

.3
8 .
:
65 .
.

.E
c
E
c
a
o
o
o
a

ca
n

82 6

.9
9 3
8 :

£3
5 3
.
3 2
“
.

.3
6 9
:

s
Sa
n
a
—
S
m

.3
3 5
.

3. o

_a
_
_
_
_
:

8d

.
th
i
s
.

=3

63 .5
9 .
:

zm
u

mu
s
e
u
m

:2
:

.9
2 8
5 8

£5
2 3
.
3 0

£3
5 9
8 .8
0 3
5 .
.
.
“

33 .
0 .
.
.

.3
0 5
3 .2
2 3
8 .
.
.
"

5. 0
.
5 .
5 .
.
.
”

02 3

.3
3 .
!

5 .
05 ¢

ca
n
a
l

r0

.
8m

$5
0 2
!
.
-

°5
5 5
3 ;

00 2
:

.5
5 .
:

5. o.
5 .
=
.
=
m

L
o
n

—U
L
O
C
O
G

Eu
r
—
5 9
9 n
m

30 .
3 .
5 =0

.
.

EO
E
h
S
—
m

02 >
;

£2
0 2
:
82 3

a.
.
.

.6
5 2.
5 :

am
e
n
:

is
:

a
.

9. 3

a 05
.
.

.3

a
a
:.
s 8
>¢
8 m
h

0 0

32 5
.
3 2
.

«w
P
O
E
P
Z
O
O

.
—
.
_
U

PCC 9204
Specifications No. 23/24-06
PCC-1 -74-
§ 9204. Legislative findings and declarations regarding timely..., CA PUB CONT § 9204 West's Annotated California Codes
Public Contract Code (Refs 8: Annos)
Division 2. General Provisions (Refs & Annos)
Part 1. Administrative Provisions (Refs & Annos)
Chapter 9. Claims and Disputes (Refs & Annos)
West's Ann.Cal.Pub.Oon.Code § 9204
§ 9204. Legislative findings and declarations regarding timely and complete payment of contractors for public works projects; claims process Effective: January 1, 2020
Currentness
(a) The Legislature finds and declares that it is in the best interests of the state and its citizens to ensure that all construction business performed on a public works project in the state that is complete and not in dispute is paid in full and in a timely manner. (b) Notwithstanding any other law, including, but not limited to, Article 7.1 (commencing with Section 10240) of Chapter 1 of Part 2, Chapter 10 (commencing with Section 19100) of Part 2, and Article 1.5 (commencing with Section 20104) of Chapter 1 of Part 3, this section shall apply to any claim by a contractor in connection with a public works project. (c) For purposes of this section:
(1) “Claim” means a separate demand by a contractor sent by registered mail or certified mail with return receipt requested, for one or more of the following:
(A) A time extension, including, without limitation, for relief from damages or penalties for delay assessed by a public entity under a contract for a public works project.
(B) Payment by the public entity of money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor pursuant to the contract for a public works project and payment for which is not otherwise expressly provided or to which the claimant is not otherwise entitled.
(C) Payment of an amount that is disputed by the public entity. (2) “Contractor” means any type of contractor within the meaning of Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 7000) of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code who has entered into a direct contract with a public entity for a public works project. (3)(A) “Public entity” means, without limitation, except as provided in subparagraph (B), a state agency, department, oflice, division, bureau, board, or commission, the California State University, the University of California, a city, including a charter city, county, including a charter county, city and county, including a charter city and county, district, special district, public WESTLAW © 2021 Thomson Reuters. No claim to original US. Government Works. 1

PCC 9204
Specifications No. 23/24-06
PCC-2 -75-
§ 9204. Legislative findings and declarations regarding timely..., CA PUB CONT § 9204 authority, political subdivision, public corporation, or nonprofit transit corporation wholly owned by a public agency and formed to carry out the purposes of the public agency.
(B) “Public entity” shall not include the following:
(i) The Department of Water Resources as to any project under the jurisdiction of that department. (ii) The Department of Transportation as to any project under the jurisdiction of that department. (iii) The Department of Parks and Recreation as to any project under the jurisdiction of that department. (iv) The Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation with respect to any project under its jurisdiction pursuant to Chapter 1] (commencing with Section 7000) of Title 7 of Part 3 of the Penal Code. (v) The Military Department as to any project under the jurisdiction of that department (vi) The Department of General Services as to all other projects. (vii) The High-Speed Rail Authority.
(4) “Public works project" means the erection, construction, alteration, repair, or improvement of any public structure, building, road, or other public improvement of any kind.
(5) “Subcontractor” means any type of contractor within the meaning of Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 7000) of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code who either is in direct contract with a contractor or is a lower tier subcontractor:
(d)(1)(A) Upon receipt of a claim pursuant to this section, the public entity to which the claim applies shall conduct a reasonable review of the claim and, within a period not to exceed 45 days, shall provide the claimant a written statement identiiying what portion of the claim is disputed and what portion is undisputed. Upon receipt of a claim, a public entity and a contractor may, by mutual agreement, extend the time period provided in this subdivision. (B) The claimant shall furnish reasonable documentation to support the claim. (C) If the public entity needs approval from its governing body to provide the claimant a written statement identifying the disputed portion and the undisputed portion of the claim, and the governing body does not meet within the 45 days or within the mutually agreed to extension of time following receipt of a claim sent by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, the public entity shall have up to three days following the next duly publicly noticed meeting of the governing body afier the 45-day period, or extension, expires to provide the claimant a written statement identifying the disputed portion and the undisputed portion.

WESTLAW © 2021 Thomson Reuters. No claim to original U.S. Government Works. 2

PCC 9204
Specifications No. 23/24-06
PCC-3 -76-
§ 9204. Legislative findlnga and declarations ragardlng tlmaly..., CA PUB CONT § 9204 (D) Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the claim shall be processed and made within 60 days afler the public entity issues its written statement. If the public entity fails to issue a written statement, paragraph (3) shall apply. (2)(A) If the claimant disputes the public entity's written response, or if the public entity fails to respond to a claim issued pursuant to this section within the time prescribed. the claimant may demand in writing an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. Upon receipt of a demand in writing sent by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, the public entity shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute. (3) Within l0 business days following the conclusion of the meet and confer conference, if the claim or any portion of the claim remains in dispute, the public entity shall provide the claimant a written statement identifying the portion of the claim that remains in dispute and the portion that is undisputed. Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the claim shall be processed and made within 60 days afier the public entity issues its written statement. Any disputed portion of the claim, as identified by the contractor in writing. shall be submitted to nonbinding mediation, with the public entity and the claimant sharing the associated costs equally. The public entity and claimant shall mutually agree to a mediator within l0 business days after the disputed portion of the claim has been identified in writing. If the parties cannot agree upon a mediator, each party shall select a mediator and those mediators shall select a qualified neutral third party to mediate with regard to the disputed portion of the claim. Each party shall bear the fees and costs charged by its respective mediator in connection with the selection of the neutral mediator. If nwdiation is unsuccessful, the parts of the claim remaining in dispute shall be subject to applicable procedures outside this section.
(C) For purposes of this section, mediation includes any nonbinding process, including, but not limited to, neutral evaluation or a dispute review board, in which an independent third party or board assists the parties in dispute resolution through negotiation orby issuance of an evaluation. Any mediation utilized shall conform to the timcframes in this section. (D) Unless otherwise agreed to by the public entity and the contractor in writing, the mediation conducted pursuant to this section shall excuse any further obligation under Section 20104.4 to mediate afler litigation has been commenced. (E) This section does not preclude a public entity from requiring arbitration of disputes under private arbitration or the Public Works Contract Arbitration Program, if mediation under this section does not resolve the parties' dispute. (3) Failure by the public entity to respond to a claim from a contractor within the time periods described in this subdivision or to otherwise meet the time requirements of this section shall result in the claim being deemed rejected in its entirety. A claim that is denied by reason of the public entity's failure to have mponded to a claim, or its failure to otherwise meet the time requirements of this section, shall not constitute an adverse finding with regard to the merits of the claim or the responsibility or qualifications of the claimant.
(4) Amounts not paid in a timely manner as required by this section shall bear interest at 7 percent per annum. (5) If a subcontractor or a lower tier subcontractor lacks legal standing to assert a claim against a public entity because privity of contract does not exist, the contractor may present to the public entity a claim on behalf of a subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor. A subcontractor may request in writing, either on their own behalf or on behalf of a lower tier subcontractor, that the contractor present a claim for work which was performed by the subcontractor or by a lower tier subcontractor on behalf of the subcontractor. The subcontractor requesting that the claim be presented to the public entity shall fumish reasonable WESTLAW © 2021 Thomson Reuters. No claim to original US. Government Works. 3

PCC 9204
Specifications No. 23/24-06
PCC-4 -77-
§ 9204. Legislative findings and declarations regarding tlmely..., CA PUB CONT § 9204 documentation to support the claim. Within 45 days of receipt of this written request, the contractor shall notify the subcontractor in writing as to whether the contractor presented the claim to the public entity and, if the original contractor did not present the claim, provide the subcontractor with a statement of the reasons for not having done so. (e) The text of this section or a summary of it shall be set forth in the plans or specifications for any public works project that may give rise to a claim under this section.
(0 A waiver of the rights granted by this section is void and contrary to public policy, provided, however, that (1) upon receipt of a claim, the parties may mutually agree to waive, in writing, mediation and proceed directly to the commencement of a civil action or binding arbitration, as applicable; and (2) a public entity may prescribe reasonable change order, claim, and dispute resolution procedures and requirements in addition to the provisions of this section, so long as the contractual provisions do not conflict with or otherwise impair the timefrarnes and procedures set forth in this section. (g) This section applies to contracts entered into on or after January I, 20l7. (h) Nothing in this section shall impose liability upon a public entity that makes loans or grants available through a competitive application process, for the failure of an awardee to meet its contractual obligations. (i) This section shall remain in effect only until January I, 2027, and as of that date is repealed, unless a later enacted statute that is enacted before January I, 2027, deletes or extends that date.

Credits
(Added by Stats.20l6, c. 810 (A.B.626), § I, eff. Jan. I, 2017. Amended by Stats.20|9, c. 489 (A.B.456), § 1, eff. Jan. 1, 2020.) Editor's' Notes
REPEAL
<For repeal of this section, see its terns?
West's Ann. Cal. Pub. Con. Code § 9204, CA PUB CONT § 9204 Current with urgency legislation through Ch. 13 of 2021 Reg.Sess End of Document 0 2021 Thomson Reuters. No claim to original US. Government Works.

WESTLAW © 2021 Thomson Reuters. No claim to original U.S. Government Works. 4

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06

TECHNICAL PROVISIONS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-1

CITY OF BELLFLOWER

THOMPSON PARK OUTDOOR SWIMMING POOL

REPLASTER & REPAIR PROJECT
SPECIFICATIONS NO. 23/24-06

TECHNICAL PROVISIONS
Prepared by:

Edward Lok Ng, Architect
BOA Architecture
1511 Cota Avenue,
Long Beach, California 90813
(562) 912-7900
(310) 832-2681
-78-
0-1 6840
REN.11139125

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06

TECHNICAL PROVISIONS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-2
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Section 01 1000 Summary of Work
Section 01 2500 Substitution Procedures
Section 01 3300 Submittal Procedures
Section 01 3543 Environmental Procedures
Section 01 3553 Security Procedures
Section 01 4000 Quality Requirements
Section 01 5000 Temporary Facilities and Controls
Section 01 5100 Temporary Utilities
Section 01 5500 Vehicular Access and Parking
Section 01 5813 Temporary Project Signage
Section 01 6000 Product Requirements
Section 01 6115 Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content Restrictions Section 01 7000 Execution and Closeout Requirements
Section 01 7419 Construction Waste Management and Disposal Section 01 7800 Closeout Submittals
Section 01 7900 Demonstration and Training
DIVISION 2 – EXISTING CONDITIONS
Section 02 4119 Selective Structure Demolition
DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE
Section 03 2000 Concrete Reinforcement
Section 03 3000 Cast in Place Concrete
DIVISION 4 – MASONRY [NOT USED]
DIVISION 5 – METALS [NOT USED]
DIVISION 6 – WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES [NOT USED]
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
Section 07 1000 Dampproofing
Section 07 9200 Joint Sealants
DIVISION 8 – OPENINGS [NOT USED]
DIVISION 9 – FINISHES [NOT USED]
DIVISION 10 – SPECIALTIES [NOT USED]
DIVISION 11 – EQUIPMENT [NOT USED]
DIVISION 12 – FURNISHINGS [NOT USED]
-79-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06

TECHNICAL PROVISIONS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-3
DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
Section 13 1100 Swimming Pool General Requirements
Section 13 1102 Swimming Pool Concrete
Section 13 1104 Swimming Pool Ceramic Tile
Section 13 1105 Swimming Pool Plaster
Section 13 1132 Swimming Pool Filter Media
DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING EQUIPMENT [NOT USED]
DIVISION 21 – FIRE SUPPRESSION [NOT USED]
DIVISION 22 – PLUMBING [NOT USED]
DIVISION 23 – HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING [NOT USED] DIVISION 25 – INTEGRATED AUTOMATION [NOT USED]
DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL [NOT USED]
DIVISION 27 – COMMUNICATIONS [NOT USED]
DIVISION 28 – ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY [NOT USED] DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK [NOT USED]
DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS [NOT USED]
DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES [NOT USED]

END OF DOCUMENT
-80-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 011000

SUMMARY OF WORK
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-4
PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 LOCATION OF WORK
A. The project site is located at the following address and as shown on the Site Plan found on Sheet A1.0 of the Drawings: 14001 Bellflower Blvd., Bellflower, CA 90706. The scope of work is contained in the contract documents.

1.2 SCOPE OF WORK
A. The scope of work includes all work described in the construction documents, and includes but is not limited to the following items:

1. Repair existing damaged pool plaster.

2. Replace existing pool drain covers.

3. Replace existing concrete pool deck all around the pool and provide new tile markers.

4. Remove, save, and reinstall grab rails.

5. Replace existing floor drains with new type and replace adjacent concrete slab. Provide drain jetting at all floor drains for cleaning.

6. Replacement of 6 pool filters and replacement of concrete slab supporting these filters.

7. Contractor must include in its bid the cost of fees or charges payable to the State, local, or special community development agencies unless otherwise stated in the General Requirements. Contractor must obtain all applicable permits with the City of Bellflower’s Building and Safety Division. Permits will be no-fee permits.

8. All items in these Technical Provisions are to be provided, performed and paid for by the Contractor, unless noted otherwise.

1.3 MISCELLANEOUS CONTRACT EXPENSES
A. The Contractor must include in its bid the cost fees or charges payable to State, local, or special community development agencies unless otherwise stated in the General Requirements. Contractor is required to obtain all necessary building permits necessary to perform the work from the City’s Building Department as this is a City Public Works Project prior to mobilization.
-81-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 011000

SUMMARY OF WORK
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-5
PART 2 – PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 – EXECUTION [NOT USED]

END OF SECTION
-82-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 012500

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-6
PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 LOCATION OF WORK
A. Procedural requirements for proposed substitutions.

1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 016116 - Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content Restrictions:

Restrictions on emissions of indoor and outdoor substitute products.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Substitutions: Changes from Contract Documents requirements proposed by Contractor to materials, products, assemblies, and equipment.

1. Substitutions for Cause: Proposed due to changed Project circumstances beyond Contractor's control.
a. Unavailability.
b. Regulatory changes.

2. Substitutions for Convenience: Proposed due to possibility of offering substantial advantage to the Project.
a. Substitution requests offering advantages solely to the Contractor will not be considered.

1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS [NOT USED]
PART 2 – PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. A Substitution Request for products, assemblies, materials, and equipment constitutes a representation that the submitter:

1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product, equipment, assembly, or system.

2. Agrees to provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified product.
-83-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 012500

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-7

3. Agrees to provide same or equivalent maintenance service and source of replacement parts, as applicable.

4. Agrees to coordinate installation and make changes to other work that may be required for the work to be complete, with no additional cost to the City.

5. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension that may subsequently become apparent.

6. Agrees to reimburse the City and Architect for review or redesign services associated with re-approval by authorities.

B. A Substitution Request for specified installer constitutes a representation that the submitter:

1. Has acted in good faith to obtain services of specified installer, but was unable to come to commercial, or other terms.

C. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. Burden of proof is on proposer.

1. Note explicitly any non-compliant characteristics.

D. Content: Include information necessary for tracking the status of each Substitution Request, and information necessary to provide an actionable response.

1. No specific form is required. Contractor's Substitution Request documentation must include the following:
a. Project Information:
1) Official project name and number, and any additional required identifiers established in Contract Documents.
b. Substitution Request Information:
1) Discrete and consecutive Substitution Request number, and descriptive subject/title.
2) Indication of whether the substitution is for cause or convenience. 3) Issue date.
4) Reference to particular Contract Document(s) specification section number, title, and article/paragraph(s).
-84-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 012500

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-8
5) Description of Substitution.
6) Reason why the specified item cannot be provided.
7) Differences between proposed substitution and specified item. 8) Description of how proposed substitution affects other parts of work. c. Attached Comparative Data: Provide point-by-point, side-by-side comparison addressing essential attributes specified, as appropriate and relevant for the item:
1) Physical characteristics.
2) In-service performance.
3) Expected durability.
4) Visual effect.
5) Sustainable design features.
6) Warranties.
7) Other salient features and requirements.
8) Include, as appropriate or requested, the following types of documentation:
a) Product Data:
b) Samples.
c) Certificates, test, reports or similar qualification data. d) Drawings, when required to show impact on adjacent
construction elements.
d. Impact of Substitution:
1) Savings to the City for accepting substitution.
2) Change to Contract Time due to accepting substitution.

E. Limit each request to a single proposed substitution item. -85-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 012500

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-9

1. Submit an electronic document, combining the request form with supporting data into single document.

3.2 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES DURING PROCUREMENT
A. Instructions to Bidders specifies time restrictions for submitting requests for substitutions during the bidding period, and the documents required.

3.3 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. Submit request for Substitution for Cause within 14 days of discovery of need for substitution, but not later than 14 days prior to time required for review and approval by Architect, in order to stay on approved project schedule.

B. Submit request for Substitution for Convenience immediately upon discovery of its potential advantage to the project, but not later than 14 days prior to time required for review and approval by Architect, in order to stay on approved project schedule.

1. In addition to meeting general documentation requirements, document how the requested substitution benefits the City through cost savings, time savings, greater energy conservation, or in other specific ways.

2. Document means of coordinating of substitution item with other portions of the work, including work by affected subcontractors.

3. Bear the costs engendered by proposed substitution of:
a. The City's compensation to the Architect for any required redesign, time spent processing and evaluating the request.
b. Other construction by the City.
c. Other unanticipated project considerations.

C. Substitutions will not be considered under one or more of the following circumstances:

1. When they are indicated or implied on shop drawing or product data submittals, without having received prior approval.

2. Without a separate written request.

3. When acceptance will require revisions to the Contract Documents. -86-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 012500

SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-10

3.4 RESOLUTION
A. Architect may request additional information and documentation prior to rendering a decision. Provide this data in an expeditious manner.

B. Architect will notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject request.

1. Architect's decision following review of proposed substitution will be noted on the submitted form.

3.5 ACCEPTANCE
A. Accepted substitutions change the work of the Project. They will be documented and incorporated into work of the project by Change Order, Construction Change Directive, Architectural Supplementary Instructions, or similar instruments provided for in the Conditions of the Contract.

3.6 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES
A. See Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals, for closeout submittals.

B. Include completed Substitution Request Forms as part of the Project record.

Include both approved and rejected Requests.

END OF SECTION
-87-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 013300

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-11
PART 1 – GENERAL

1.4 SCHEDULE OF SUBMITTALS
A. At the Pre-Construction meeting, the Contractor must submit a Schedule of Submittals, in the format indicated below, in duplicate, listing all items that must be furnished for review and approval by the Engineer. The schedule must indicate the type of items (such as sample, shop drawings, catalog cut, and so forth) and include the scheduled dates of submittal. In preparing the schedule, adequate time (10 days or more exclusive of time in the mail) must be allowed for review and approval and possible resubmittal. Also, the schedule must be coordinated with the approved construction progress chart. The Contractor must revise and/or update the schedule monthly. Such revised schedules must be submitted to the Engineer for approval.

B. At the Pre-Construction meeting, the Contractor must complete and submit to the Engineer a listing of all subcontractors, including subcontractor name, address, telephone number, fax number and email address. Include an updated list with each progress payment request.

C. Schedule of Submittals Format
Project
Contract No.

Project
Description
Spec.

Section
Spec.

Description
Paragraph
Number
*Submittal
Type
Date Action
Taken
Assigned
Number
Submittal Returned
*Submittal Type:

C –Certificate CD –Catalog Data
S – Sample PL – Spare Parts List
SD – Shop Drawing MM – Maintenance Manual
-88-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 013300

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-12

1.5 SHOP DRAWINGS AND RELATED DATA
A. Prior to submittal, the Contractor must stamp and sign the submittal to indicate that it is in accordance with the contract documents without deviation and has been reviewed and approved by the Contractor. The Contractor must make any corrections required by the Engineer. If the Contractor considers any correction indicated on the drawings to constitute a change to the contract drawings or specifications, notice must be given to the Engineer. Four prints of all approved shop drawings must be given to the Engineer. The approval of the drawings by the Engineer must not be construed as a complete check but indicates only that the submittal appears to comply with the contract documents. Approval of the shop drawings does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for any error that may exist because the Contractor is responsible for the dimensions and for satisfactory construction of all work. The submission by the Contractor must be accompanied by a transmittal letter in a format approved by the Engineer.

1.6 MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT, AND FIXTURE LISTS
A. When required by the technical provisions, lists of materials, equipment, and fixtures must be submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the requirements specified for shop drawings. The lists must be supported by sufficient descriptive material, such as catalogs, cuts, diagrams, and other data published by the manufacturer, as well as by evidence of compliance with safety and performance standards, to demonstrate conformance to the specification requirements.

Catalog numbers alone are not acceptable. The data must include the name and address of the nearest service and maintenance organization that regularly stocks repair parts. No consideration will be given to partial lists submitted from time to time. Approval of materials and equipment is tentative, subject to submission of complete shop drawings indicating compliance with the contract documents.

1.7 CERTIFICATES OF COMPLIANCE
A. Any certificates required for demonstrating proof of compliance of materials with specification requirements, including statements of application, and extended guarantees, must be signed and submitted in quadruplicate to the Engineer at least 10 days before delivery. The Contractor must review all certificates before submissions are made to the Engineer, to ensure compliance with the contract specification requirements and to ensure that the affidavit is properly signed. Each certificate must be signed by an official authorized to certify on behalf of the manufacturing company and must contain the name and address of the Contractor, the project name and location, and the quantity and date or dates of shipment or delivery to which the certificates apply. Copies of laboratory test reports submitted with certificates must contain the name and address of the -89-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 013300

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-13
testing laboratory and the dates of tests to which the report applies. Certification must not be construed as relieving the Contractor from furnishing satisfactory material if, after tests are performed on selected samples, the material is found not to meet the specific requirements.

1.8 REVIEW OF SUBMITTALS
A. When submittals are reviewed by others, each submittal must be returned to the Engineer stamped and signed or marked in one of the following ways:

1. A Action: The Contractor is advised that "A Action" means that fabrication, manufacture, or construction may proceed, provided the work complies with the contract documents.

2. B Action: The Contractor is advised that "B Action" means that fabrication, manufacture, or construction may proceed, provided the work complies with the notations and the contract documents.

3. C Action: The Contractor is advised that "C Action" means that no work may be fabricated, manufactured, or constructed and that the Contractor must make a new submittal. Any submission marked "C Action" is not permitted on the site.

B. The "A Action" or "B Action" submittals must be returned to the Engineer. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining prints of them and for distributing them to the field and to subcontractors.

C. In the case of shop drawings in the form of manufacturers' descriptive literature, catalog cuts, and brochures stamped "A Action" or "B Action," returned to the Engineer, the Contractor is responsible for distributing them to the field and to the subcontractors. If the shop drawings are stamped "C Action," the Engineer will provide copies to the Contractor, who must submit new shop drawings to the Engineer.

D. In the case of samples stamped "A Action" or "B Action," the Engineer will provide one of the samples to the Contractor. In the case of samples stamped "C Action," all of the submitted samples must be returned.

1.9 SPARE PARTS DATA
A. Spare parts data must be submitted in quadruplicate. -90-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 013300

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-14

1.10 AS-BUILT PLANS.

A. Contractor to submit as built plans.

B. During construction, maintain as-built redline drawings for all drawings and final as-builds for contractor-generated coordination drawings. Update after completion of commissioning.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 1 – EXECUTION [NOT USED]

END OF SECTION
-91-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 013543

ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-15
PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE
A. The work covered by this section consists of furnishing all labor, material, and equipment and performing all work required for compliance with environmental regulations and preventing pollution during, and as a result of, construction operations under this contract, in addition to those measures set forth in other technical provisions of these specifications.

B. The Contractor and subcontractors must comply with all applicable environmental federal, state, local environmental, health and safety laws and regulations.

1.2 NOTIFICATION
A. The Contractor must, after receiving a notice of noncompliance with the foregoing provisions, immediately take corrective action. The notice, when delivered to its Contractor or its authorized representative at the site of the work, is deemed sufficient for this purpose. If the Contractor fails or refuses to comply promptly, the Engineer may issue an order stopping all or part of the work until satisfactory corrective action has been taken. No part of the time lost because of any such stop orders may be made the subject of a claim for extension of time or for excess costs or damages by the Contractor unless it is subsequently determined that the Contractor was in compliance.

1.3 ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATORY COMPLIANCE
A. Within 30 days after receiving the notice to proceed or not less than 15 days prior to commencing on-site work, the Contractor must submit any environmental documents that are required by federal, state or local environmental regulations.

Plans must be approved by the Engineer prior to commencing on-site work and must describe and include, but is not limited to, the following:

1. Waste Minimization and Management Plan must describe how natural resources potentially impacted by construction will be protected or managed; construction wastes will be stored and disposed of or recycled; and pollutants associated with building materials will be controlled. The waste minimization and management section of the plan must also list materials and construction debris to be recycled, and address the disposal of solid and hazardous wastes and materials, including asbestos and lead- based paint. It must also include tables applicable to the reclamation of chlorofluorocarbons (CFCs) and hydrochlorofluorocarbons (HCFCs) in accordance with the City recycling code and 1.4 (B) below. -92-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 013543

ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-16

2. Environmental Compliance Plan must document NEPA compliance by describing mitigation measures to address environmental concerns/sensitive receptors identified in the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) document(s) in Section B. 1500,Attachments, and as set out in the mitigation measures in the General Requirements.

1.4 ENVIRONMENTAL SITE CONTROLS
A. Location of Hazardous Materials: The location of the Contractor’s temporary storage of any hazardous materials and/or wastes must be appropriately marked and included in the health and Safety Plan (see Section 1.5 below).

B. Post Construction Cleanup or Obliteration: The Contractor must remove and properly dispose of all signs of temporary construction facilities such as haul roads, work area, structures, foundations of temporary structures, excess or waste materials, or any other vestiges of construction as directed by the Engineer. No separate or direct payment may be made for post construction cleanup and all associated costs must be considered included in the contract price.

C. Dust Control: The Contractor must keep the site free from dust in accordance with applicable regulations.

D. Noise Minimization: The Contractor must perform demolition and construction operations to minimize noise including conducting work during less sensitive hours of the day in accordance with the City’s Noise Ordinance.

1.5 HEALTH AND SAFETY
A. Prior to commencing on-site work, the Contractor must submit an Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Emergency Action Plan (EAP) to the Engineer to demonstrate compliance by the Contractor and subcontractors with applicable OSHA regulations. If the Contractor is not required by OSHA to develop a written EAP, i.e. if 10 or fewer are employed for the construction project or any other specific regulations identified by OSHA, then the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a signed letter stating the Contractor shall meet OSHA's EAP requirements in a verbal communication to all employees.

B. Copies of Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDSs) for any hazardous material(s), as defined by OSHA's Hazard Communications Standard, must be included whenever such materials arrive on-site. MSDSs must be kept together and maintained centrally on-site through to project completion. Provide a copy of each MSDS in the Operating and Maintenance Manual. The use of asbestos containing materials, in excess of one percent as defined by US Environmental -93-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 013543

ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-17
Protection Agency regulations, is prohibited in the construction of this project.

Provide an executed copy of the “Certificate of Asbestos and Lead-Based Paint (New Work)” in the Operating and Maintenance Manual.

C. The use of lead-based paint is prohibited in the construction of this project.

D. The use of lead-containing solder for plumbing and plumbing fixtures is prohibited in the construction of this project.

E. The Contractor must sign and submit to the Engineer a “Certification of Asbestos and Lead-Based Paint” for this project.

F. See following exhibits for additional information.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 – EXECUTION [NOT USED]

END OF SECTION
-94-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 013543

ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-18
Safety and Health and Related Environmental Requirements The Contractor is required to meet all applicable OSHA, federal, state, and local safety, health, and related environmental requirements in addition to the City requirement listed in this table.

Issue City Requirements
Asbestos Review of Facility Asbestos Survey:Before any building maintenance, equipment installation, renovation, alteration, demolition, or other project begins, determine whether ACBM will be disturbed.

Proper Work Practices: If ACBM is present, follow proper control procedures and work practices.

Consultation With Facility Asbestos Coordinator: Consult with the facility manager or his or her designee before the start of any work likely to disturb ACBM.

Disturbance means activities that crumble or pulverize ACBM or presumed asbestos-containing material (PACM) or generate visible debris. Operations may include drilling, abrading, cutting a hole, pulling cable, and crawling through tunnels or attics and spaces above the ceiling where asbestos is actively disturbed or asbestos-containing debris is actively disturbed.

Asbestos Work Authorization: You must have an approved Form 8210,Work Authorization - Asbestos, before work begins within any building containing asbestos.

Barricades, Barriers, and
Warnings
Your barricades must meet the OSHA requirements. In addition, you assume control of your work area during your activities unless otherwise specified in writing by the City Engineer (CE) or City Engineer's representative (CER).

Confined Spaces Confined space work must meet the OSHA requirements. You must have a comprehensive confined space program that includes a written program, employee training, entry and testing equipment, and rescue capabilities.

If you require access to confined space requiring a permit, then the trained, designated City representative must review and approve the project and permit.

Entry into other confined spaces must be in accordance with OSHA regulations.

Electrical Work Lock or rope off work areas involving exposed energized equipment or have an attendant present to prevent accidental contact by unqualified people. Refer to the Barricade section of this guideline for additional information.

Elevated Work and Fall
Protection
Follow strictly the applicable OSHA fall protection requirements.

Excavation All excavations 4 feet or more in depth must be properly shored or sloped and meet all OSHA requirements.

Before any digging or drilling commences, inform the City COR and call Dig Safe or its local equivalent to determine whether any underground utilities are located in the work area. Submit documentation that these notifications have been performed. You must not begin digging or drilling until you have verified that underground utilities have been identified and are properly marked so that work may be accomplished in a safe manner.

Fire Protection Do not block, remove, or otherwise prevent City fire extinguishers from being immediately accessible and usable.

If a system must be impaired by a scheduled shutdown, notify the Engineer and do not proceed without the Engineer’s authorization.

Hazard Communication Inform the Engineer before any chemicals are used. Before materials are brought on site, provide material safety data sheets (MSDSs) and an inventory of materials. For projects that are anticipated to use substantial quantities of hazardous materials, you may be required to provide a routing, storage, and waste disposal plan.

Hazardous Materials Follow all OSHA requirements regarding hazardous materials. Hazardous materials include, but are not limited to, flammable and combustible liquids, gasoline, diesel fuel, motor oil, lubricating oil, hydraulic oil, corrosive cleaners, and -95-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 013543

ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-19
battery acid.

Provide secondary containment for all containers of liquids that are over 5 gallons in capacity.

Immediately report all hazardous material releases ("spills"), regardless of how small or where they occur, to the designated Engineer. Releases include solids, liquids, and gases.

Hot Work Do not begin any hot work until the Engineer has completed and signed a City Hot Work Permit. The permit will be valid for only a single work shift. You must display the permit at the work site.

You are prohibited from performing hot work (a) when the City has not authorized it, (b) in locations in which fire protection systems have been impaired, (c) in the presence of explosive or flammable atmospheres, or (d) in locations were large quantities of flammable and combustible materials are unprotected.

Powered Industrial Trucks Powered industrial trucks and other mobile equipment must follow all traffic rules of the City facility. The maximum speed limit for in-plant powered vehicles is 5 miles per hour. Many work areas have posted speed limits that you must strictly follow. Perform refueling only in authorized locations following safe procedures.

As a general rule, the City does not allow gas- or diesel-powered industrial equipment inside City facilities. Coordinate exceptions to the rule through the City safety office.

Ladders Strictly follow all OSHA requirements regarding ladders. Barricade the ladder use area to prevent contact with mobile equipment and employees.

Lead-Based Paint Review of Facility Lead Survey:Before any construction, alterations, and/or repair activities begin, determine whether LBP will be disturbed. If the painted surface has not been tested, you must have it tested before beginning any activities that could potentially disturb LBP.

Proper Work Practices:If LBP is present, follow proper control procedures and work practices.

Consultation With Engineer: Consult with the Engineer before the start of any work likely to disturb LBP. Examples of activities that may affect LBP include paint removal by scraping, sanding, power tools, or heat guns; alterations that include removing drywall, structural steel, or other building materials coated with LBP; welding, cutting, or other hot work on coated metal surfaces; abrasive blasting of mail boxes and other equipment; and moving or cleaning of abrasive blasting enclosures.

Lockout/Tagout Provide a copy of your lockout/tagout procedures, which must meet or exceed the OSHA Lockout/Tagout standard. You will be given access to and must review the City lockout/tagout program.

If you encounter a City lockout/tagout device that prevents the continuation of work, do not make any attempts to remove, tamper with, or bypass the devices.

Contact the Engineer and make arrangements to have the lockout device removed in accordance with City lockout removal policies.

Personal Protective
Equipment
Before beginning work, evaluate the work area for hazards, determine whether contract employees will be required to use personal protective equipment (PPE) to protect themselves from these hazards, and document the hazard assessment.

Wear the PPE required regardless of your perception of hazard potential.

Regulated And Prohibited
Materials
Pesticides. The City has restricted the use of pesticides. Obtain prior approval of the City environmental compliance coordinator for special cases that may require the use of pesticide treatments.

Seventeen Chemical Prohibition. Adhere to chemical prohibition policies. Do not use on City property any of the 17 chemicals prohibited by EPA unless the Engineer authorizes its use (each of these chemicals must be authorized separately). The district environmental compliance coordinator can supply the list.

Asbestos-Free Products.Install no asbestos-containing products or materials in -96-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 013543

ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-20
City facilities.

Lead.Apply no lead-based paint in City facilities.

Scaffolding Follow strictly the applicable OSHA scaffolding requirements.

Provide adequate barrier protection around the scaffolding to prevent hazards to City staff.

Walking and Working
Surfaces
If the project requires temporary modifications to the means of egress, inform the Engineer before performing such actions, provide appropriate alternative means of egress, and communicated these to all employees.

Emergency Procedures
Preparations for
Emergency
Be prepared for emergency situations.

Ensure that emergency telephone numbers are site specific, readily available, easily read, and communicated to all employees.

Train and authorize employees to implement emergency procedures.

Medical Emergencies Have procedures and medical supplies to provide emergency medical services for your own personnel.

Determine how to contact emergency medical services before work begins, and have on-site capabilities to contact such services immediately.

Fires See Fire Protection above.

In the event of a fire, you must:
- Immediately remove personnel from the area or building following City evacuation procedures.
- Immediately contact the nearest City employee and inform him or her of the fire. You may also activate an emergency alarm in the area. If no City employees are on-site, immediately contact the local fire department.

Personnel trained in the use and limitations of fire extinguishers may attempt to extinguish the fire if it is safe to do so.

Chemical Releases See Hazardous Materials above.

If the event of a hazardous material release, you must:
- Immediately remove personnel from the area or building following City evacuation procedures.
- Immediately contact the designated City representative and inform him or her of the release. You may also activate an emergency alarm in the area. If no City employees are on-site, immediately contact the local fire department.

Contractor personnel should not respond to the release unless specifically trained and protected to perform hazardous material response.

Power Outages In the event of a power outage, you must:
- Immediately stop work and assemble for a head count and possible facility egress. - Inform all contract employees that equipment may automatically restart when power resumes.
- Immediately contact the designated City representative and inform him or her of the status of contract work and personnel head count. Relay at this time all hazards created due to the power outage.

When power resumes evaluate the status of operations that were being performed relative to hazard potential. For example, the interruption of ventilation in confined spaces may generate atmospheric hazards.
-97-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 013543

ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-21
Accident Investigation
and Reporting
As soon as is practical after an accident, investigate and document an accident investigation. The documentation must describe the incident and identify the causes and the corrective actions that will prevent future incidents.

Report all accidents, whether or not they result in injury. Give the written report to the Engineer within 24 hours of the accident or incident.

Certificate of Asbestos and Lead-Based Paint
(New Work)
To:City Engineer
Subject:Certification for new construction
City facility name:

City facility address:

Certification for new construction:

This Contractor/City Representative hereby certifies that no asbestos-containing material in excess of 1 percent as defined by applicable US Environmental Protection Agency regulations, and no lead-based paint has been furnished or installed at the referenced project.

Contractor/City Representative name:

Signature:

Address:

Telephone:Date executed:
-98-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 013553

SECURITY PROCEDURES
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-22
PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Security measures including formal security program, entry control, personnel identification, and miscellaneous restrictions.

1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 015000 - Temporary Facilities and Controls

1.3 SECURITY PROGRAM
A. Protect Work, existing premises and the City's operations from theft, vandalism, and unauthorized entry.

B. Initiate program at project mobilization.

C. Maintain program throughout construction period until City occupancy.

1.4 ENTRY CONTROL
A. Restrict entrance of persons and vehicles into Project site and existing facilities.

B. Allow entrance only to authorized persons with proper identification.

C. Maintain log of workers and visitors, make available to the City on request.

D. Coordinate access of the City's personnel to site in coordination with the City's security forces.

1.5 RESTRICTIONS
A. Do no work on Holidays, Saturdays, and Sundays unless approved by the City’s Project Manager.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 – EXECUTION [NOT USED]

END SECTION
-99-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 014000

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-23
PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Submittals.

B. References and standards.

C. Testing and inspection agencies and services.

D. Control of installation.

E. Mock-ups.

F. Tolerances.

G. Manufacturers' field services.

H. Defect Assessment.

1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 016000 - Product Requirements: Requirements for material and product quality.

1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM C1021 - Standard Practice for Laboratories Engaged in Testing of Building Sealants; 2008 (Reapproved 2014).

B. ASTM C1077 - Standard Practice for Agencies Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for Use in Construction and Criteria for Testing Agency Evaluation; 2016.

C. ASTM C1093 - Standard Practice for Accreditation of Testing Agencies for Masonry; 2015a.

D. ASTM D3740 - Standard Practice for Minimum Requirements for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction; 2012a.

E. ASTM E329 - Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in Construction Inspection, Testing, or Special Inspection; 2014a.

F. ASTM E543 - Standard Specification for Agencies Performing Nondestructive Testing; 2015.
-100-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 014000

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-24
G. ASTM E699 - Standard Specification for Agencies Involved in Testing, Quality Assurance, and Evaluating of Manufactured Building Components; 2016.

H. IAS AC89 - Accreditation Criteria for Testing Laboratories; 2010.

1.4 DEFINITIONS
A. Contractor's Quality Control Plan: Contractor's management plan for executing the Contract for Construction.

B. Contractor's Professional Design Services: Design of some aspect or portion of the project by party other than the design professional of record. Provide these services as part of the Contract for Construction.

1. Design Services Types Required:
a. Construction-Related: Services Contractor needs to provide in order to carry out the Contractor’s sole responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures.

C. Design Data: Design-related, signed and sealed drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, shop drawings and other submittals provided by Contractor, and prepared directly by, or under direct supervision of, appropriately licensed design professional.

1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Design Data: Submit for Architect's knowledge as contract administrator for the limited purpose of assessing compliance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents, or for the City's information.

1. Include calculations that have been used to demonstrate compliance to performance and regulatory criteria provided, and to determine design solutions.

2. Include required product data and shop drawings.

3. Include a statement or certification attesting that design data complies with criteria indicated, such as building codes, loads, functional, and similar engineering requirements.

4. Include signature and seal of design professional responsible for allocated design services on calculations and drawings.
-101-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 014000

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-25
B. Test Reports: After each test/inspection, promptly submit two copies of report to Architect and to Contractor.

1. Include:
a. Date issued.
b. Project title and number.
c. Name of inspector.
d. Date and time of sampling or inspection.
e. Identification of product and specifications section. f. Location in the Project.
g. Type of test/inspection.
h. Date of test/inspection.
i. Results of test/inspection.
j. Compliance with Contract Documents.
k. When requested by Architect, provide interpretation of results.

2. Test report submittals are for Architect's knowledge as contract administrator for the limited purpose of assessing compliance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents, or for the City's information.

C. Certificates: When specified in individual specification sections, submit certification by the manufacturer and Contractor or installation/application subcontractor to Architect, in quantities specified for Product Data.

1. Indicate material or product complies with or exceeds specified requirements.

Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate.

2. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or product, but must be acceptable to Architect.

D. Manufacturer's Instructions: When specified in individual specification sections, submit printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting, and finishing, for the City's information. Indicate special procedures, -102-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 014000

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-26
perimeter conditions requiring special attention, and special environmental criteria required for application or installation.

E. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Submit reports for Architect's benefit as contract administrator or for the City.

1. Submit report in duplicate within 30 days of observation to Architect for information.

2. Submit for information for the limited purpose of assessing compliance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents.

F. Erection Drawings: Submit drawings for Architect's benefit as contract administrator or for the City.

1. Submit for information for the limited purpose of assessing compliance with information given and the design concept expressed in the contract documents.

2. Data indicating inappropriate or unacceptable Work may be subject to action by Architect or the City.

1.6 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS
A. For products and workmanship specified by reference to a document or documents not included in the Project Manual, also referred to as reference standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes.

B. Comply with reference standard of date of issue current on date of Contract Documents, except where a specific date is established by applicable code.

C. Obtain copies of standards where required by product specification sections.

D. Maintain copy at project site during submittals, planning, and progress of the specific work, until Substantial Completion.

E. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding.

F. Neither the contractual relationships, duties, or responsibilities of the parties in Contract nor those of Architect shall be altered from the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document. -103-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 014000

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-27

1.7 TESTING AND INSPECTION AGENCIES AND SERVICES
A. The City will employ and pay for services of an independent testing agency to perform specified testing and inspection.

B. Employment of agency in no way relieves Contractor of obligation to perform Work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 CONTROL OF INSTALLATION
A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce work of specified quality.

B. Comply with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence.

C. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding.

D. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the work except where more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship.

E. Have work performed by persons qualified to produce required and specified quality.

F. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings or as instructed by the manufacturer.

G. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion, and disfigurement.

3.2 MOCK-UPS
A. Before installing portions of the Work where mock-ups are required, construct mock-ups in location and size indicated for each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work. The purpose of mock-up is to demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship.

B. Accepted mock-ups establish the standard of quality the Architect will use to judge the Work.
-104-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 014000

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-28
C. Notify Architect and the City fifteen (15) working days in advance of dates and times when mock-ups will be constructed.

D. Provide supervisory personnel who will oversee mock-up construction. Provide workers that will be employed during the construction at Project.

E. Tests shall be performed under provisions identified in this section and identified in the respective product specification sections.

F. Assemble and erect specified items with specified attachment and anchorage devices, flashings, seals, and finishes.

G. Obtain Architect's approval of mock-ups before starting work, fabrication, or construction.

1. Make corrections as necessary until Architect's approval is issued.

H. Accepted mock-ups shall be a comparison standard for the remaining Work.

I. Where mock-up has been accepted by Architect and is specified in product specification sections to be removed, protect mock-up throughout construction, remove mock-up and clear area when directed to do so by Architect.

3.3 TOLERANCES
A. Monitor fabrication and installation tolerance control of products to produce acceptable Work. Do not permit tolerances to accumulate.

B. Comply with manufacturers' tolerances. Should manufacturers' tolerances conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding.

C. Adjust products to appropriate dimensions; position before securing products in place.

3.4 TESTING AND INSPECTION
A. Testing Agency Duties:

1. Test samples of mixes submitted by Contractor.

2. Provide qualified personnel at site. Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of services.

3. Perform specified sampling and testing of products in accordance with specified standards.
-105-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 014000

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-29

4. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents.

5. Promptly notify Architect and Contractor of observed irregularities or non- compliance of Work or products.

6. Perform additional tests and inspections required by Architect.

7. Submit reports of all tests/inspections specified.

B. Limits on Testing/Inspection Agency Authority:

1. Agency may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents.

2. Agency may not approve or accept any portion of the Work.

3. Agency may not assume any duties of Contractor.

4. Agency has no authority to stop the Work.

C. Contractor Responsibilities:

1. Deliver to agency at designated location, adequate samples of materials proposed to be used that require testing, along with proposed mix designs.

2. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, and provide access to the Work and to manufacturers' facilities.

3. Provide incidental labor and facilities:
a. To provide access to Work to be tested/inspected.
b. To obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of Products to be tested/inspected.
c. To facilitate tests/inspections.
d. To provide storage and curing of test samples.

4. Notify Architect and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring testing/inspection services.

5. Employ services of an independent qualified testing laboratory and pay for additional samples, tests, and inspections required by Contractor beyond specified requirements.
-106-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 014000

QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-30

6. Arrange with the City's agency and pay for additional samples, tests, and inspections required by Contractor beyond specified requirements.

D. Re-testing required because of non-compliance with specified requirements shall be performed by the same agency on instructions by Architect.

E. Re-testing required because of non-compliance with specified requirements shall be paid for by Contractor.

3.5 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES
A. When specified in individual specification sections, require material or product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment, test, adjust, and balance equipment as applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary.

B. Report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions.

3.6 DEFECT ASSESSMENT
A. Replace Work or portions of the Work not complying with specified requirements.

B. If, in the opinion of the City, it is not practical to remove and replace the work, the City will direct an appropriate remedy or adjust payment.

END OF SECTION
-107-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 015000

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-31
PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Temporary utilities.

B. Temporary sanitary facilities.

C. Temporary Controls: Barriers, enclosures, and fencing.

D. Security requirements.

E. Vehicular access and parking.

F. Waste removal facilities and services.

1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]

1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials; 2016.

B. ASTM E90 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements; 2009.

1.4 TEMPORARY UTILITIES
A. Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide the following:

1. Electrical power, portable generators

2. Water supply, consisting of connection to existing facilities.

B. The City shall provide the following:

1. Water supply, consisting of connection to existing facilities.

C. Provide and pay for all electrical power, lighting, and water required for construction purposes.

D. New permanent facilities may be used.

E. Use trigger-operated nozzles for water hoses, to avoid waste of water. -108-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 015000

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-32

1.5 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES
A. Provide and maintain portable restroom facilities, hand wash stations, and enclosures. Provide at time of project mobilization.

B. Maintain daily in clean and sanitary condition.

C. Provide to the City a cleaning schedule for the duration of project.

1.6 BARRIERS
A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas, to prevent access to areas that could be hazardous to workers or the public, to allow for the City's use of site and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations and demolition.

B. Provide barricades and covered walkways required by governing authorities for public rights-of-way and for public access to existing building.

C. Provide protection for plants designated to remain. Replace damaged plants.

D. Protect non-owned vehicular traffic, stored materials, site, and structures from damage.

1.7 FENCING
A. Construction: Commercial grade chain link fence.

B. Provide 6-foot-high fence around construction site; equip with vehicular and pedestrian gates with locks.

1.8 INTERIOR ENCLOSURES [NOT USED]

1.9 SECURITY - SEE SECTION 013553
A. Provide security and facilities to protect Work, existing facilities, and the City's operations from unauthorized entry, vandalism, or theft.

B. Coordinate with the City's security program.

1.10 VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING – Section 015500 & the Special Provisions A. Comply with regulations relating to use of streets and sidewalks, access to emergency facilities, and access for emergency vehicles.

B. Coordinate access and haul routes with governing authorities and the City. -109-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 015000

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-33
C. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants, free of obstructions.

D. Provide means of removing mud from vehicle wheels before entering streets.

E. Provide temporary parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. When site space is not adequate, provide additional off-site parking.

1.11 WASTE REMOVAL
A. See PMC Chapter 8.62 – Construction and Demolition Waste Management Ordinance and Section 01 7419 – Construction Waste Management and Disposal, for additional requirements.

B. Provide waste removal facilities and services as required to maintain the site in clean and orderly condition.

C. Provide containers with lids. Remove trash from site periodically.

D. If materials to be recycled or re-used on the project must be stored on-site, provide suitable non-combustible containers; locate containers holding flammable material outside the structure unless otherwise approved by the authorities having jurisdiction.

E. Open free-fall chutes are not permitted. Terminate closed chutes into appropriate containers with lids.

1.12 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS
A. Remove temporary utilities, equipment, facilities, materials, prior to Date of Substantial Completion inspection.

B. Remove underground installations to a minimum depth of 2 feet. Grade site as indicated.

C. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary work.

D. Restore new permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 – EXECUTION [NOT USED]

END OF SECTION
-110-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 015100

TEMPORARY UTILITIES
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-34
PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Temporary Utilities: Provision of electricity, lighting, and water.

1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 015000 - Temporary Facilities and Controls:

1. Temporary sanitary facilities required by law.

1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. 29 CFR 1926 - U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Standards; current edition.

1.4 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY
A. Cost: By Contractor
B. Provide power service required from utility source.

C. Complement existing power service capacity and characteristics as required.

D. Provide power outlets for construction operations, with branch wiring and distribution boxes located at each floor. Provide flexible power cords as required.

E. Provide main service disconnect and over-current protection at convenient location and meter.

F. Permanent convenience receptacles may be utilized during construction.

G. Provide adequate distribution equipment, wiring, and outlets to provide single phase branch circuits for power and lighting.

1.5 TEMPORARY LIGHTING FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES
A. Provide and maintain LED, compact fluorescent, or high-intensity discharge lighting as suitable for the application for construction operations in accordance with requirements of 29 CFR 1926 and authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Provide branch wiring from power source to distribution boxes with lighting conductors, pigtails, and lamps as required.

C. Maintain lighting and provide routine repairs.
-111-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 015100

TEMPORARY UTILITIES
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-35

1.6 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE
A. Cost of Water Used: By City.

B. Provide and maintain suitable quality water service for construction operations at time of project mobilization.

C. Connect to existing water source.

1. Exercise measures to conserve water.

D. Extend branch piping with outlets located so water is available by hoses with threaded connections.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 – EXECUTION [NOT USED]

END OF SECTION
-112-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 015500

VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-36
PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Access roads.

B. Parking.

C. Existing pavements and parking areas.

D. Permanent pavements and parking facilities.

E. Construction parking controls.

F. Haul routes.

G. Traffic signs and signals.

H. Maintenance.

I. Removal, repair.

J. Mud from site vehicles.

1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]
PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS
A. Temporary Construction: Contractor's option.

B. Materials for Permanent Construction: As specified in product specification sections, including earthwork, paving base, and topping.

2.2 SIGNS, SIGNALS, AND DEVICES
A. Post Mounted and Wall Mounted Traffic Control and Informational Signs:

Specified in Section 015813 - Temporary Project Signage.

B. Traffic Cones and Drums, Flares and Lights: As approved by local jurisdictions. -113-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 015500

VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-37
PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION
A. Clear areas, provide surface and storm drainage of road, parking, area premises, and adjacent areas.

3.2 ACCESS ROADS
A. Use of existing on-site streets and driveways for construction traffic is permitted.

B. Tracked vehicles not allowed on paved areas.

C. Extend and relocate as work progress requires, provide detours as necessary for unimpeded traffic flow.

D. Location as approved by City.

E. Provide unimpeded access for emergency vehicles. Maintain 20 foot width driveways with turning space between and around combustible materials.

F. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants free of obstructions.

3.3 PARKING
A. Use of existing parking facilities by construction personnel is not permitted.

B. Arrange for temporary parking areas to accommodate use of construction personnel.

C. When site space is not adequate, provide additional off-site parking.

D. Locate as indicated.

3.4 CONSTRUCTION PARKING CONTROL
A. Control vehicular parking to prevent interference with public traffic and parking, access by emergency vehicles, and the City's operations.

3.5 HAUL ROUTES
A. Confine construction traffic to designated haul routes. -114-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 015500

VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-38
B. Provide traffic control at critical areas of haul routes to regulate traffic, to minimize interference with public traffic.

3.6 TRAFFIC SIGNS AND SIGNALS
A. At approaches to site and on site, install at crossroads, detours, parking areas, and elsewhere as needed to direct construction and affected public traffic.

B. Relocate as work progresses, to maintain effective traffic control.

3.7 MAINTENANCE
A. Maintain traffic and parking areas in a sound condition free of excavated material, construction equipment, products, mud, snow, and ice.

B. Maintain existing paved areas used for construction; promptly repair breaks, potholes, low areas, standing water, and other deficiencies, to maintain paving and drainage in original, or specified, condition.

3.8 REMOVAL, REPAIR
A. Repair existing facilities damaged by use, to original condition.

B. Remove equipment and devices when no longer required.

C. Repair damage caused by installation.

3.9 MUD FROM SITE VEHICLES
A. Provide means of removing mud from vehicle wheels before entering streets.

END SECTION
-115-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 015813

TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-39
PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Project identification sign.

B. Project informational signs.

1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS [NOT USED]

1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS [NOT USED]

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Design sign and structure to withstand 50 miles/hr. wind velocity.

B. Finishes, Painting: Adequate to withstand weathering, fading, and chipping for duration of construction.

1.4 SUBMITTALS [NOT USED]
PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 SIGN MATERIALS
A. Structure and Framing: New, wood, structurally adequate.

B. Sign Surfaces: Exterior grade plywood with medium density overlay, minimum 3/4 inch thick, standard large sizes to minimize joints.

C. Rough Hardware: Galvanized.

2.2 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGN
A. Content:

1. Project title, logo and name of City as indicated on Contract Documents.

2. Names and titles of authorities.

3. Names and titles of Architect and Consultants.

4. Name of Contractor.
-116-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 015813

TEMPORARY PROJECT SIGNAGE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-40

2.3 PROJECT INFORMATIONAL SIGNS
A. Painted informational signs of same colors and lettering as Project Identification sign, or standard products; size lettering to provide legibility at 100 foot distance.

B. Provide at each field office, storage shed, and directional signs to direct traffic into and within site. Relocate as Work progress requires.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install project identification sign within 30 days after date fixed by Notice to Proceed.

B. Erect at location of high public visibility adjacent to main entrance to site.

C. Erect supports and framing on secure foundation, rigidly braced and framed to resist wind loadings.

D. Install sign surface plumb and level, with butt joints. Anchor securely.

3.2 MAINTENANCE
A. Maintain signs and supports clean, repair deterioration and damage.

3.3 REMOVAL
A. Remove signs, framing, supports, and foundations at completion of Project and restore the area.

END OF SECTION
-117-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 016000

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-41
PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. General product requirements.

B. Transportation, handling, storage and protection.

C. Product option requirements.

D. Substitution limitations.

E. Procedures for City-supplied products.

F. Maintenance materials, including extra materials, spare parts, tools, and software.

1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 012500 - Substitution Procedures: Substitutions made during procurement and/or construction phases.

B. Section 014000 - Quality Requirements: Product quality monitoring.

C. Section 016116 - Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content Restrictions:

Requirements for VOC-restricted product categories.

D. Section 017419 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal: Waste disposal requirements potentially affecting product selection, packaging and substitutions.

1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. 16 CFR 260.13 - Guides for the Use of Environmental Marketing Claims; Federal Trade Commission; Recycled Content; Current Edition.

B. ASTM D6866 - Standard Test Methods for Determining the Biobased Content of Solid, Liquid, and Gaseous Samples Using Radiocarbon Analysis; 2016.

C. BIFMA e3 - Furniture Sustainability Standard; Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturers Association; 2012.

D. C2C (DIR) - C2C Certified Products Registry; Cradle to Cradle Products Innovation Institute; www.c2ccertified.org/products/registry .
-118-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 016000

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-42
E. CAL (CDPH SM) - Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions From Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers; California Department of Public Health; v1.1, 2010.

F. CAN/CSA Z809 - National Standard for Sustainable Forest Management; CSA International Inc; 2008.

G. EN 15804 - Sustainability of construction works - Environmental product declarations - Core rules for the product category of construction products; 2012.

H. GreenScreen (LIST) - GreenScreen for Safer Chemicals List Translator; Clean Production Action; www.greenscreenchemicals.org .

I. GreenScreen (METH) - GreenScreen for Safer Chemicals Method v1.2; Clean Production Action; www.greenscreenchemicals.org .

J. HPDC (HPD-OLT) - Create an HPD On-Line Tool; Health Product Declaration Collaborative; http://www.hpd-collaborative.org/ .

K. ISO 14025 - Environmental labels and declarations -- Type III environmental declarations -- Principles and procedures; 2006.

L. ISO 14040 - Environmental management -- Life cycle assessment -- Principles and framework; 2006.

M. ISO 14044 - Environmental management -- Life cycle assessment -- Requirements and guidelines; 2006.

N. ISO 21930 - Sustainability in building construction -- Environmental declaration of building products; 2007.

O. NEMA MG 1 - Motors and Generators; 2014.

P. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.

Q. NSF 332 - Sustainability Assessment for Resilient Floor Coverings; 2015.

1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Proposed Products List: Submit list of major products proposed for use, with name of manufacturer, trade name, and model number of each product. -119-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 016000

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-43

1. Submit within 15 days after date of Agreement.

2. For products specified only by reference standards, list applicable reference standards.

B. Product Data Submittals: Submit manufacturer's standard published data. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data.

Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information specific to this Project.

C. Shop Drawing Submittals: Prepared specifically for this Project; indicate utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances.

D. Sample Submittals: Illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the product, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work.

1. For selection from standard finishes, submit samples of the full range of the manufacturer's standard colors, textures, and patterns.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Cradle-to-Cradle Certified: End use product certified Cradle-to-Cradle v2 Basic or Cradle-to-Cradle v3 Bronze, minimum, as evidenced by C2C (DIR).

B. Environmental Product Declaration (EPD): Publicly available, critically reviewed life cycle analysis having at least a cradle-to-gate scope.

1. Good: Product-specific; compliant with ISO 14044.

2. Better: Industry-wide, generic; compliant with ISO 21930, or with ISO 14044, ISO 14040, ISO 14025, and EN 15804; Type III third-party certification with external verification, in which the manufacturer is recognized as the program operator.

3. Best: Commercial-product-specific; compliant with ISO 21930, or with ISO 14044, ISO 14040, ISO 14025, and EN 15804; Type III third-party certification with external verification, in which the manufacturer is recognized as the program operator.

4. Where demonstration of impact reduction below industry average is required, submit both industry-wide and commercial-product-specific declarations; or -120-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 016000

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-44
submit at least 5 declarations for products of the same type by other manufacturers in the same industry.

C. GreenScreen Chemical Hazard Analysis: Ingredients of 100 parts-per-million or greater evaluated using GreenScreen (METH).

1. Good: GreenScreen (LIST) evaluation to identify Benchmark 1 hazards; a Health Product Declaration includes this information.

2. Better: GreenScreen Full Assessment.

3. Best: GreenScreen Full Assessment by GreenScreen Licensed Profiler.

4. Acceptable Evidence: GreenScreen report.

D. Health Product Declarations (HPD): Complete, published declaration with full disclosure of known hazards, prepared using one of the HPDC (HPD-OLT) online tools.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 NEW PRODUCTS
A. Provide new products unless specifically required or permitted by the Contract Documents.

B. See Section 014000 - Quality Requirements, for additional source quality control requirements.

C. Use of products having any of the following characteristics is not permitted:

1. Made outside the United States, its territories, Canada, or Mexico.

2. Made using or containing CFC's or HCFC's.

3. Made of wood from newly cut old growth timber.

4. Containing lead, cadmium, or asbestos.

D. Where other criteria are met, Contractor shall give preference to products that:

1. If used on interior, have lower emissions, as defined in Section 01 6116.

2. If wet-applied, have lower VOC content, as defined in Section 01 6116. -121-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 016000

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-45

3. Are extracted, harvested, and/or manufactured closer to the location of the project.

4. Have longer documented life span under normal use.

5. Result in less construction waste. See Section 01 7419

6. Are made of vegetable materials that are rapidly renewable.

7. Are made of recycled materials.

8. If made of wood, are made of sustainably harvested wood, wood chips, or wood fiber.

9. If bio-based, other than wood, are or are made of Sustainable Agriculture Network certified products.

10. Are Cradle-to-Cradle Certified.

11. Have a published Environmental Product Declaration (EPD).

12. Have a published Health Product Declaration (HPD).

13. Have a published GreenScreen Chemical Hazard Analysis.

14. Have a published Manufacturer's Inventory of Chemical Content.

2.2 PRODUCT OPTIONS
A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Use any product meeting those standards or description.

B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Use a product of one of the manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allowed.

C. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named.

2.3 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials, spare parts, tools, and software of types and in quantities specified in individual specification sections.
-122-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 016000

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-46
B. Deliver to Project site; obtain receipt prior to final payment.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 SUBSTITUTION LIMITATIONS
A. See Section 012500 - Substitution Procedures.

3.2 CITY-SUPPLIED PRODUCTS
A. City's Responsibilities:

1. Arrange for and deliver City-reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples, to Contractor.

2. Arrange and pay for product delivery to site.

3. On delivery, inspect products jointly with Contractor.

4. Submit claims for transportation damage and replace damaged, defective, or deficient items.

5. Arrange for manufacturers' warranties, inspections, and service.

B. Contractor's Responsibilities:

1. Review City-reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples.

2. Receive and unload products at site; inspect for completeness or damage jointly with City.

3. Handle, store, install and finish products.

4. Repair or replace items damaged after receipt.

3.3 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING
A. Package products for shipment in manner to prevent damage; for equipment, package to avoid loss of factory calibration.

B. If special precautions are required, attach instructions prominently and legibly on outside of packaging.
-123-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 016000

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-47
C. Coordinate schedule of product delivery to designated prepared areas in order to minimize site storage time and potential damage to stored materials.

D. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

E. Transport materials in covered trucks to prevent contamination of product and littering of surrounding areas.

F. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged.

G. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage, and to minimize handling.

H. Arrange for the return of packing materials, such as wood pallets, where economically feasible.

3.4 STORAGE AND PROTECTION
A. Provide protection of stored materials and products against theft, casualty, or deterioration.

B. Designate receiving/storage areas for incoming products so that they are delivered according to installation schedule and placed convenient to work area in order to minimize waste due to excessive materials handling and misapplication. See Section 017419.

1. Structural Loading Limitations: Handle and store products and materials so as not to exceed static and dynamic load-bearing capacities of project floor and roof areas.

C. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions.

D. Store with seals and labels intact and legible.

E. Arrange storage of materials and products to allow for visual inspection for the purpose of determination of quantities, amounts, and unit counts.

F. Store sensitive products in weathertight, climate-controlled enclosures in an environment favorable to product.

G. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground.
-124-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 016000

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-48
H. Protect products from damage or deterioration due to construction operations, weather, precipitation, humidity, temperature, sunlight and ultraviolet light, dirt, dust, and other contaminants.

I. Comply with manufacturer's warranty conditions, if any.

J. Do not store products directly on the ground.

K. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation and degradation of products.

L. Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in a well-drained area. Prevent mixing with foreign matter.

M. Prevent contact with material that may cause corrosion, discoloration, or staining.

N. Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage.

O. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition.

END OF SECTION
-125-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 016115

VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND (VOC) CONTENT RESTRICTIONS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-49
PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Requirements for Indoor-Emissions-Restricted products.

B. Requirements for VOC-Content-Restricted products.

C. Requirement for installer certification that they did not use any non-compliant products.

1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 014000 - Quality Requirements: Procedures for testing and certifications.

B. Section 016000 - Product Requirements: Fundamental product requirements, substitutions and product options, delivery, storage, and handling.

C. Section 079200 - Joint Sealants: Emissions-compliant sealants.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Indoor-Emissions-Restricted Products: All products in the following product categories, whether specified or not:

1. Interior paints and coatings applied on site.

2. Interior adhesives and sealants applied on site, including flooring adhesives.

3. Flooring.

4. Composite wood.

5. Products making up wall and ceiling assemblies.

6. Thermal and acoustical insulation.

7. Free-standing furniture.

8. Other products when specifically stated in the specifications. -126-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 016115

VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND (VOC) CONTENT RESTRICTIONS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-50
B. VOC-Content-Restricted Products: All products in the following product categories, whether specified or not:

1. Exterior and interior paints and coatings applied on site.

2. Exterior and interior adhesives and sealants applied on site, including flooring adhesives.

3. Wet-applied roofing and waterproofing.

4. Other products when specifically stated in the specifications.

C. Interior of Building: Anywhere inside the exterior weather barrier.

D. Adhesives: All gunnable, trowelable, liquid-applied, and aerosol adhesives, whether specified or not; including flooring adhesives, resilient base adhesives, and pipe jointing adhesives.

E. Sealants: All gunnable, trowelable, and liquid-applied joint sealants and sealant primers, whether specified or not; including firestopping sealants and duct joint sealers.

F. Inherently Non-Emitting Materials: Products composed wholly of minerals or metals, unless they include organic-based surface coatings, binders, or sealants; and specifically the following:

1. Stone.

2. Concrete.

3. Clay brick.

4. Metals that are plated, anodized, or powder-coated.

5. Glass.

6. Ceramics.

7. Solid wood flooring that is unfinished and untreated. -127-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 016115

VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND (VOC) CONTENT RESTRICTIONS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-51

1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. 40 CFR 59, Subpart D - National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Architectural Coatings; U.S. Environmental Protection Agency; current edition.

B. ASTM D3960 - Standard Practice for Determining Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content of Paints and Related Coatings; 2005 (Reapproved 2013).

C. BIFMA e3 - Furniture Sustainability Standard; Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturers Association; 2012.

D. BIFMA M7.1 - Standard Test Method for Determining VOC Emissions; Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturers Association; 2011.

E. CAL (CDPH SM) - Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions From Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers; California Department of Public Health; v1.1, 2010.

F. CARB (ATCM) - Airborne Toxic Control Measure to Reduce Formaldehyde Emissions from Composite Wood Products; California Air Resources Board; current edition.

G. CARB (SCM) - Suggested Control Measure for Architectural Coatings; California Air Resources Board; 2007.

H. CHPS (HPPD) - High Performance Products Database; Current Edition at www.chps.net/ .

I. CRI (GLP) - Green Label Plus Testing Program - Certified Products; www.carpet- rug.org; current edition.

J. GreenSeal GS-36 - Adhesives for Commercial Use; 2013.

K. SCAQMD 1113 - South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule No.1113; current edition.

L. SCAQMD 1168 - South Coast Air Quality Management District Rule No.1168; current edition.

M. SCS (CPD) - SCS Certified Products; current listings at www.scscertified.com .

N. UL (GGG) - GREENGUARD Gold Certified Products; current listings at http://http://productguide.ulenvironment.com/QuickSearch.aspx . -128-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 016115

VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND (VOC) CONTENT RESTRICTIONS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-52

1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each VOC-restricted product used in the project, submit evidence of compliance.

B. Installer Certifications Regarding Prohibited Content: Require each installer of any type of product (not just the products for which VOC restrictions are specified) to certify that either 1) no adhesives, joint sealants, paints, coatings, or composite wood or agrifiber products have been used in the installation of installer's products, or 2) that such products used comply with these requirements.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Indoor Emissions Standard and Test Method: CAL (CDPH SM), using Standard Private Office exposure scenario and the allowable concentrations specified in the method, and range of total VOC's after 14 days.

1. Wet-Applied Products: State amount applied in mass per surface area.

2. Paints and Coatings: Test tinted products, not just tinting bases.

3. Evidence of Compliance: Acceptable types of evidence are the following; a. Current UL (GGG) certification.
b. Current SCS (CPD) Floorscore certification.
c. Current SCS (CPD) Indoor Advantage Gold certification. d. Current listing in CHPS (HPPD) as a low-emitting product. e. Current CRI (GLP) certification.
f. Test report showing compliance and stating exposure scenario used.

4. Product data submittal showing VOC content is NOT acceptable evidence.

5. Manufacturer's certification without test report by independent agency is NOT acceptable evidence.

B. VOC Content Test Method: 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24), or ASTM D3960, unless otherwise indicated.
-129-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 016115

VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND (VOC) CONTENT RESTRICTIONS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-53

1. Evidence of Compliance: Acceptable types of evidence are:
a. Report of laboratory testing performed in accordance with requirements. b. Published product data showing compliance with requirements. c. Certification by manufacturer that product complies with requirements.

C. Composite Wood Emissions Standard: CARB (ATCM) for ultra-low emitting formaldehyde (ULEF) resins.

1. Evidence of Compliance: Acceptable types of evidence are:
a. Current SCS "No Added Formaldehyde (NAF)" certification; www.scscertified.com .
b. Report of laboratory testing performed in accordance with requirements. c. Published product data showing compliance with requirements. d. Certification by manufacturer that product complies with requirements.

D. Furnishings Emissions Standard and Test Method: BIFMA e3 Sections 7.6.1 and

7.6.2, tested in accordance with BIFMA M7.1.

1. Evidence of Compliance:
a. Test report showing compliance and stating exposure scenario used.

E. Testing Agency Qualifications: Independent firm specializing in performing testing and inspections of the type specified in this section.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS
A. All Products: Comply with the most stringent of federal, State, and local requirements, or these specifications.

B. Indoor-Emissions-Restricted Products: Comply with Indoor Emissions Standard and Test Method, except for:
-130-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 016115

VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND (VOC) CONTENT RESTRICTIONS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-54

1. Composite Wood, Wood Fiber, and Wood Chip Products: Comply with Composite Wood Emissions Standard or contain no added formaldehyde resins.

2. Furnishings: Comply with Furnishings Emissions Standard and Test Method.

3. Inherently Non-Emitting Materials.

C. VOC-Content-Restricted Products: VOC content not greater than required by the following:

1. Adhesives, Including Flooring Adhesives: SCAQMD 1168 Rule.

2. Aerosol Adhesives: GreenSeal GS-36.

3. Joint Sealants: SCAQMD 1168 Rule.

4. Paints and Coatings: Each color; most stringent of the following:
a. 40 CFR 59, Subpart D.
b. SCAQMD 1113 Rule.
c. CARB (SCM).

5. Wet-Applied Roofing and Waterproofing: Comply with requirements for paints and coatings.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. The City reserves the right to reject non-compliant products, whether installed or not, and require their removal and replacement with compliant products at no extra cost to the City.

B. Additional costs to restore indoor air quality due to installation of non-compliant products will be borne by Contractor.

END SECTION
-131-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 017000

EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-55
PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Examination, preparation, and general installation procedures.

B. Requirements for alterations work, including selective demolition, except removal, disposal, and/or remediation of hazardous materials and toxic substances.

C. Pre-installation meetings.

D. Cutting and patching.

E. Surveying for laying out the work.

F. Cleaning and protection.

G. Starting of systems and equipment.

H. Demonstration and instruction of the City personnel.

I. Closeout procedures, including Contractor's Correction Punch List, except payment procedures.

J. General requirements for maintenance service.

1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 014000 - Quality Requirements: Testing and inspection procedures.

B. Section 017419 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal: Additional procedures for trash/waste removal, recycling, salvage, and reuse.

C. Section 017800 - Closeout Submittals: Project record documents, operation and maintenance data, warranties, and bonds.

1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. NFPA 241 - Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition Operations; 2013.
-132-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 017000

EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-56

1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Survey work: Submit name, address, and telephone number of Surveyor before starting survey work.

1. On request, submit documentation verifying accuracy of survey work.

2. Submit a copy of site drawing signed by the Land Surveyor, that the elevations and locations of the work are in compliance with Contract Documents.

3. Submit surveys and survey logs for the project record.

B. Demolition Plan: Submit demolition plan as specified by OSHA and local authorities.

1. Indicate extent of demolition, removal sequence, bracing and shoring, and location and construction of barricades and fences. Include design drawings and calculations for bracing and shoring.

2. Identify demolition firm and submit qualifications.

3. Include a summary of safety procedures.

C. Cutting and Patching: Submit written request in advance of cutting or alteration that affects:

1. Structural integrity of any element of Project.

2. Integrity of weather exposed or moisture resistant element.

3. Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of any operational element.

4. Visual qualities of sight exposed elements.

5. Work of the City or separate Contractor.

6. Include in request:
a. Identification of Project.
b. Location and description of affected work.
c. Necessity for cutting or alteration.
-133-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 017000

EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-57
d. Description of proposed work and products to be used. e. Alternatives to cutting and patching.
f. Effect on work of the City or separate Contractor.
g. Written permission of affected separate Contractor.
h. Date and time work will be executed.

D. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of capped and active utilities.

1.5 QUALIFICATIONS
A. For demolition work, employ a firm specializing in the type of work required.

B. For surveying work, employ a land surveyor registered in California and acceptable to Architect. Submit evidence of surveyor's Errors and Omissions insurance coverage in the form of an Insurance Certificate. Employ only individual(s) trained and experienced in collecting and recording accurate data relevant to ongoing construction activities,
C. For design of temporary shoring and bracing, employ a Professional Engineer experienced in design of this type of work and licensed in California.

1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Use of explosives is not permitted.

B. Grade site to drain. Maintain excavations free of water. Provide, operate, and maintain pumping equipment.

C. Protect site from puddling or running water. Provide water barriers as required to protect site from soil erosion.

D. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases.

E. Dust Control: Execute work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations. Provide positive means to prevent air-borne dust from dispersing into atmosphere and over adjacent property.
-134-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 017000

EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-58
F. Erosion and Sediment Control: Plan and execute work by methods to control surface drainage from cuts and fills, from borrow and waste disposal areas.

Prevent erosion and sedimentation.

1. Minimize amount of bare soil exposed at one time.

2. Provide temporary measures such as berms, dikes, and drains, to prevent water flow.

3. Construct fill and waste areas by selective placement to avoid erosive surface silts or clays.

4. Periodically inspect earthwork to detect evidence of erosion and sedimentation; promptly apply corrective measures.

G. Noise Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to minimize noise produced by construction operations.

1. At All Times: Excessively noisy tools and operations will not be tolerated on site anywhere at any time of day; excessively noisy includes jackhammers, pile drivers, pneumatic hammers, and diesel engines.

2. Outdoors: Limit conduct of especially noisy exterior work to the hours of 8 am to 5 pm.

3. Indoors: Limit conduct of especially noisy interior work to the hours of 6 am to 6 pm.

H. Pest and Rodent Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent pests and insects from damaging the work.

I. Rodent Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent rodents from accessing or invading premises.

J. Pollution Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent contamination of soil, water, and atmosphere from discharge of noxious, toxic substances, and pollutants produced by construction operations. Comply with federal, state, and local regulations.
-135-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 017000

EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-59

1.7 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of the various sections of the Project Manual to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items installed later.

B. Notify affected utility companies and comply with their requirements.

C. Verify that utility requirements and characteristics of new operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment.

D. Coordinate space requirements, supports, and installation of mechanical and electrical work that are indicated diagrammatically on drawings. Follow routing indicated for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable; place runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs.

E. In finished areas except as otherwise indicated, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within the construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements.

F. Coordinate completion and clean-up of work of separate sections.

G. After the City’s occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective work and work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of the City's activities.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 PATCHING MATERIALS
A. New Materials: As specified in product sections; match existing products and work for patching and extending work.

B. Type and Quality of Existing Products: Determine by inspecting and testing products where necessary, referring to existing work as a standard.

C. Product Substitution: For any proposed change in materials, submit request for substitution described in Section 016000 - Product Requirements. -136-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 017000

EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-60
PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent work. Start of work means acceptance of existing conditions.

B. Verify that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new work being applied or attached.

C. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections.

D. Take field measurements before confirming product orders or beginning fabrication, to minimize waste due to over-ordering or misfabrication.

E. Verify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the correct locations.

F. Prior to Cutting: Examine existing conditions prior to commencing work, including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. After uncovering existing work, assess conditions affecting performance of work.

Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions.

3.2 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance.

B. Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance.

C. Apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer, sealer, or conditioner prior to applying any new material or substance in contact or bond.

3.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. When required in individual specification sections, convene a preinstallation meeting at the site prior to commencing work of the section.

B. Require attendance of parties directly affecting, or affected by, work of the specific section.

C. Notify Architect four days in advance of meeting date.

D. Prepare agenda and preside at meeting:
-137-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 017000

EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-61

1. Review conditions of examination, preparation and installation procedures.

2. Review coordination with related work.

E. Record minutes and distribute copies within two days after meeting to participants, with two copies to Architect, the City, participants, and those affected by decisions made.

3.4 LAYING OUT THE WORK
A. Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting work.

B. Promptly notify Architect of any discrepancies discovered.

C. Contractor shall locate and protect survey control and reference points.

D. Protect survey control points prior to starting site work; preserve permanent reference points during construction.

E. Promptly report to Architect the loss or destruction of any reference point or relocation required because of changes in grades or other reasons.

F. Replace dislocated survey control points based on original survey control. Make no changes without prior written notice to Architect.

G. Utilize recognized engineering survey practices.

H. Establish a minimum of two permanent bench marks on site, referenced to established control points. Record locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on project record documents.

I. Establish elevations, lines and levels. Locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar appropriate means:

1. Site improvements including pavements; stakes for grading, fill and topsoil placement; utility locations, slopes, and invert elevations.

2. Grid or axis for structures.

3. Building foundation, column locations, ground floor elevations.

4. Controlling lines and levels required for mechanical and electrical trades. -138-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 017000

EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-62
J. Periodically verify layouts by same means.

K. Maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses.

L. On completion of foundation walls and major site improvements, prepare a certified survey illustrating dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations of construction and site work.

3.5 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. In addition to compliance with regulatory requirements, conduct construction operations in compliance with NFPA 241, including applicable recommendations in Appendix A.

B. Install products as specified in individual sections, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, and so as to avoid waste due to necessity for replacement.

C. Make vertical elements plumb and horizontal elements level, unless otherwise indicated.

D. Install equipment and fittings plumb and level, neatly aligned with adjacent vertical and horizontal lines, unless otherwise indicated.

E. Make consistent texture on surfaces, with seamless transitions, unless otherwise indicated.

F. Make neat transitions between different surfaces, maintaining texture and appearance.

3.6 ALTERATIONS
A. Drawings showing existing construction and utilities are based on casual field observation and existing record documents only.

1. Verify that construction and utility arrangements are as indicated.

2. Report discrepancies to Architect before disturbing existing installation.

3. Beginning of alterations work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions.

B. Keep areas in which alterations are being conducted separated from other areas that are still occupied.
-139-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 017000

EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-63

1. Provide, erect, and maintain temporary dustproof partitions of construction specified in Section 015000 in locations indicated on drawings.

C. Maintain weatherproof exterior building enclosure except for interruptions required for replacement or modifications; take care to prevent water and humidity damage.

1. Where openings in exterior enclosure exist, provide construction to make exterior enclosure weatherproof.

2. Insulate existing ducts or pipes that are exposed to outdoor ambient temperatures by alterations work.

D. Remove existing work as indicated and as required to accomplish new work.

1. Remove items indicated on drawings.

2. Relocate items indicated on drawings.

3. Where new surface finishes are to be applied to existing work, perform removals, patch, and prepare existing surfaces as required to receive new finish; remove existing finish if necessary for successful application of new finish.

4. Where new surface finishes are not specified or indicated, patch holes and damaged surfaces to match adjacent finished surfaces as closely as possible.

E. Services (Including but not limited to Plumbing, Fire Protection, and Electrical):

Remove, relocate, and extend existing systems to accommodate new construction.

1. Maintain existing active systems that are to remain in operation; maintain access to equipment and operational components; if necessary, modify installation to allow access or provide access panel.

2. Where existing systems or equipment are not active and Contract Documents require reactivation, put back into operational condition; repair supply, distribution, and equipment as required.

3. Where existing active systems serve occupied facilities but are to be replaced with new services, maintain existing systems in service until new systems are complete and ready for service.
-140-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 017000

EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-64
a. Disable existing systems only to make switchovers and connections; minimize duration of outages.
b. Provide temporary connections as required to maintain existing systems in service.

4. Verify that abandoned services serve only abandoned facilities.

5. Remove abandoned pipe, ducts, conduits, and equipment, including those above accessible ceilings; remove back to source of supply where possible, otherwise cap stub and tag with identification; patch holes left by removal using materials specified for new construction.

F. Protect existing work to remain.

1. Prevent movement of structure; provide shoring and bracing if necessary.

2. Perform cutting to accomplish removals neatly and as specified for cutting new work.

3. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during removal work.

G. Adapt existing work to fit new work: Make as neat and smooth transition as possible.

1. When existing finished surfaces are cut so that a smooth transition with new work is not possible, terminate existing surface along a straight line at a natural line of division and make recommendation to Architect.

2. Where a change of plane of 1/4 inch or more occurs in existing work, submit recommendation for providing a smooth transition for Architect review and request instructions.

H. Patching: Where the existing surface is not indicated to be refinished, patch to match the surface finish that existed prior to cutting. Where the surface is indicated to be refinished, patch so that the substrate is ready for the new finish.

I. Refinish existing surfaces as indicated:

1. Where rooms or spaces are indicated to be refinished, refinish all visible existing surfaces to remain to the specified condition for each material, with a neat transition to adjacent finishes.
-141-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 017000

EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-65

2. If mechanical or electrical work is exposed accidentally during the work, re- cover and refinish to match.

J. Clean existing systems and equipment.

K. Remove demolition debris and abandoned items from alterations areas and dispose of off-site; do not burn or bury.

L. Do not begin new construction in alterations areas before demolition is complete.

M. Comply with all other applicable requirements of this section.

3.7 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Whenever possible, execute the work by methods that avoid cutting or patching.

B. See Alterations article above for additional requirements.

C. Perform whatever cutting and patching is necessary to:

1. Complete the work.

2. Fit products together to integrate with other work.

3. Provide openings for penetration of mechanical, electrical, and other services.

4. Match work that has been cut to adjacent work.

5. Repair areas adjacent to cuts to required condition.

6. Repair new work damaged by subsequent work.

7. Remove samples of installed work for testing when requested.

8. Remove and replace defective and non-complying work.

D. Execute work by methods that avoid damage to other work and that will provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing. In existing work, minimize damage and restore to original condition.

E. Employ original installer to perform cutting for weather exposed and moisture resistant elements, and sight exposed surfaces.
-142-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 017000

EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-66
F. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior approval.

G. Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents.

H. Fit work air tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces.

I. At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids with fire rated material in accordance with CBC, to full thickness of the penetrated element.

J. Patching:

1. Finish patched surfaces to match finish that existed prior to patching. On continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection or natural break. For an assembly, refinish entire unit.

2. Match color, texture, and appearance.

3. Repair patched surfaces that are damaged, lifted, discolored, or showing other imperfections due to patching work. If defects are due to condition of substrate, repair substrate prior to repairing finish.

3.8 PROGRESS CLEANING
A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition.

B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space.

C. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning to eliminate dust.

D. Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and trash/rubbish from site periodically and dispose off-site; do not burn or bury.

3.9 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK
A. Protect installed work from damage by construction operations. -143-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 017000

EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-67
B. Provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections.

C. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage.

D. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills, and soffits of openings.

E. Protect finished floors, stairs, and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials.

F. Protect work from spilled liquids. If work is exposed to spilled liquids, immediately remove protective coverings, dry out work, and replace protective coverings.

G. Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. If traffic or activity is necessary, obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing or roofing material manufacturer.

H. Prohibit traffic from landscaped areas.

I. Remove protective coverings when no longer needed; reuse or recycle coverings if possible.

3.10 SYSTEM STARTUP
A. Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems.

B. Notify Architect and the City seven days prior to start-up of each item.

C. Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt tension, control sequence, and for conditions that may cause damage.

D. Verify tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by the equipment or system manufacturer.

E. Verify that wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested.

F. Execute start-up under supervision of applicable Contractor personnel and manufacturer's representative in accordance with manufacturers' instructions.

G. When specified in individual specification Sections, require manufacturer to provide authorized representative to be present at site to inspect, check, and -144-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 017000

EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-68
approve equipment or system installation prior to start-up, and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation.

H. Submit a written report that equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning correctly.

3.11 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTION
A. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of products to the City's personnel two weeks prior to date of Substantial Completion.

B. Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble-shooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of each item of equipment at scheduled time, at equipment location.

C. For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other season within six months.

D. Provide a qualified person who is knowledgeable about the Project to perform demonstration and instruction of the City's personnel.

E. Utilize operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual with the City's personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance.

F. Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during instruction.

G. The amount of time required for instruction on each item of equipment and system is that specified in individual sections.

3.12 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation.

3.13 FINAL CLEANING
A. Execute final cleaning prior to final project assessment.

1. Clean areas to be occupied by the City prior to final completion before the City’s occupancy.
-145-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 017000

EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-69
B. Use cleaning materials that are nonhazardous.

C. Clean interior and exterior glass, surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces, vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces.

D. Remove all labels that are not permanent. Do not paint or otherwise cover fire test labels or nameplates on mechanical and electrical equipment.

E. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition with cleaning materials appropriate to the surface and material being cleaned.

F. Clean filters of operating equipment.

G. Clean debris from roofs, gutters, downspouts, scuppers, overflow drains, area drains, and drainage systems.

H. Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces.

I. Remove waste, surplus materials, trash/rubbish, and construction facilities from the site; dispose of in legal manner; do not burn or bury.

3.14 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
A. Make submittals that are required by governing or other authorities.

1. Provide copies to Architect and the City.

B. Accompany Project Coordinator on preliminary inspection to determine items to be listed for completion or correction in the Contractor's Correction Punch List for Contractor's Notice of Substantial Completion.

C. Notify Architect when work is considered ready for Architect's Substantial Completion inspection.

D. Submit written certification containing Contractor's Correction Punch List, that Contract Documents have been reviewed, work has been inspected, and that work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Architect's Substantial Completion inspection.

E. Conduct Substantial Completion inspection and create Final Correction Punch List containing Architect's and Contractor's comprehensive list of items identified to be completed or corrected and submit to Architect.
-146-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 017000

EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-70
F. Correct items of work listed in Final Correction Punch List and comply with requirements for access to City-occupied areas.

G. Notify Architect when work is considered finally complete and ready for Architect's Substantial Completion final inspection.

H. Complete items of work determined by Architect listed in executed Certificate of Substantial Completion.

3.15 MAINTENANCE
A. Provide service and maintenance of components indicated in specification sections.

B. Maintenance Period: As indicated in specification sections or, if not indicated, not less than one year from the Date of Substantial Completion or the length of the specified warranty, whichever is longer.

C. Examine system components at a frequency consistent with reliable operation.

Clean, adjust, and lubricate as required.

D. Include systematic examination, adjustment, and lubrication of components.

Repair or replace parts whenever required. Use parts produced by the manufacturer of the original component.

E. Maintenance service shall not be assigned or transferred to any agent or subcontractor without prior written consent of the City.

END OF SECTION
-147-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 017419

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-71
PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 WASTE MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS
A. The City requires that this project comply with all City Waste Ordinances.

B. Employ processes that ensure the generation of as little waste as possible due to error, poor planning, breakage, mishandling, contamination, or other factors.

C. Minimize trash/waste disposal in landfills; reuse, salvage, or recycle as much waste as economically feasible.

D. Required Recycling, Salvage, and Reuse: The following may not be disposed of in landfills or by incineration:

1. Wood pallets.

2. Clean dimensional wood.

3. Concrete: May be crushed and used as riprap, aggregate, sub-base material, or fill.

4. Concrete masonry units: May be used on project if whole, or crushed and used as sub-base material or fill.

5. Asphalt paving: May be recycled into paving for project.

6. Metals, including packaging banding, metal studs, sheet metal, structural steel, piping, reinforcing bars, door frames, and other items made of steel, iron, galvanized steel, stainless steel, aluminum, copper, zinc, lead, brass, and bronze.

7. Plumbing fixtures.

8. Mechanical and electrical equipment.

9. Fluorescent lamps (light bulbs).

E. Contractor shall submit periodic Waste Disposal Reports; all landfill disposal, recycling, salvage, and reuse must be reported regardless of to whom the cost or savings accrues; use the same units of measure on all reports. -148-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 017419

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-72
F. Contractor shall develop and follow a Waste Management Plan designed to implement these requirements.

G. Methods of trash/waste disposal that are not acceptable are:

1. Burning on the project site.

2. Burying on the project site.

3. Dumping or burying on other property, public or private.

4. Other illegal dumping or burying.

5. Incineration, either on- or off-site.

H. Regulatory Requirements: Contractor is responsible for knowing and complying with regulatory requirements, including but not limited to Federal, state and local requirements, pertaining to legal disposal of all construction and demolition waste materials.

1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 015000 - Temporary Facilities and Controls: Additional requirements related to trash/waste collection and removal facilities and services.

B. Section 016000 - Product Requirements: Waste prevention requirements related to delivery, storage, and handling.

C. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Trash/waste prevention procedures related to demolition, cutting and patching, installation, protection, and cleaning.

1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Clean: Untreated and unpainted; not contaminated with oils, solvents, caulk, or the like.

B. Construction and Demolition Waste: Solid wastes typically including building materials, packaging, trash, debris, and rubble resulting from construction, remodeling, repair and demolition operations.

C. Hazardous: Exhibiting the characteristics of hazardous substances, i.e., ignitibility, corrosivity, toxicity or reactivity.
-149-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 017419

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-73
D. Nonhazardous: Exhibiting none of the characteristics of hazardous substances, i.e., ignitibility, corrosivity, toxicity, or reactivity.

E. Nontoxic: Neither immediately poisonous to humans nor poisonous after a long period of exposure.

F. Recyclable: The ability of a product or material to be recovered at the end of its life cycle and remanufactured into a new product for reuse by others.

G. Recycle: To remove a waste material from the project site to another site for remanufacture into a new product for reuse by others.

H. Recycling: The process of sorting, cleansing, treating and reconstituting solid waste and other discarded materials for the purpose of using the altered form.

Recycling does not include burning, incinerating, or thermally destroying waste.

I. Return: To give back reusable items or unused products to vendors for credit.

J. Reuse: To reuse a construction waste material in some manner on the project site.

K. Salvage: To remove a waste material from the project site to another site for resale or reuse by others.

L. Sediment: Soil and other debris that has been eroded and transported by storm or well production run-off water.

M. Source Separation: The act of keeping different types of waste materials separate beginning from the first time they become waste.

N. Toxic: Poisonous to humans either immediately or after a long period of exposure.

O. Trash: Any product or material unable to be reused, returned, recycled, or salvaged.

P. Waste: Extra material or material that has reached the end of its useful life in its intended use. Waste includes salvageable, returnable, recyclable, and reusable material.

1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Landfill Alternatives Proposal: Within 10 calendar days after receipt of Notice of Award of Bid, or prior to any trash or waste removal, whichever occurs sooner, -150-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 017419

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-74
submit a projection of trash/waste that will require disposal and alternatives to landfilling, with net costs.

1. Submit to Architect for the City's review and approval.

2. If the City wishes to implement any cost alternatives, the Contract Price will be adjusted as specified elsewhere.

3. Include an analysis of trash/waste to be generated and landfill options as specified for Waste Management Plan described below.

4. Describe as many alternatives to landfilling as possible:
a. List each material proposed to be salvaged, reused, or recycled. b. List the proposed local market for each material.
c. State the estimated net cost resulting from each alternative, after subtracting revenue from sale of recycled or salvaged materials and landfill tipping fees saved due to diversion of materials from the landfill.

5. Provide alternatives to landfilling for at least the following materials:
a. Bricks.

B. Once the City has determined which of the landfill alternatives addressed in the Proposal above are acceptable, prepare and submit Waste Management Plan; submit within 10 calendar days after notification by Architect.

C. Waste Management Plan: Include the following information:

1. Analysis of the trash and waste projected to be generated during the entire project construction cycle, including types and quantities.

2. Landfill Options: The name, address, and telephone number of the landfill(s) where trash/waste will be disposed of, the applicable landfill tipping fee(s), and the projected cost of disposing of all project trash/waste in the landfill(s).

3. Landfill Alternatives: List all waste materials that will be diverted from landfills by reuse, salvage, or recycling.

4. Meetings: Describe regular meetings to be held to address waste prevention, reduction, recycling, salvage, reuse, and disposal.
-151-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 017419

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-75

5. Materials Handling Procedures: Describe the means by which materials to be diverted from landfills will be protected from contamination and prepared for acceptance by designated facilities; include separation procedures for recyclables, storage, and packaging.

6. Transportation: Identify the destination and means of transportation of materials to be recycled; i.e. whether materials will be site-separated and self- hauled to designated centers, or whether mixed materials will be collected by a waste hauler.

7. Recycling Incentives: Describe procedures required to obtain credits, rebates, or similar incentives.

D. Waste Disposal Reports: Submit at specified intervals, with details of quantities of trash and waste, means of disposal or reuse, and costs; show both totals to date and since last report.

1. Submit updated Report with each Application for Progress Payment; failure to submit Report will delay payment.

2. Submit Report on a form acceptable to the City.

3. Landfill Disposal: Include the following information:
a. Identification of material.
b. Amount, in tons or cubic yards, of trash/waste material from the project disposed of in landfills.
c. State the identity of landfills, total amount of tipping fees paid to landfill, and total disposal cost.
d. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices as evidence of quantity and cost.

4. Recycled and Salvaged Materials: Include the following information for each:
a. Identification of material, including those retrieved by installer for use on other projects.
b. Amount, in tons or cubic yards, date removed from the project site, and receiving party.
-152-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 017419

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-76
c. Transportation cost, amount paid or received for the material, and the net total cost or savings of salvage or recycling each material. d. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices as evidence of quantity and cost.
e. Certification by receiving party that materials will not be disposed of in landfills or by incineration.

5. Material Reused on Project: Include the following information for each:
a. Identification of material and how it was used in the project. b. Amount, in tons or cubic yards.
c. Include weight tickets as evidence of quantity.

6. Other Disposal Methods: Include information similar to that described above, as appropriate to disposal method.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS
A. See Section 016000 - Product Requirements for substitution submission procedures.

B. For each proposed product substitution, submit the following information in addition to requirements specified in Section 016000:

1. Relative amount of waste produced, compared to specified product.

2. Cost savings on waste disposal, compared to specified product, to be deducted from the Contract Price.

3. Proposed disposal method for waste product.

4. Markets for recycled waste product.
-153-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 017419

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-77
PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 WASTE MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES
A. See Section 015000 for additional requirements related to trash/waste collection and removal facilities and services.

B. See Section 016000 for waste prevention requirements related to delivery, storage, and handling.A.

C. See Section 017000 for trash/waste prevention procedures related to demolition, cutting and patching, installation, protection, and cleaning.

3.2 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN IMPLEMENTATION
A. Manager: Designate an on-site person or persons responsible for instructing workers and overseeing and documenting results of the Waste Management Plan.

B. Communication: Distribute copies of the Waste Management Plan to job site foreman, each subcontractor, the City, and Architect.

C. Instruction: Provide on-site instruction of appropriate separation, handling, and recycling, salvage, reuse, and return methods to be used by all parties at the appropriate stages of the project.

D. Meetings: Discuss trash/waste management goals and issues at project meetings.

1. Prebid meeting.

2. Preconstruction meeting.

3. Regular job-site meetings.

4. Job safety meetings.

E. Facilities: Provide specific facilities for separation and storage of materials for recycling, salvage, reuse, return, and trash disposal, for use by all contractors and installers.

1. As a minimum, provide:
a. Separate area for storage of materials to be reused on-site, such as wood cut-offs for blocking.
-154-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 017419

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-78
b. Separate dumpsters for each category of recyclable.
c. Recycling bins at worker lunch area.

2. Provide containers as required.

3. Provide temporary enclosures around piles of separated materials to be recycled or salvaged.

4. Provide materials for barriers and enclosures that are nonhazardous, recyclable, or reusable to the maximum extent possible; reuse project construction waste materials if possible.

5. Locate enclosures out of the way of construction traffic.

6. Provide adequate space for pick-up and delivery and convenience to subcontractors.

7. If an enclosed area is not provided, clearly lay out and label a specific area on-site.

8. Keep recycling and trash/waste bin areas neat and clean and clearly marked in order to avoid contamination of materials.

F. Hazardous Wastes: Separate, store, and dispose of hazardous wastes according to applicable regulations.

G. Recycling: Separate, store, protect, and handle at the site identified recyclable waste products in order to prevent contamination of materials and to maximize recyclability of identified materials. Arrange for timely pickups from the site or deliveries to recycling facility in order to prevent contamination of recyclable materials.

H. Reuse of Materials On-Site: Set aside, sort, and protect separated products in preparation for reuse.

I. Salvage: Set aside, sort, and protect products to be salvaged for reuse off-site.

END OF SECTION
-155-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 017800

CLOSEOUT SUBMITALS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-79
PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Project Record Documents.

B. Operation and Maintenance Data.

C. Warranties and bonds.

1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Contract closeout procedures.

B. Individual Product Sections: Specific requirements for operation and maintenance data.

C. Individual Product Sections: Warranties required for specific products or Work.

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Project Record Documents: Submit documents to Architect with claim for final Application for Payment.

B. Operation and Maintenance Data:

1. Submit two copies of preliminary draft or proposed formats and outlines of contents before start of Work. Architect will review draft and return one copy with comments.

2. For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into service during construction and operated by the City, submit completed documents within ten days after acceptance.

3. Submit one copy of completed documents 15 days prior to final inspection.

This copy will be reviewed and returned after final inspection, with Architect comments. Revise content of all document sets as required prior to final submission.

4. Submit two sets of revised final documents in final form within 10 days after final inspection.
-156-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 017800

CLOSEOUT SUBMITALS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-80
C. Warranties and Bonds:

1. For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during construction with the City's permission, submit documents within 10 days after acceptance.

2. Make other submittals within 10 days after Date of Substantial Completion, prior to final Application for Payment.

3. For items of Work for which acceptance is delayed beyond Date of Substantial Completion, submit within 10 days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as the beginning of the warranty period.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Maintain on site one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the Work:

1. Drawings.

2. Specifications.

3. Addenda.

4. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract.

5. Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples.

6. Manufacturer's instruction for assembly, installation, and adjusting.

B. Ensure entries are complete and accurate, enabling future reference by the City.

C. Store record documents separate from documents used for construction.

D. Record information concurrent with construction progress.

E. Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each product section description of actual products installed, including the following:

1. Manufacturer's name and product model and number.
-157-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 017800

CLOSEOUT SUBMITALS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-81

2. Product substitutions or alternates utilized.

3. Changes made by Addenda and modifications.

F. Record Drawings and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction including:

1. Measured depths of foundations in relation to finish first floor datum.

2. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements.

3. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the Work.

4. Field changes of dimension and detail.

5. Details not on original Contract drawings.

3.2 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. Source Data: For each product or system, list names, addresses and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers, including local source of supplies and replacement parts.

B. Product Data: Mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products and component parts, and data applicable to installation. Delete inapplicable information.

C. Drawings: Supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and systems, to show control and flow diagrams. Do not use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings.

D. Typed Text: As required to supplement product data. Provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedure, incorporating manufacturer's instructions.

3.3 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. For Each Product, Applied Material, and Finish:

1. Product data, with catalog number, size, composition, and color and texture designations.

2. Information for re-ordering custom manufactured products. -158-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 017800

CLOSEOUT SUBMITALS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-82
B. Instructions for Care and Maintenance: Manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning agents and methods, precautions against detrimental cleaning agents and methods, and recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance.

C. Moisture protection and weather-exposed products: Include product data listing applicable reference standards, chemical composition, and details of installation.

Provide recommendations for inspections, maintenance, and repair.

D. Additional information as specified in individual product specification sections.

E. Where additional instructions are required, beyond the manufacturer's standard printed instructions, have instructions prepared by personnel experienced in the operation and maintenance of the specific products.

3.4 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. For Each Item of Equipment and Each System:

1. Description of unit or system, and component parts.

2. Identify function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions.

3. Include performance curves, with engineering data and tests.

4. Complete nomenclature and model number of replaceable parts.

B. Where additional instructions are required, beyond the manufacturer's standard printed instructions, have instructions prepared by personnel experienced in the operation and maintenance of the specific products.

C. Panelboard Circuit Directories: Provide electrical service characteristics, controls, and communications; typed.

D. Include color coded wiring diagrams as installed.

E. Operating Procedures: Include start-up, break-in, and routine normal operating instructions and sequences. Include regulation, control, stopping, shut-down, and emergency instructions. Include summer, winter, and any special operating instructions.

F. Maintenance Requirements: Include routine procedures and guide for preventative maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly, repair, and -159-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 017800

CLOSEOUT SUBMITALS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-83
reassembly instructions; and alignment, adjusting, balancing, and checking instructions.

G. Provide servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of lubricants required.

H. Include manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions.

I. Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer.

J. Provide original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams required for maintenance.

K. Provide control diagrams by controls manufacturer as installed.

L. Provide Contractor's coordination drawings, with color coded piping diagrams as installed.

M. Provide charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve, keyed to flow and control diagrams.

N. Provide list of original manufacturer's spare parts, current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage.

O. Include test and balancing reports.

P. Additional Requirements: As specified in individual product specification sections.

3.5 ASSEMBLY OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Assemble operation and maintenance data into durable manuals for the City's personnel use, with data arranged in the same sequence as, and identified by, the specification sections.

B. Where systems involve more than one specification section, provide separate tabbed divider for each system.

C. Binders: Commercial quality, 8-1/2 by 11 inch three D side ring binders with durable plastic covers; 2 inch maximum ring size. When multiple binders are used, correlate data into related consistent groupings.

D. Cover: Identify each binder with typed or printed title OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS; identify title of Project; identify subject matter of contents.
-160-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 017800

CLOSEOUT SUBMITALS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-84
E. Project Directory: Title and address of Project; names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Architect, Consultants, Contractor and subcontractors, with names of responsible parties.

F. Tables of Contents: List every item separated by a divider, using the same identification as on the divider tab; where multiple volumes are required, include all volumes Tables of Contents in each volume, with the current volume clearly identified.

G. Dividers: Provide tabbed dividers for each separate product and system; identify the contents on the divider tab; immediately following the divider tab include a description of product and major component parts of equipment.

H. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or typewritten data on 20 pound paper.

I. Drawings: Provide with reinforced punched binder tab. Bind in with text; fold larger drawings to size of text pages.

J. Arrangement of Contents: Organize each volume in parts as follows:

1. Project Directory.

2. Table of Contents, of all volumes, and of this volume.

3. Operation and Maintenance Data: Arranged by system, then by product category.
a. Source data.
b. Product data, shop drawings, and other submittals.
c. Operation and maintenance data.
d. Field quality control data.
e. Photocopies of warranties and bonds.

4. Design Data: To allow for addition of design data furnished by Architect or others, provide a tab labeled "Design Data" and provide a binder large enough to allow for insertion of at least 20 pages of typed text. -161-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 017800

CLOSEOUT SUBMITALS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-85

3.6 WARRANTIES AND BONDS
A. Obtain warranties and bonds, executed in duplicate by responsible Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers, within 10 days after completion of the applicable item of work. Except for items put into use with the City's permission, leave date of beginning of time of warranty until Date of Substantial completion is determined.

B. Verify that documents are in proper form, contain full information, and are notarized.

C. Co-execute submittals when required.

D. Retain warranties and bonds until time specified for submittal.

E. Include originals of each in operation and maintenance manuals, indexed separately on Table of Contents.

END OF SECTION
-162-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 017900

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-86
PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Demonstration of products and systems to be commissioned and where indicated in specific specification sections.

B. Training of City personnel in operation and maintenance is required for:

1. Plumbing equipment.

2. Electrical systems and equipment.

3. Landscape irrigation.

4. Items specified in individual product Sections.

C. Training of City personnel in care, cleaning, maintenance, and repair is required for:

1. Roofing, waterproofing, and other weather-exposed or moisture protection products.

2. Finishes, including flooring, wall finishes, ceiling finishes.

3. Fixtures and fittings.

4. Items specified in individual product Sections.

1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 01 7800 - Closeout Submittals: Operation and maintenance manuals.

B. Other Specification Sections: Additional requirements for demonstration and training.

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Draft Training Plans: The City will designate personnel to be trained; tailor training to needs and skill-level of attendees.

1. Submit to Architect for transmittal to the City.
-163-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 017900

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-87

2. Submit to Commissioning Authority for review and inclusion in overall training plan.

3. Submit not less than four weeks prior to start of training.

4. Revise and resubmit until acceptable.

5. Provide an overall schedule showing all training sessions.

6. Include at least the following for each training session:
a. Identification, date, time, and duration.
b. Description of products and/or systems to be covered. c. Name of firm and person conducting training; include qualifications. d. Intended audience, such as job description.
e. Objectives of training and suggested methods of ensuring adequate training.
f. Methods to be used, such as classroom lecture, live demonstrations, hands-on, etc.
g. Media to be used, such a slides, hand-outs, etc.
h. Training equipment required, such as projector, projection screen, etc., to be provided by Contractor.

B. Training Manuals: Provide training manual for each attendee; allow for minimum of two attendees per training session.

1. Include applicable portion of O&M manuals.

2. Include copies of all hand-outs, slides, overheads, video presentations, etc., that are not included in O&M manuals.

3. Provide one extra copy of each training manual to be included with operation and maintenance data.
-164-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 017900

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-88

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Instructor Qualifications: Familiar with design, operation, maintenance and troubleshooting of the relevant products and systems.

1. Provide as instructors the most qualified trainer of those contractors and/or installers who actually supplied and installed the systems and equipment.

2. Where a single person is not familiar with all aspects, provide specialists with necessary qualifications.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 DEMONSTRATION - GENERAL
A. Demonstrations conducted during system start-up do not qualify as demonstrations for the purposes of this section, unless approved in advance by the City.

B. Demonstrations conducted during Functional Testing need not be repeated unless the City personnel training is specified.

C. Demonstration may be combined with the City personnel training if applicable.

D. Operating Equipment and Systems: Demonstrate operation in all modes, including start-up, shut-down, seasonal changeover, emergency conditions, and troubleshooting, and maintenance procedures, including scheduled and preventive maintenance.

1. Perform demonstrations not less than two weeks prior to Substantial Completion.

2. For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other season within six months.

E. Non-Operating Products: Demonstrate cleaning, scheduled and preventive maintenance, and repair procedures.

1. Perform demonstrations not less than two weeks prior to Substantial Completion.
-165-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 017900

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-89

3.2 TRAINING - GENERAL
A. Commissioning Authority will prepare the Training Plan based on draft plans submitted.

B. Conduct training on-site unless otherwise indicated.

C. The City will provide classroom and seating at no cost to Contractor.

D. Do not start training until Functional Testing is complete, unless otherwise specified or approved by the Commissioning Authority.

E. Provide training in minimum two hour segments.

F. The Commissioning Authority is responsible for determining that the training was satisfactorily completed and will provide approval forms.

G. Training schedule will be subject to availability of the City's personnel to be trained; re-schedule training sessions as required by the City; once schedule has been approved by the City failure to conduct sessions according to schedule will be cause for the City to charge Contractor for personnel "show-up" time.

H. Review of Facility Policy on Operation and Maintenance Data: During training discuss:

1. The location of the O&M manuals and procedures for use and preservation; backup copies.

2. Typical contents and organization of all manuals, including explanatory information, system narratives, and product specific information.

3. Typical uses of the O&M manuals.

I. Product- and System-Specific Training:

1. Review the applicable O&M manuals.

2. For systems, provide an overview of system operation, design parameters and constraints, and operational strategies.

3. Review instructions for proper operation in all modes, including start-up, shut- down, seasonal changeover and emergency procedures, and for maintenance, including preventative maintenance.
-166-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 017900

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-90

4. Provide hands-on training on all operational modes possible and preventive maintenance.

5. Emphasize safe and proper operating requirements; discuss relevant health and safety issues and emergency procedures.

6. Discuss common troubleshooting problems and solutions.

7. Discuss any peculiarities of equipment installation or operation.

8. Discuss warranties and guarantees, including procedures necessary to avoid voiding coverage.

9. Review recommended tools and spare parts inventory suggestions of manufacturers.

10. Review spare parts and tools required to be furnished by Contractor.

11. Review spare parts suppliers and sources and procurement procedures.

J. Be prepared to answer questions raised by training attendees; if unable to answer during training session, provide written response within three days.

END OF SECTION
-167-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 024119

SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-91
PART 1 – GENERAL

2.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. Procedures for demolition and removal of existing building elements.

2. Removal of designated building equipment and fixtures.

3. Salvaged items.

4. Salvaged material.

5. Salvaged items for re-use.

B. Related Documents: The Contract Documents, Summary of Work, apply to the Work of this Section. Additional requirements and information necessary to complete the Work of this Section may be found in other documents.

C. Related Sections:

1. Division 1 - Environmental Procedures: Recycling and reuse of waste materials.

2.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. The extent of Selective Demolition Work is that Work necessary, and required to facilitate the new construction indicated.

B. Demolition shall be such that all construction, new and existing, can be performed, and completed in accordance with the construction documents.

C. The contractor shall visit the project site and familiarize himself with the existing conditions and project requirements.

D. Verify the scope of the Work under this Section including salvage material. The City will be responsible for removing all materials and equipment which the City wishes to salvage prior to the beginning of this Work.

2.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Performance Criteria:

1. Requirements of Structural Work: Do not cut structural work in a manner resulting in a reduction of load-carrying capacity of load/deflection ratio. -168-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 024119

SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-92

2. Operational and Safety Limitations: Do not cut operational elements and safety-related components in a manner resulting in a reduction of capacities to perform in a manner intended or resulting in a decreased operational life, increased maintenance or decreased safety.

3. Visual Requirements: Do not cut work which is exposed on the exterior or exposed in occupied spaces of the building in a manner resulting in a reduction of visual qualities or resulting in substantial evidence of the demolition work judged by the Engineer to be cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.

4. Loading: Do not superimpose loads at any point upon existing structure beyond design capacity including loads attributable to materials, construction equipment, demolition operations and shoring and bracing.

5. Vibration: Do not use means, methods, techniques or procedures which would induce vibration into any element of the structure.

6. Fire: Do not use means, methods, techniques or procedures which would produce any fire hazard unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.

7. Water: Do not use means, methods, techniques or procedures which would produce excessive water run-off, and water pollution.

8. Air Pollution: Do not use means, methods, techniques or procedures which would produce uncontrolled dust, fumes or other damaging air pollution.

2.4 PROJECT SITE
A. Indicated "Existing Construction" was obtained from existing drawings or other information which may not reflect actual conditions. The Contractor shall verify all existing conditions and notify the Engineer of discrepancies before proceeding with the Work.

B. Perform the removal, cutting, drilling, etc., of existing work with extreme care, and using small tools in order not to jeopardize the structural integrity of the building.

C. Occupancy: Contractor shall have full use of the areas of work that are available during construction. Community Center is open for classes therefore; Contractor shall coordinate with the City for available areas and secure a schedule of when access can be given to those areas of work.

D. Condition of Structure: The City assumes no responsibility for the actual condition of portions of the structure to be demolished.
-169-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 024119

SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-93
E. Partial removal: Items of salvageable value to the Contractor may be removed from the structure as the work progresses if not claimed by the City. Salvaged items must be transported from the site as they are removed.

F. Protection: Make sure that the safe passage of persons around the area of demolition is maintained during the demolition operation. Conduct operations to prevent injury to adjacent buildings, structures, other facilities, and persons.

2.5 PROTECTION OF EXISTING CONSTRUCTION
A. Provide temporary protection of existing construction (floors, roof, and walls) when adjoining new work and in traffic areas.

B. Provide temporary construction, constructed of framing and plywood, to protect existing construction and surrounding surfaces from damage by movement of materials and personnel.

C. The contractor is responsible for all damage to existing structure and shall replace or repair all areas of damage.

D. Repair, replace, or rebuild existing construction as required or as directed which has been removed, altered or disrupted to allow for new construction. Existing construction shall be corrected to match adjacent construction, new or existing.

E. Perform cutting of existing concrete and masonry construction with saws and core drills. Do not use jack-hammers or explosives.

2.6 SHORING AND BRACING
A. Provide temporary shoring of existing construction to allow removal of existing structural elements. Maintain shoring until new structural elements are in place and accepted by the Engineer and City Inspector(s).

PART 3 – PRODUCTS

3.1 SALVAGED ITEMS
A. The Contract Documents indicate the existing materials that are to be reinstalled in the new construction. The Contractor shall remove, protect and reinstall these items as indicated.

1. Items for "Re-installation" will be indicated as such within the Contract Documents.
-170-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 024119

SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-94
B. Materials scheduled for reinstallation which are damaged by the Contractor to the extent that they cannot be reinstalled shall be replaced by the Contractor with equal quality material at no additional cost to the City.

C. Coordinate with the Engineer on disposition of salvage items note scheduled for reinstallation, demolished materials, and equipment. Salvaged materials, not reinstalled, shall be delivered, as directed, to the City.

3.2 SALVAGED MATERIALS
A. Removed and salvaged materials of value not designated for reinstallation, unless claimed as salvage by the City, shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the premises by the Contractor and recycled, reused or disposed of as specified in Section 013543- Environmental Procedures.

B. The City will remove or, under separate contract, have all materials and equipment which the City requires removed prior to Work under this Section begins.

3.3 SALVAGED ITEMS FOR RE-USE
A. Materials and items scheduled for re-use which are damaged by the contractor to the extent which they cannot be re-used shall be replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the City.

PART 4 – EXECUTION

4.1 EXAMINATION
A. Section 017000 – Execution and Closeout Requirements: Verification of existing conditions before starting work.

B. Verification of Conditions: Verify that field measurements, surfaces, substrates and conditions are as required, and ready to receive Work.

C. Report in writing to the Engineer prevailing conditions that will adversely affect satisfactory execution of the Work of this Section. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

D. By beginning Work, Contractor accepts conditions and assumes responsibility for correcting unsuitable conditions encountered at no additional cost to the City.

4.2 PREPARATION
A. Temporary Support: Provide adequate temporary support for work to be cut to prevent failure. Do not endanger other work.
-171-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 024119

SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-95
B. Provide adequate protection of other work during selective demolition to prevent damage and provide protection of the work from adverse weather exposure.

4.3 PROCEDURE
A. Employ only skilled tradesmen to perform selective demolition.

B. Cut work by methods least likely to damage work to the retained and work adjoining.

C. In general, where physical cutting action is required, cut work with sawing and grinding tools, not with hammering and chopping tools. Core drill openings through concrete and masonry work.

D. Patch with seams which are durable and as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances for the work.

E. Where selective demolition terminates at a surface or finish to remain, completely remove all traces of material selectively demolished, including mortar beds.

Provide smooth, even, substrate transition.

4.4 POLLUTION CONTROLS
A. Use temporary enclosures and other suitable methods to limit the amount of dust and dirt rising and scattering in the air to the lowest practical level. Comply with AQMD standards.

B. Comply with governing authorities pertaining to environmental protection.

1. Protect natural resources as specified in Division 1 - Environmental Procedures.

C. Clean adjacent portion of the structure and improvement of dust, dirt and debris caused by demolition operations, as directed by the Engineer and governing authorities. Return adjacent areas to its condition prior to the start of the work.

4.5 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS
A. Collect, recycle, reuse, and dispose of demolished materials as approved by the City in the Solid Waste Management and Environmental Protection Plan.

4.6 SCHEDULE OF SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
A. Slab on Grade:
-172-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 024119

SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-96

1. Where indicated, saw cut perimeter of existing slab minimum of 50 percent of slab thickness to provide a breaking point to remove existing concrete.

2. Break concrete slab to be removed into portions easily removed, maximum 3-foot dimensions in any side.

3. Remove all concrete pieces within removed area down to the existing subgrade.

B. Plumbing OR Pool Equipment:

1. Remove all plumbing/pool fixtures and accessories including all exposed supply, waste, and vent piping.

2. Concealed piping within and below slab construction shall be identified, and capped a minimum of 3 inches (8 cm) below finish floor.

C. Electrical Service:

1. All electrical circuits within the existing structure shall be abandoned from the existing service entrance section, beyond.

2. Remove all abandoned electrical conduit, boxes, and wiring back to the existing electrical service which is to remain.

D. Items for demolition covered under the plans and these specifications include concrete slab saw cut, cap utilities, saw cut pool deck, removal of pool filters, and selective demolition.

E. Provide additional selective demolition as indicated and required by the Contract Documents and as required for indicated new construction.

F. Payment for items of work covered in the plans and Division 2 specification will be based on the lump sum bid price for building demolition and removals, no additional compensation will be allowed.

END OF SECTION
-173-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 032000

CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-97
PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. Reinforcing steel bars.

2. Reinforcement accessories.

B. Related Documents: The Contract Documents, as defined in Division 1 - Summary of Work, apply to the Work of this Section. Additional requirements and information necessary to complete the Work of this Section may be found in other documents.

C. Related Sections:

1. Section 033000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Coordination between concrete placement and reinforcing.

1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Concrete Institute (ACI):

1. ACI 301 - Structural Concrete for Buildings.

2. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.

3. ACI SP-66 - American Concrete Institute - Detailing Manual.

B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

1. ASTM A 184 - Fabricated Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete Reinforcement.

2. ASTM A 615 - Deformed and Plain Billet Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.

3. ASTM A 704 - Welded Steel Plain Bar or Rod Mats for Concrete Reinforcement.

C. American Welding Society (AWS):

1. AWS D 1.4 – Structural Welding Code for Reinforcing Steel.

D. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI):
-174-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 032000

CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-98

1. CRSI - Manual of Practice.

2. CRSI 63 - Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars.

3. CRSI 65 - Recommended Practice for Placing Bar Supports, Specifications and Nomenclature.

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal Procedures:

1. Shop Drawings: Indicate bar sizes, spacing’s, locations, and quantities of reinforcing steel [and wire fabric, bending and cutting schedules, and supporting and spacing device. Include special reinforcement required for openings through concrete structures.

2. Assurance/Control Submittals;
a. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements.
b. Submit certified copies of mill test report of reinforcement materials analysis.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with CRSI 63, 65 and Manual of Practice ACI 301, ACI SP-66, ACI 318, and ASTM A 184.

B. Reinforcement design is provided by the Structural Engineer of Record, experienced in design of this work and licensed in the State where the Project is located.

1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Resource Management

1. Recycled Content
a. Steel Products: Post-consumer recycled content plus one half of pre- consumer recycled content not less than 75 percent.
-175-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 032000

CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-99
PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A 615, 60 ksi yield grade; deformed billet steel bars, unfinished.

B. Reinforcing Steel Mat: ASTM A 704, ASTM A 615, 60 ksi yield grade; steel bars or rods, unfinished.

C. Dowels at Construction Joints: 1/4" x 4.5" Diamond Dowels by PNA Construction Technologies or approved equal.

2.2 ACCESSORIES
A. Tie Wire: Minimum 16 gage annealed type.

B. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, and Spacers: Sized and shaped for strength and support of reinforcement during concrete placement conditions including load bearing pad on bottom to prevent vapor barrier puncture.

C. Special Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, and Spacers Adjacent to Weather Exposed Concrete Surfaces: Plastic coated steel type (CRSI, Class 1) or stainless steel protected (CRSI, Class 2); size and shape as required.

2.3 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate concrete reinforcing in accordance with ACI SP-66 and ACI 318.

B. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on drawings, at point of minimum stress.

Review location of splices with the Engineer.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Division 1 - Execution: Verification of existing conditions before starting work.

B. Verification of Conditions: Verify that field measurements, surfaces, and conditions are as required, and ready to receive Work.

C. Report in writing to the Engineer prevailing conditions that will adversely affect satisfactory execution of the Work of this Section. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
-176-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 032000

CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-100
D. By beginning Work, Contractor accepts conditions and assumes responsibility for correcting unsuitable conditions encountered at no additional cost to the City.

3.2 PLACEMENT
A. Place, support and secure reinforcement against displacement. Do not deviate from required position.

B. Do not displace or damage vapor barrier.

C. Accommodate placement of formed openings.

D. Maintain concrete cover around reinforcing in accordance with ACI 318.

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Section 014000 - Quality Requirements: Field inspection.

B. Inspect reinforcing locations, bar types and sizes, wire ties, and welding (if applicable).

END OF SECTION
-177-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 033000

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-101
PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Includes all labor, materials and appliances, and perform all operations in connection with the installation of Concrete Work, and all related work incidental to the completion thereof, as shown on the drawings, complete, in strict accordance with the drawings and as specified herein. Section Includes:

1. Cast-in-place (CIP) concrete in building.

2. Finishing of concrete floor slabs and toppings. Concrete liquid surface treatment, sealer, and slip-resistant coatings.

3. Expansion and contraction, control joints in CIP concrete.

4. Concrete curing and protection.

5. Non-shrink grout including installation and forming.

B. Related Documents: The Contract Documents, as defined in Division 1 - Summary of Work, apply to the Work of this Section. Additional requirements and information necessary to complete the Work of this Section may be found in other Documents and References in Section 1.2.

C. Related Sections: Related work specified elsewhere includes but may not be limited to

1. Section 032000 - Concrete Reinforcement.

1.2 REFERENCES
A. General:

1. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced.

2. Where a date is given for reference standards, the edition of that date shall be used. Where no date is given for reference standards, the latest edition available on the date of Notice Inviting Bids shall be used.

B. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO)

1. AASHTO M182, “Standard Specification for Burlap Cloth Made from Jute or Kenaf and Cotton Mats.”
-178-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 033000

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-102
C. Unless otherwise shown or specified, the work shall conform to the following standards and recommendations of the American Concrete Institute (ACI), latest editions adopted:

1. ACI 117, “Standard Specification for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials.”

2. ACI 121R, “Quality Assurance Systems for Concrete Construction.”

3. ACI211.1, “Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight and Mass Concrete.

4. ACI 212.2R, “Guide for Use of Admixtures in Concrete.”

5. ACI 214, “Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Strength Test Results of Concrete.”

6. ACI 301, “Specification for Structure /Concrete.”

7. ACI 302.1R, “Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction.”

8. ACI 304R, “Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete.”

9. ACI 304.2-R, "Placing Concrete by Pumping Methods."

10. ACI 305, “Hot Weather Concreting.”

11. ACI 306, “Cold Weather Concreting.”

12. ACI 306.1 “Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting.”

13. ACI 308, “Standard Practice for Curing Concrete.”

14. ACI 309R, “Guide for Consolidation for Concrete.”

15. ACI 315, “Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement.”

16. ACI 318, “Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete.”

17. ACI 347, “Guide to Formwork for Concrete.”

18. ACI 347.2R “Guide for Shoring/Reshoring of Concrete Multistory Buildings.”

19. ACI 503.2, “Standard Specification for Bonding Plastic Concrete to Hardened Concrete with a Multi-Component Epoxy Adhesive.”
-179-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 033000

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-103

20. ACI SP-15, "Field Reference Manual" which includes ACI 301 "Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings" and reference standards specified therein.

D. American Welding Society (AWS)

1. AWS D1.4, "Structural Welding Code Reinforcing."
E. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM).

1. ASTM A615, "Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement."

2. ASTM C31, “Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field.”

3. ASTM C33, "Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates."

4. ASTM C39, "Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens."

5. ASTM C42, “Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete.”

6. ASTM C94, "Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete."

7. ASTM C109, “Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (Using 2-in. or [50-mm] Cube Specimens)”

8. ASTM C114, "Standard Test Method for Chemical Analysis of Hydraulic Cement."

9. ASTM C138, "Standard Test Method for Unit Weight, Yield, and Air Content of Concrete (Gravimetric) of Concrete."

10. ASTM C143, "Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement-Cement Concrete."

11. ASTM C150, "Standard Specification for Portland Cement."

12. ASTM C156, "Standard Test Method for Water Retention by Concrete Curing Materials."

13. ASTM C171, "Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete."
-180-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 033000

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-104

14. ASTM C173, "Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Volumetric Method."

15. ASTM C231, "Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method."

16. ASTM C260, "Standard Specification for Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete."

17. ASTM C309, "Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete.”

18. ASTM C311, “Standard Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Fly Ash or Natural Pozzolans for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland-Cement Concrete.”

19. ASTM C387, "Standard Specification for Packaged, Dry, Combined Materials for Mortars and Concrete."

20. ASTM C457, “Standard Test Method for Microscopical Determination of Parameters of the Air-Void System in Hardened Concrete.”

21. ASTM C494, "Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete."

22. ASTM C618, "Standard Specification for Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete."

23. ASTM C920, “Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants.”

24. ASTM C685, "Standard Specification for Concrete Made by Volumetric Batching and Continuous Mixing.”

25. ASTM C989, “Standard Specification for Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag for Use in Concrete and Mortars.”

26. ASTM C1260, “Standard Test Method for Potential Alkali Reactivity of Aggregates (Mortar-Bar Method).”

27. ASTM C1567, “Standard Test Method for Potential Alkali Reactivity of Combinations of Cementitious Materials and Aggregate (Accelerated Mortar- Bar Method).”

28. ASTM E154, "Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth Under Slabs, On Walls, or as Ground Cover.” -181-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 033000

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-105

29. ASTM E1155, “Standard Test Method for Determining Floor Flatness and FL Floor Levelness Numbers”

30. ASTM D2240, “Standard Test Method for Rubber Property-Durometer Hardness.”
F. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI),

1. CRSI "Manual of Standard Practice.”

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Division 1 - Submittal Procedures: Procedures for submittals.

1. Review of submittals will cover general design only. In no case shall submittal review relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for strength of concrete, general or detailed dimension, quality or quantity of materials, or any other conditions, functions, performance or guarantees required.

2. Product Data:
a. Manufacturers' literature containing product and installation specifications and details.
b. Where Manufacturer's specifications, recommendations, and/or directions are required in this specification, deliver to the Engineer two (2) copies of such printed specifications, recommendations, and/or directions for approval before any work is commenced.
c. Sources of fine and coarse aggregate. Once approved, the source of fine and coarse aggregate shall not be changed without written approval of the Engineer.
d. List of manufacturers and brand names for cement, mineral and liquid admixtures, bond breakers, curing compounds, joint sealants, and materials other than aggregates and reinforcing steel. Include product data sheets, instructions, and specifications for use.

3. Batch Plant Equipment and Procedures
a. Supplier of concrete and ready-mix grout. Only one source will be approved for the Contractor, including all subcontractors. All concrete and ready-mixed grout supplied to the project shall originate from the approved single facility.
-182-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 033000

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-106
b. The following information shall be submitted:
1) Name of supplier.
2) Plant location.
3) Plant volume and output capacity.
4) Capacity of transit equipment.
5) Estimated travel time from plant to jobsite.
c. If the Contractor elects to use an on-site concrete batching plant, the following information shall be submitted:
1) Drawings and data including proposed location of the batch plant on the site.
2) List of and performance data for material handling equipment. 3) Procedures for processing, handling, transporting, sorting, and proportioning the materials for concrete.
d. All other data necessary to show the supplier’s capability to produce concrete of the quality and quantity required.

4. Concrete Procedures
a. The following information shall be submitted:
1) Placement drawings for slab-on-grade shall be submitted indicating location and size, placement sequence, joint locations, and embedded items.
2) Procedure for mixing and transporting concrete to the point of placement.
3) Procedures for placement of concrete.
4) Methods of obtaining and maintaining the required concrete temperature during placement and initial curing.
5) Procedures for consolidating the concrete.
6) Procedures how concrete is finished and cured (slab-on-grade concrete).
-183-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 033000

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-107

5. Assurance/Control Submittals:
a. Test Reports: Submit the following reports directly to the Engineer from Testing Laboratory, with copy to Contractor. Prepare reports in conformance with Section 014000 - Quality Requirements. b. Submit laboratory test reports for concrete materials and mix design test, including certified copy of results of aggregate tested by ASTM C1260 or C1567. Mix designs for each strength and type of concrete proposed for use. Details to be included are found in section 2.7. c. Certificates: Manufacturer's certificate that Products meet or exceed specified requirements.
d. Qualification Documentation: Submit documentation of experience indicating compliance with specified qualification requirements.

6. Delivery Tickets:
a. Copies of delivery tickets for each load of concrete delivered to site. b. Indicate on each ticket information required by ASTM C94 including additional information required herein.
c. Mix identification number on ticket shall match number on submitted and approved mix design
d. Indicate number of drum revolution from when water is added until concrete is discharged.
e. Submit copies to Testing Laboratory same day as concrete delivery.

7. Verification Samples:
a. At exposed concrete location provide a sample of concrete with medium broom finish and sealed for Engineer’s approval.

B. Division 1 - Closeout Procedures and Training: Procedures for closeout submittals.

1. Project Record Documents: Accurately record the following:
a. Shop drawings shall be corrected to reflect actual field changes and become part of the "Record As-Built Drawings".
-184-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 033000

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-108

2. Extra Products: Submit extra products as specified in this Section.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Division 1 - Product Requirements: Transport, handle, store, and protect Products.

B. Deliver materials in unopened containers with labels identifying contents.

C. Store powdered materials in dry area and in manner to prevent damage. Protect liquid materials from freezing or exceeding maximum storage temperatures set by product manufacturer.

1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS OR SITE CONDITIONS
A. Jobsite Requirements:

1. Conform to ACI 305 R when placing concrete during hot weather.

2. Conform to ACI 306 R when placing concrete during cold weather.

1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Environmental Impact:

1. Concrete placement accessories:
a. Mixing equipment: Return excess concrete to supplier; minimize water used to wash equipment.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with project requirements, manufacturers offering Products which may be incorporated in the Work include the following:

1. Applied Concrete Technology, Inc.,

2. The Euclid Chemical Company,

3. Fortifiber Corporation,

4. ChemRex Inc.,

5. W.R. Meadows, Inc.,
-185-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 033000

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-109

6. Reef Industries,

7. Stego Industries LLC,

8. L & M Construction Chemicals, Inc.

9. Curecrete Chemical Company, Inc.

10. Midwest Floor Care Inc.,

11. General Resource Technology, Inc.,

12. Or approved equal
B. Division 1 - Product Requirements: Product options and substitutions.

Substitutions: Permitted.

2.2 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Concrete:

1. Concrete shall be in accordance with ASTM C94. If a conflict exists between ASTM C94 and these specifications, these specifications shall govern.

B. Portland Cement: ASTM C150 – Type II unless otherwise specified or approved by the Engineer.

1. Assume full responsibility for the quality and soundness of cement. Cement is to be of one type and from the same mill; it is to be of uniform color for all concrete with permanently exposed concrete finishes.

C. Liquid admixtures: All admixtures shall be used in conformance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. When air entraining admixtures, water reducing admixtures, high range water reducing admixtures, and non-corrosive accelerating admixtures are used in any combination, all products shall be from the same manufacturer or the ready-mix concrete producer shall certify that they are compatible. The following admixtures are permitted when approved in writing prior to use or are required as specified herein and shall be used in strict accordance with the manufacturer's specifications or recommendations:

1. Calcium chloride: Conform to ACI 301. The water-soluble chloride ion level shall not exceed 0.3 percent by weight of cement.

2. Air-entraining admixtures: ASTM C260 shall be used to achieve the specified air content in all permanently exposed exterior concrete. For steel hard trowel -186-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 033000

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-110
interior slab finish, do not use air entrainment admixtures. The total air entrainment (entrained and entrapped air) must not exceed 3 percent. For steel trowel exterior slab finish, comply with ACI 318 and ACI 302. a. Euclid: AEA-92 or Air Mix 200.
b. BASF: Micro-Air, MBVR-Standard, and MB AE 90.
c. Sika: Sika AEA-14, Sika AEA-15, and Sika Air.
d. W.R. Grace: Darex EH, Darex II AEA, Daravair AT60, Daravair 1400, and Daravair 1000.
e. Or approved equal.

3. Water-reducing admixtures: Conform to ASTM C494, Type A, containing not more chloride ions than allowed in paragraph C., above. a. Euclid: Eucon WR series or Eucon MR.
b. BASF: Masterpave, Masterpave N, PolyHeed 997, Pozzolith 220N, and Glenium 7500.
c. W.R. Grace: Daracem 55 and Daracem 65, WRDA 82 and WRDA with HYCOL.
d. Sika: Sikament HP, Plastocrete 161, and Sikament 686. e. General Resource Technology: Polychem 400 NC and Polychem 1000. f. Or approved equal.

4. Water-reducing/accelerating admixtures: Conform to ASTM C494, Type C or E having long-term test results showing non-rusting on metal deck and reinforcing steel.
a. Euclid: Accelguard series.
b. BASF: Pozzutec 20+, Pozzolith NC 534, and Rheocrete CNI. c. Sika: Sika Rapid-1 and Plasocrete 161FL.
d. W.R. Grace: Lubricon NCA, Polarset, and DCI.
e. Or approved equal.
-187-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 033000

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-111

5. Water-reducing/retarding admixtures: Conform to ASTM C494, Type D containing not more than 1 percent chloride ions.
a. Euclid: Eucon Retarder series.
b. BASF: Delvo Stabilizer, Masterpave series, and Pozzolith 100XR, 200N, 220N and 322N.
c. Sika: Plastimet.
d. W.R. Grace: Daratard 17, WRDA-64, and WRDA-82.
e. Or approved equal.

6. High-range/water-reducing (HRWR) admixtures: Conform to ASTM C494, Type F or G super plasticizers containing 1 percent maximum chloride ions may be used with low slump (3 inches maximum) concrete to produce flowable concrete (up to 8 inches slump) with early strength gain and 28-day strengths equal to reference concrete. HRWR admixture may be used providing not more than 60 minutes is allowed from addition of admixture to final placement of concrete. HRWR admixture shall be used in concrete with a maximum water/ cement ratio of 0.50 or less and is suggested in the following:
a. In pumped concrete.
b. In concrete topping slabs
c. In lieu of the specified water-reducing admixture (Type A) where confinement of placing due to heavy reinforcement or narrow space requires flowable concrete.
d. Where more than 30 minutes is required between the addition of admixtures to final placement of the concrete, a combination of water- reducing, set controlling admixtures (ASTM C494, Types A, D, & E) as in Master Builders Company "Synergized Performance System" may be used.
1) Euclid: Eucon 37 or Eucon 537.
2) BASF: Rheobuild 1000, Glenium 3000 NS, and Glenium
3400NV.
3) Sika: Sikament 300, Viscocrete 2100, and Sikament 686. -188-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 033000

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-112
4) W.R. Grace: Daracem 100, ADVA Cast 530, Mira 92, and ADVA Cast 575.
5) Or approved equal.

D. Fly ash: Conform to ASTM C618. The use of a quality fly ash will be permitted as a cement-reducing admixture (minimum 15 percent and maximum 25 percent). Fly ash used in concrete shall be from a single source and of a single class in combination with Portland cement of a single source and single class unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. The fly ash shall meet all of the requirements of ASTM C618, Class C or Class F, with the following special requirements: The loss on ignition in Table 1 shall not exceed 3 percent. Compliance to Table 1A shall apply. The amount retained on the 325 sieve in Table 2 shall not exceed 34 percent. Where a Type II low-alkali cement is specified, the total C3A shall be less than 8 percent of total cementitious material. The chemical analysis of the fly ash shall be reported in accordance with ASTM C311. Quality assurance testing and reports for a minimum of six months shall be submitted by the fly ash supplier. The option to use fly ash must be approved prior to use.

E. Granulated Blast Furnace Slag is an alternative to fly ash and shall conform to ASTM C989 Grade 100 0r 120. Granulated blast furnace slag may be used as a substitute for a maximum of 30 percent of Portland cement.

F. Certification: Certification of the above requirements is required from the admixture manufacturer prior to mix design review and approval by the Engineer.

Upon request by the Engineer, a qualified representative is to be provided to assure proper use of admixtures. Use of admixtures, other than listed above will be permitted only when approved by the Engineer.

G. Aggregates:

1. Normal-weight concrete - ASTM C33. For slabs, also conform to combined aggregate grading recommendations of ACI 302 and ACI 302.1R, unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer.

2. All concrete exposed to the weather shall conform to the limits of deleterious substances and physical properties of Table 3, ASTM C 33.

3. Local aggregates: Local aggregates not complying with ASTM C33 but which have been shown by special test or actual service to produce concrete of adequate strength and durability may be used when acceptable to the Engineer.

4. The nominal size of an aggregate particle shall not exceed:
-189-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 033000

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-113
a. 20 percent of the narrowest dimension between sides of forms. b. 33 percent of the depth of slabs.
c. 75 percent of the dimension between reinforcing bars. d. 75 percent of the dimension between reinforcing bars and forms.

5. Maximum size of coarse aggregates and minimum cementitious contents:

ACI 301 and ACI 302.1R.

6. Concrete aggregate alkali-silica reactivity (ASR) shall be tested in accordance with ASTM C1260 with a 14-day expansion (no supplementary cementing materials) or ASTM C1567 (with supplementary cementing materials) of less than 0.1 percent. Materials (cement, supplementary cementing materials, and aggregates) to be used in the concrete shall be tested. Coarse aggregates and fine aggregates shall be individually tested.

If two grades of coarse aggregates are blended, they shall be individually tested.

7. Abrasive aggregates non-slip finishes: Fused aluminum oxide grits, or crushed emery, as abrasive for non-slip finish with emery aggregate containing not less than 40 percent aluminum oxide and not less than 25 percent ferric oxide. Use material that is factory-graded, packaged, rustproof, non- glazing, and unaffected by freezing, moisture, and cleaning materials.

H. Water:

1. Clean, potable, and free of injurious amounts of oil, acid, alkali, organic or other deleterious matter not detrimental to concrete; drinkable.

2. Water shall contain no more than 650 parts per million of chlorides as Cl or more than 1000 parts per million of sulfates as SO4. In no case shall the water contain an amount of impurities that will cause a change in the setting time of Portland cement of neither more than 25 percent nor a reduction in compressive strength of mortar at 14 days of more than 5 percent when compared to the results obtained with distilled water when tested in accordance with ASTM C109.

3. Water used for curing shall not contain impurities in amounts to cause discoloration of the concrete or mortar or to produce etching of the surface.

4. Recycled water shall conform to ASTM C94.
-190-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 033000

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-114

2.3 CURING/SEALING/HARDENERS
A. Dissipating liquid membrane-forming compounds for curing concrete; Conform to ASTM C309, Type 1. Curing compound shall be compatible with floor sealer or finish used. Low VOC.

1. Euclid: VOX Kurex DR VOX series; waterborne products.

2. W.R. Meadows: 1100-Clear series.

3. Edoco: Burke Aqua Resin Cure.

4. L&M Construction Chemicals: Cure R.

5. BASF: Kure 200W

6. Or approved equal.

B. Method of curing shall be approved by the finish flooring applicator where finishes are indicated.

C. Liquid Densifier/Sealer/Hardener: to be applied on exposed concrete floors cured with dissipating membrane forming curing compound to harden and densify concrete surfaces. Sealers are to be clear, chemically reactive, a waterborne solution of silicate or siliconate materials and proprietary components, odorless, and colorless.

1. ChemMasters: Chemisil Plus

2. Conspec Marketing and Manufacturing Co., Inc. Intraseal

3. Euclid Chemical Company: Euco Diamond Hard (Liquid Sealer and Hardener)

4. L&M Construction Chemicals: Seal Hard (Liquid Sealer and Hardener)

5. Curecrete Chemical Company: Ashford Formula (Liquid Sealer and Hardener)

6. W.R. Meadows, Inc.: Liqui-Hard

7. Sika: Sikafloor 3S

8. Sonneborn: Kure-N-Harden

9. Symons Corporation: Buff Hard
-191-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 033000

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-115

10. Or approved equal.

2.4 JOINTS AND EMBEDDED ITEMS:

A. Construction and Contraction Joints: Comply with ACI 301 and recommendations of ACI 302.1R. Sealant shall be two-part semi- rigid epoxy, and shall have minimum Shore A Hardness of 80 when measured with ASTM D2240.

B. Isolation Joints: Fillers shall consist of 1/8-inch width strips of neoprene, synthetic rubber, or approved substitute, extending the full depth of the slab. Sealant shall be two-part elastomeric type, polyurethane base.

2.5 VAPOR BARRIER/RETARDER
A. Provide cover over prepared soil, above aggregate subbase material at slabs-on- grade, where shown on the plans. Use only materials which are resistant to decay when coated in accordance with ASTM E154.

1. Vapor Retarder: Polyethylene sheet not less than 10 mils thick, or

2. Vapor Barrier:
a. Stego: Stego Wrap Vapor Barrier 10 –mil
b. Fortifiber: Moistop and Moistop Ultra 10.
c. Insulation Solution Viper Vaporcheck 10.
d. Or approved equal

3. Vapor Barrier:
a. Stego: Stego Wrap Vapor Barrier 15 –mil
b. Fortifiber: Moistop and Moistop Ultra 15.
c. W.R. Grace: Florprufe 120.
d. Insulation Solution Viper Vaporcheck 16
e. Or approved equal

2.6 PROPORTIONING
A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete by either laboratory trial batch or field experience methods as specified in ACI 301. If laboratory trial -192-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 033000

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-116
batch method is used, use an independent testing facility acceptable to the Engineer for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs.

B. Concrete types and strengths: Minimum 28 Day Compressive Strength shall be per design requirements but not less than:

1. Paving base, columns, beams, walls, foundations, and footings: 3,000 psi.

2. Slab-on-grade:3,000 psi.

3. All concrete exposed to weather shall be air entrained (ASTM C260).

4. All concrete shall be normal weight except as noted above.

When the concrete mix design is developed from laboratory trial batching, adjust proportions to produce a design mix at least 1200 psi greater than the specified strength.

When the field experience method is used, the required average compressive strength shall be determined in accordance with ACI 318.Documentation that proposed concrete proportions will produce an average compressive strength equal to or greater than the required average compressive strength shall consist of a field strength test record representing materials and proportions to be used for this project. A field strength test record shall consist of at least 10 consecutive tests encompassing a period of time of not less than 45 days and made within the past 12 months.

Also, see general and specific notes on structural drawings.

C. Weights: All concrete shall be normal-weight concrete unless otherwise designated on the structural drawings.

D. Aggregate gradation: For slabs, also conform to combined aggregate grading recommendations of ACI 302.1R, unless otherwise permitted. For all other concrete not otherwise noted the coarse aggregate gradation shall conform to ASTM C33 size no. 57 or larger.

E. Durability: Conform to ACI 301.

1. All concrete exposed to potentially destructive weathering, such as freezing and thawing, or to de-icer chemicals is to be air-entrained, 6 percent +1percent, a minimum six sacks cementitious per cubic yard of concrete,

0.45 maximum water-cementitious ratio, and, 4-inch maximum slump. -193-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 033000

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-117

2. Water-cement ratio: For concrete subject to freezing and thawing or deicer chemicals, the water-cement ratio shall not exceed 0.53 by weight including any water added to meet specified slump in accordance with the requirements of ASTM C94 unless otherwise noted.

F. Slump: Conform to ACI 301.

1. 4 inch maximum for consolidation by vibration

2. 5 inch maximum for consolidation by other methods

3. 8 inch maximum for flowable concrete. Concrete containing HRWR admixture (super plasticizer): 3 inch maximum before addition of HRWR

4. Where field conditions require slump to exceed that specified above, the increased slump shall be obtained by the use of a superplasticizer only, and the Contractor shall obtain written approval from the Engineer who may require an adjustment to the mix.

G. Slab-On-Grade

1. Concrete shall conform to ACI 302.1R except that the minimum 28-day compressive strength shall be 3000 psi.

2. The minimum cementitious content shall be in accordance with ACI 302.1R Table 6.2.

3. Unless otherwise approved or noted, the maximum water-cementitious ratio shall be 0.5.

4. The maximum water content shall not be greater than 250 lbs. per cubic yard of concrete.

5. The air content shall be less than 3 percent.

H. Production of concrete: Conform to ACI 301:

1. Cast-in-place concrete used in the work shall be produced at a single off-site batching plant or may be produced at an on-site batch plant.

2. All concrete shall be proportioned conforming to the approved mix designs and of the materials contained in those approved mixes. A certified copy of the design weights for each mix shall be kept at the producing plant for each class of concrete used on the project.
-194-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 033000

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-118

3. Plant equipment and facilities are to conform to the "Check List for Certification of Ready-Mixed Concrete Production Facilities" of the National Ready-Mixed Concrete Association (NRMCA) and have NRMCA or approved certification within the past year.

4. Coarse aggregates shall be washed and, if necessary, shall be uniformly moistened just before batching. Each size of coarse aggregate shall be batched from separate bins as required to produce the combined grading requirements.

5. Prior to adding a high-range water reducer (super plasticizer), slump shall not exceed the working limit. The high-range water reducing admixture shall be accurately measured and pressure-injected into the mixer as a single dose.

If added at the jobsite, the field dispensing system shall conform to the same requirements as a plant system and tested prior to each day’s operation. After the addition of the high-range water reducer, the concrete shall be mixed at mixing speed for a minimum of 5 minutes.

6. Ready-mixed and on-site batched concrete shall be batched, mixed, and transported in accordance with ASTM C94.
a. Truck mixers and their operation shall ensure that the discharged concrete is uniformly within acceptable limits of consistency, mix, and grading. All mechanical details of the mixer, such as water-measuring and discharge apparatus, conditions of the blades, speed of rotation, general mechanical condition of the unit, and clearance of the drum shall be checked before the use of the unit will be permitted. b. Truck mixers shall be equipped with approved revolution counters by which the number of revolutions of the drum or blades may readily be verified. The water tank system of the truck shall be equipped with gauges that permit accurate determination of the tank contents. c. Each batch of concrete shall be mixed in a truck mixer for not less than 80 revolutions of the drum or blades and at the rate of rotation designated as mixing speed by the manufacturer of the equipment.

Additional mixing, if any, shall be at the speed designated as the agitating speed by the manufacturer of the equipment. All materials, including mixing water but excluding any high-range water reducers added onsite, shall be in the mixer drum before actuating the revolution counter for determining the number of revolutions of mixing. d. The concrete producer shall furnish duplicate delivery tickets, one for the Contractor and one given to the City’s Representative for each batch -195-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 033000

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-119
of concrete. The information provided on the delivery ticket shall include the quantity of materials batched including the amount of free water in the aggregate and any water added onsite. Show the date, time of day batched, and if ready-mixed the time of discharge from the truck. The quantity of water that can be added at the site without exceeding the maximum water-cementitious ratio specified shall be noted on the delivery ticket.

7. Concrete produced by on-site volumetric batching and continuous mixing if approved shall conform to ASTM C685.

8. For concrete produced on site with a central batch plant, mixing shall be done in an approved batch mixer.
a. The Contractor shall maintain and operate the on-site batch plant and transportation equipment in a manner that will produce the results specified in this section.
b. The Engineer reserves the right to reject the proposed on-site plant if, in his/her opinion, the on-site plant will interfere with other operations or impair the quality of the concrete.
c. The quantities of cement, pozzolanic materials, and aggregates used in each batch shall be determined by automatic weighing. The quantity of water shall be determined by weighing or volumetric measurement. d. The weighing equipment for aggregates shall be readily adjustable both to compensate for variation in moisture content of the aggregates and for changing mix proportions. Moisture-sensing devices shall automatically compensate the aggregate weights for changes in moisture content. The charging of weigh hoppers directly from aggregate handling equipment such as front-end loaders will not be permitted.
e. Mixers in centralized batching and mixing plants shall be arranged so that mixing actions can be observed from a location convenient to the mixing-plant operator’s station.
f. Equipment shall be provided that discharges pozzolanic material into the cement hopper only after the addition of the Portland cement.

Pozzolanic materials shall be stored in such a manner as to permit ready access for the purpose of inspection and sampling and be suitably protected against contamination of moisture. Should any pozzolan show -196-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 033000

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-120
evidence of contamination or be otherwise unsuitable, the Engineer will reject it and require that it be removed from the site. g. Dispensers for admixtures shall have the capacity of the full quantity of the properly diluted solution required for each batch. They shall be maintained in a clean and freely operating condition. Admixtures shall be added to the premeasured water for the batch or shall be discharged into the batch by flowing automatically and uniformly into the stream of mixing water from the beginning to end of its flow into the mixer.

Equipment for measurement shall give visual confirmation of the accuracy of the measurement for each batch.
h. The central batch mixer shall be rotated at a speed recommended by the manufacturer and mixing shall be continued for a minimum of 1-1/2 minutes after all materials are in the drum.
i. Each stationary mixer shall be equipped with a mechanically operated timing and signaling device that will indicate and ensure the completion of the required mixing period and will count the batches. j. All concrete shall be mixed until there is a uniform distribution of the materials and shall be discharged completely before the mixer is recharged.

9. The Engineer may increase the mixing time when the charging and mixing operations fail to produce a delivered batch in which variations of consistency, mix, or grading are within the limits specified.

10. Variations in consistency during the discharge of a single batch shall not exceed 1 inch of slump, except that a greater variation will be permitted if the slump of the concrete decreases and no water is added. Variations in mix and in grading of different parts of the delivered batch shall be within limits stated in ASTM C94.

11. Water shall be introduced prior to, during, and following mixer-charging operations.

12. When a mixer produces unsatisfactory results, it shall be repaired promptly and effectively, or it shall be replaced.

13. Mixers shall not be loaded in excess of their rated capacity.

14. Overmixing, such as to require addition of water to preserve the required consistency or to reduce slump, will not be permitted.
-197-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 033000

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-121

15. All other concrete: Conform to ACI 301

16. Use of accelerating admixtures in cold weather and retarding admixtures in hot weather shall not relax placement requirements specified herein.

17. All concrete placed at ambient temperatures below 50 degrees F is to contain an approved accelerator. The concrete temperature when delivered at the site shall be at least 50 degrees F.

18. All concrete placed at ambient temperatures above 80 degrees F is to contain an approved retarder.

19. All concrete required to be air-entrained is to contain an approved air- entraining admixture.

20. When improved workability, pumpability, lower water-cement ratio, or high ultimate and/or early strength is required, the HRWR admixture (super plasticizer) may be used.

21. Ensure air content for slabs with steel trowel finish is less than 3.0 percent.

22. The concrete shall be of such consistency and composition that it can be worked readily into the corners and angles of the forms and around reinforcement without permitting materials to segregate or free water to collect on the surfaces. Within the limiting requirements, adjust the consistency of the concrete as may be necessary to produce mixtures which will be placeable with reasonable methods of placing and compacting.

Maintain on the job at all times adequate extra cement to be used at rate of 1/2 sack cement per cubic yard concrete for each 2" slump increase for corrections due to wetness desired or obtained. No water shall be added to concrete except with the approval of the City inspector.

23. No water shall be added to concrete except with the approval of the City inspector. The water-cementitious ratio stated on the approved mix designs shall not be exceeded unless approved by the Engineer. Re-tempered concrete shall be mixed for not less than 80 revolutions of the drum or blades and at the rate of rotation designated as mixing speed by the manufacturer of the equipment.

24. Adjustments to concrete mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested by Contractor when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant at no additional cost to City.

Laboratory test data for revised mix design and strength results must be submitted and accepted before using in work.
-198-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 033000

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-122

2.7 REINFORCING MATERIALS
A. Section 032000: Concrete Reinforcement
PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Division 1 - Execution: Verification of existing conditions before starting work.

B. Verification of Conditions: Verify that field measurements, surfaces, substrates and conditions are as required, and ready to receive Work.

C. Report in writing to the Engineer prevailing conditions that will adversely affect satisfactory execution of the Work of this
D. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and approved by the Engineer.

E. By beginning Work, Contractor accepts conditions and assumes responsibility for correcting unsuitable conditions encountered at no additional cost to the City.

3.2 INSTALLATION - GENERAL
A. Install all cast-in-place concrete work in accordance with ACI 301 except as herein specified.

B. All bearing materials shall be inspected by the Engineer prior to placing concrete.

The Engineer shall be the sole judge as to the suitability of the bearing material.

C. Compact stone base aggregate to thickness indicated on drawings. Proof roll stone screenings topping to provide smooth hard surface on which to place slab.

Surface should not show footprints or truck tracks when driven over.

D. Immediately before placing concrete, spaces to be occupied by concrete shall be free from standing water, ice, mud, and debris.

E. Concrete shall not be deposited under water or where water in motion may injure the surface finish of the concrete.

F. Immediately before placing concrete for exterior sidewalk, curb and gutter, pavements, and slab-on-grade, subbases and compacted subgrades shall be thoroughly moistened, but not muddied, by sprinkling with water. Surfaces shall be kept moist by frequent sprinkling, as required, up to the time of placing of concrete. -199-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 033000

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-123
G. Place and properly support reinforcing steel and anchor bolts.

3.3 REINFORCEMENT
A. Placement: Section 032000 - Concrete Reinforcement

3.4 METHODS OF PLACEMENT AND PLACING CONCRETE
A. Placement: Conform to ACI 301:

1. Maintain concrete cover around reinforcing as per Section 3.3 above and ACI 301.

2. The methods and equipment used for transporting concrete to the site work and the time that elapses during transportation shall not cause segregation of coarse aggregate or slump loss in excess of 1 inch when measured at the point of discharge.

3. Concrete shall be placed within 90 minutes after the water has been added to the cement and aggregates. Concrete shall be placed prior to initial concrete set.

B. Depositing Concrete

1. Deposit concrete as near its final position as possible to avoid segregation due to rehandling or flowing. Hoppers, tremies, pump line, ducts, chutes, or other methods approved by the Engineer shall be used to deposit concrete in its final position within the specified time limits and without segregation of the mix.

2. The sequence of concrete placement and the number, type, position, and design of joints shall be approved by the Engineer prior to concrete placement.

3. Place floor slabs-on-grade by "strip cast" method.

C. Conveyor Belts and Chutes

1. Chutes or conveyor belts shall not be used except as approved by the Engineer.

2. Concrete shall be conveyed from the mixer to the place of final deposit by methods that will prevent separation and loss of material. -200-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 033000

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-124

3. Chutes longer than 50 feet and conveyor belts longer than 110 feet will not be permitted.

D. Pumping of Concrete

1. The type and operation of a concrete pump shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. The equipment used in placing the concrete and the method of its operation shall introduce the concrete into the forms without high velocity.

E. Joints

1. Joints shall be vertical in walls and horizontal in slabs.

2. Dowel bars and tie bars shall be inspected

3. Control joints for controlling concrete shrinkage shall be provided in floor slabs, walls, decks, conduits, and channels as shown on the plans or approved by the Engineer.

4. Joint spacing and sawcut depth for slab-on-grade shall be as follows:
a. Sawed control (contraction) joints for pavements and slab-on-grade shall be installed as soon as practical so as not to ravel the concrete but less than 12 hours.
b. The minimum sawcut joint depth shall be 1/4 of the slab thickness unless an early-entry SOFF-CUT saw is used in accordance with manufacturer recommendations (typically sawed between 1 to 4 hours after finishing to a 1-inch minimum depth.
c. Joint spacing shall in feet shall not exceed 2-1/2 times the slab thickness in inches unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
d. The long dimension of a slab shall not exceed 1.5 times the short dimension unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.

5. If there is a delay in casting but prior to concrete initial set, the concrete placed after the delay shall be thoroughly spaded and consolidated at the edge of that previously placed to avoid cold joints. Concrete shall then be brought to correct level and struck off with a straight edge. Bull floats shall be used to smooth slab surfaces, leaving it free of humps or hollows.

6. Where placing concrete is interrupted long enough for the concrete to take its initial set, the working face shall be made a construction joint. -201-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 033000

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-125
a. Preparation and disposition of unplanned cold joints in walls shall be approved by the Engineer.
b. For slab-on-grade, pavements, sidewalk, and curb and gutter, concrete shall be removed back to the nearest planned joint and a construction joint installed.

7. Unless otherwise noted on the drawings, where concrete is to be placed against existing concrete, except in the case of expansion joints, the joint face of the existing concrete shall be roughened.
a. Before new concrete is placed against hardened concrete, the bonding surface of the existing concrete shall be roughened to an amplitude of

0.25 inch using bush hammers, abrasive blasting, or high-pressure water blasting.
b. Fresh concrete may be green-cut with water blasting and hand tools to remove concrete laitance and spillage and to expose sound aggregate. c. The prepared surfaces of hardened concrete shall be kept thoroughly wet during the 24-hour period immediately prior to the placement of the new concrete. Wetting shall be accomplished by continuous sprinkling or by covering exposed surfaces with wet burlap.
d. Where shown on the drawings or permitted by the Engineer, bond- preventing compound shall be applied by brush in accordance with the manufacturer’s printed instructions.

F. Consolidation

1. Concrete for slabs 8 inches thick or less may be consolidated with vibrating screeds. Slabs between 8 to 12 inches thick shall be compacted with internal vibrators and (optionally) with vibrating screeds.

2. Concrete shall be consolidated by vibration to the maximum practicable density. The concrete shall be free from pockets of coarse aggregate and entrapped air.

3. Consolidation shall be carried on continuously with the placing of concrete.

G. Repair of surface defects: ACI 301.

1. Inspect concrete surfaces and surfaces to be painted immediately upon removal of forms Irregularities shall be immediately rubbed or ground to secure a smooth, uniform, and continuous surface.
-202-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 033000

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-126

2. Clean surfaces of tie holes. Tie holes shall be filled solid with patching mortar.

3. Surfaces to be smoothed shall not be plastered or coated.

4. Patch imperfections as needed or as directed by the Engineer. Repairs in accordance with Section 3.8 shall not be made until the surface has been inspected and repair methods have been approved by the Engineer.

3.5 FINISHING
A. Slabs: Minimum slab surface tolerance must satisfy ACI 301 and ACI 302.1R as measured in accordance with ASTM E1155.

1. Slabs-on-grade:
a. For exposed slabs, install semi-rigid epoxy sealant in construction and contraction joints after slab has a minimum of 60 days or otherwise approved by the Engineer.
b. Separate slabs-on-grade from vertical surfaces with 1/2-inch-thick joint filler. Extend joint filler from bottom of slab to within 1/8 inch of finished slab surface.
c. Allowable tolerance for slab on grade surfaces, measured in accordance with ACI 117 and ASTM E1155, shall meet or exceed an overall value of FF35/Fl25, with minimum local value of FF24/FL17.

2. Concrete Finishes:
a. The following will not be permitted on slab or floor finishes:
1) Dusting dry cement or sand on the surface to absorb excess moisture.
2) Use of a mortar finishing coat.
3) Excessive troweling or manipulation that brings water or a large number of fines to the surface.
4) Use of a Fresno.
5) Addition of water to the surface during the finishing operation. 6) Use of the floor during construction in a manner that leads to marring or staining the finish.
-203-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 033000

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-127
b. Surface preparation
1) The concrete shall be brought up evenly to slightly above finished grade and shall be thoroughly compacted and
consolidated. The top shall be struck off to accurately established grade strips or grade blocks. Complete screeding before any excess moisture or bleed water is present on the surface.
2) After bull floating, defer additional finishing operations until the concrete has stiffened sufficiently to sustain foot traffic pressure with an indentation of not more than ¼ inch.
c. Floor Slabs: Steel trowel finish unless otherwise noted on the plans. The finish surface shall match that of the adjacent existing concrete. As soon as the moisture sheen has disappeared from the floated surface and the concrete has hardened sufficiently to prevent drawing moisture and fine materials to the surface, the surface shall be steel troweled to produce a smooth, hard, uniform finish. Final steel troweling shall be conducted after the concrete is hard enough that no mortar accumulates on the trowel when manipulated with heavy pressure. Machine finishing may be used for troweling.
d. Exposed concrete slabs shall be sealed or sealed and hardened using a liquid compound compatible with the curing method used as described in: 3.6 Curing, Protection, Liquid Hardeners and Sealers of this Section.

3.6 CURING, PROTECTION, LIQUID HARDENERS AND SEALERS
A. Curing Compound

1. All curing methods shall be placed immediately after final finishing (i.e., within two hours). Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that experience shows the most important time of curing is from three to four hours after placing and extending five to six hours thereafter. It is extremely important, therefore, to prevent loss of moisture, particularly during this period when concrete is especially vulnerable to plastic shrinkage cracks. All exposed surfaces of concrete including floor slabs, whether or not they receive a finish flooring, shall be protected from premature drying for a minimum of seven days.

2. Apply the specified curing compound in strict accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions. Curing compound shall not be diluted by the addition of solvents or thinners, nor shall it be altered in any other manner. Curing -204-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 033000

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-128
compound that has become chilled and is too viscous for satisfactory application shall be heated by steam or hot water bath until it has proper fluidity. The temperature of the compound shall not exceed 100 ºF. Curing compound shall not be heated by direct exposure of the container to fire.

3. When used on an unformed concrete surface, application of the first coat of curing compound shall commence immediately after finishing operations have been completed. When curing compound is used on a formed concrete surface, the surface shall first be moistened with a fine spray of water immediately after the forms have been removed. The spray shall be continued until the surface does not readily absorb further water. As soon as the surface film of water has disappeared and the surface is almost dry, the first coat of curing compound shall be applied. In the event that application is delayed on either formed or unformed surfaces, the surface shall be kept continuously moist until the compound has been applied or the specified period of water curing has elapsed.

4. Surfaces shall be sprayed uniformly with 2 coats of curing compound. Each coat shall provide a minimum coverage of 1 gallon per 250 square feet of surface. As soon as the first coat has become dry, a second coat shall be applied in the same manner. The direction of application of the second coat shall be perpendicular to the first coat. The curing compound shall be sprayed using approved pneumatic or pump driven equipment having the following characteristics:
a. Separate lines to the nozzle for material and for compressed air b. A filtering system for the removal or entrapment of contaminants c. A constant application pressure

5. Curing compound shall not be used on any concrete surface specified to receive additional concrete, coatings, grout, and chemical treatment B. Protection

1. The contractor shall allow no traffic and take precautions to avoid damage to the membrane of the curing compound for a period of not less than 28 days.

Damage shall be repaired immediately to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

2. Special care shall be taken to prevent avoid damaging the surfaces and joints due to load stresses from construction equipment, heavy shock, and excessive vibration. During construction activities, concrete shall be -205-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 033000

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-129
protected against damage with plywood or other approved materials until final acceptance by the Engineer.

C. All floor slabs shall be cured using products and methods compatible with selected floor adhesives, toppings, and other finish materials.

D. Sealing Coat: Uniformly apply a continuous sealing coat of curing and sealing compound to hardened concrete by power spray or roller according to manufacturer’s written instruction.

3.7 PATCHING AND REPAIR
A. Concrete will be considered by the Engineer as not conforming to the intent of the drawings and specifications for the following reasons:

1. Concrete is not formed as shown on the drawings.

2. Concrete is not in true alignment or level.

3. Concrete which exhibits a defective surface.

4. Concrete with defects that reduce the structural integrity of a member or members.

5. Concrete jointed slabs with uncontrolled random cracking.

B. Non-conforming concrete to required thickness, lines, details, and elevations will be rejected by the Engineer and shall be modified or replaced with concrete that conforms to the contract requirements without a claim by the Contractor for additional cost or extension of contract time.

C. Do not patch, fill, touch-up, repair, or replace exposed concrete except upon express direction of City Engineer for each individual area. Should the City Engineer grant permission for the Contractor to attempt restoration of a defective area by patching or other repair methods, such permission shall not be considered a waiver of the Engineer’s right to require complete removal of the defective area if, in the Engineer’s opinion, the restoration does not provide the structural or aesthetic integrity of the member or members.

D. All repairs of defective areas shall conform to ACI 301. On areas requiring treatment of defects and until such repairs have been completed, only water cure will be permitted
-206-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 033000

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-130
E. At any time prior to final acceptance, concrete found to be defective, damaged, or not in accordance with the specifications shall be repaired or removed and replaced with acceptable concrete.

3.8 ACCEPTANCE OF STRUCTURE
A. Comply with ACI 301 and modifications in this section.

B. Completed concrete work, which meets all applicable requirements, will be accepted without qualification.

C. Completed concrete work which fails to meet one or more requirements but which has been repaired to bring it into compliance will be accepted without qualification.

D. Completed concrete work which fails to meet one or more requirements and which cannot be brought into compliance may be accepted or rejected by the City Engineer. In this event, modifications may be required to assure that remaining work complies with the requirements.

E. The costs of any additional tests or analysis, including additional architectural and engineering services, performed to prove the adequacy of the concrete work, shall be borne by the Contractor without extension of contract time.

END OF SECTION
-207-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 071000

DAMPPROOFING
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-131
PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The General Provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements (if any), apply to the work specified in this section.

1.2 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Provide all labor, materials, services and equipment required to complete the laminated sheet vapor barriers complete ready to receive concrete.

B. Vapor barriers are to be placed under all new interior on grade concrete slabs.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The installer shall be experienced in placement of vapor barrier and shall be associated with waterproofing or roofing work.

1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's Data, Laminated Vapor Barriers: For information only, submit two copies of specifications, installation instructions and general recommendations from the vapor barrier materials manufacturer's certification or other data substantiating that the materials comply with requirements. Indicate by copy of transmittal form that Installer has received copy of manufacturer's specifications, instructions and recommendations.

1.5 JOB CONDITIONS
A. Examination of Substrate: The Installer must examine the substrate and the conditions under which the vapor barrier work is to be performed and notify the Contractor in writing of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected projections through the vapor barriers have been installed.

B. Proceed with vapor barrier work only after substrate construction and framing of openings has been completed, and wood blocking, nailers, curbs, vents, drains and other projections through the vapor barrier have been installed.

C. Weather Conditions: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions will permit the work to be performed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and will permit the immediate installation of other work to be placed over the vapor barrier.
-208-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 071000

DAMPPROOFING
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-132
PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 LAMINATED PLASTIC VAPOR BARRIER
A. Heavy Kraft papers laminated between sheets of inert polyethylene, reinforced with glass fibers, with vapor transmission of .10 perms or less (ASTM E-96).

B. Products offered by manufacturers to comply with the requirements include the following: Moistop; as manufactured by Fortifiber Corp. or approved equal.

2.2 VAPOR BARRIER ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Adhesives: Provide the types of adhesives recommended by the vapor barrier manufacturer for the application shown and condition of installation in each case.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for the particular conditions of installation in each case. If printed instructions are not available or do not apply to the project conditions, consult the manufacturer's technical representative for specific recommendations before proceeding with the work.

B. Under Floor Slabs on Grade: Install the type indicated by the method indicated.

Exercise care to avoid punctures. Extend coverage to extremity of areas to receive barrier. Attach wherever necessary with adhesive.

C. Seal joints in vapor barriers, and seal to other surfaces at extremities of coverage, by lapping and bonding with adhesives. Where adhesively sealed joints are not effective, and where nails or staples have been installed, seal with vapor barrier tape. Use vapor barrier tape or strips of vapor barrier material with adhesive to seal punctures, tears and penetrations through the barrier.

3.2 PROTECTION OF VAPOR BARRIERS
A. Do not allow foot traffic on vapor barriers. Proceed with vapor barrier installation ahead of the installation of insulation or other covering material only to the extent required for proper sequencing of the work.

B. The vapor-barrier installer shall advise the Contractor of required procedures for surveillance and protection of installed vapor barriers, so that continuing construction activities and the work of other trades will not result in punctures or other forms of damage or deterioration of the vapor barriers. -209-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 071000

DAMPPROOFING
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-133

END OF SECTION
-210-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 079200

JOINT SEALANTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-134
PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:

1. Preparing sealant substrate surfaces.

2. Sealant and backing.

B. Related Documents: The Contract Documents, as defined in Summary of Work, apply to the Work of this Section. Additional requirements and information necessary to complete the Work of this Section may be found in other documents.

1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):

1. ASTM C717 - Standard Terminology of Building Seals and Sealants.

2. ASTM C834 - Specification for Latex Sealants.

3. ASTM C920 - Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants.

4. ASTM D1056 - Flexible Cellular Material- Sponge or Expanded Rubber.

5. ASTM E 2307 intersections of floor or floor/ceiling systems for certain wall systems.

B. Federal Specifications (FS):

1. FS SS-S-200 - Sealing Compounds, Two Component, Elastomeric, Polymer Type, Jet-Fuel Resistant, Cold Applied.

2. FS TT-S-1657 - Sealing Compound, Single Component Butyl Rubber Based Solvent Release Type (for Buildings and other Types of Construction).

1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 013300 - Submittal Procedures: Procedures for submittals.

1. Product Data: Product chemical characteristics, performance criteria, substrate preparation, limitations, and color availability. -211-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 079200

JOINT SEALANTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-135

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing Work of this Section with minimum 5 years documented experience.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Section 016000 - Product Requirements: Transport, handle, store, and protect products.

B. Deliver Products in manufacturer's original unopened containers or packages with labels intact, identifying product and manufacturer, date of manufacture, lot number, shelf life, curing time, and mixing instructions, where applicable.

C. Store and handle materials to prevent deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature changes, contaminants, or other causes.

1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS OR SITE CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements: Install sealant during manufacturer's recommended temperature ranges and weather conditions for application and cure. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied during recommended conditions.

1.7 WARRANTY
A. Division 1 - Closeout Procedures and Training: Procedures for closeout submittals.

B. Warranty:

1. Submit written warranty signed by sealant manufacturer agreeing to replace sealants and accessories which fail because of loss of cohesion or adhesion or which do not cure.

2. Warranty Period: 5 years or longer per the manufacturers’ standard warranties.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with project requirements, manufacturers offering specified items which may be incorporated into the work include the following:

1. Bostik, Inc.
-212-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 079200

JOINT SEALANTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-136

2. Backer Rod Mfg. Inc.

3. Dow Corning.

4. GE Silicones.

5. Mameco International.

6. Nomaco, Inc.

7. Pecora Corporation.

8. Sika Corporation.

9. Sonneborn Building Products Div. ChemRex, Inc.

10. Tremco.

11. USG Corp.

12. Watson Bownam & Acme Corp.

13. Will-Seal

14. Or approved equal.

2.2 BUILDING SEALANTS (See Sealant Schedule at the end of this Section for specific use of sealants.)
A. Urethanes:

1. Type 1: Two-Part Urethane: Self-Leveling, ASTM C920, Type M, Grade P, Class 25.
a. Chem-Calk CC-550, by Bostik.
b. Vulkem 245, by Mameco.
c. Vulkem 255, Wide-Joint, by Mameco.
d. NR-200 Urexpan, by Pecora Corporation.
e. Or approved equal.

2. Type 2: Two-Part Urethane: Non-Sag, ASTM C920, Type M, Grade NS, Class 25.
-213-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 079200

JOINT SEALANTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-137
a. Chem-Calk 500, by Bostik.
b. Vulkem 227, by Mameco.
c. Sonolastic NP 2, by Sonneborn Building Products, ChemRex Inc. d. Or approved equal.

3. Type 3: One-Part Urethane: Self-Leveling, ASTM C920, Type S, Grade P, Class 25.
a. Vulkem 45, by Mameco.
b. Urexpan NR-201, by Pecora Corporation.
c. Sonolastic SL1, by Sonneborn Building Products, ChemRex Inc. d. Sikaflex 1C-SL by Sika.
e. Or approved equal.

B. Silicones:

1. Type 1: One-Part Silicones: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 50. a. 795 Silicone Building Sealant, by Dow Corning.
b. 864 Architectural Silicone Sealant, by Pecora Corporation. c. Or approved equal.

C. Preformed Compressible & Non-Compressible Fillers:

1. Type 1: Backer Rod - Closed cell polyethylene foam:
a. HBR Backer Rod, by Nomaco.
b. #92 Greenrod, by Nomaco.
c. Sonofoam Closed-Cell Backer Rod, Sonneborn Building Products, ChemRex Inc.
d. Or approved equal.
-214-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 079200

JOINT SEALANTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-138

2.3 COLORS
A. Generally, use sealant colors matching color of material joint is located in.

B. Where a joint occurs between two materials of differing colors and Contractor cannot determine which material to match, contact the Engineer for selection.

2.4 ACCESSORIES
A. Joint Cleaner: Provide type of joint cleaning compound recommended by sealant manufacturer for joint surfaces to be cleaned.

B. Primer: As recommended by sealant manufacturer.

C. Masking tape and similar accessories to protect surfaces from damage.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Division 1 - Execution: Verification of existing conditions before starting work.

B. Verification of Conditions: Verify that field measurements, surfaces, substrates and conditions are as required, and ready to receive Work.

1. Verify that joint widths are in conformance with sealant manufacturer allowable limits.

2. Verify that contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have been cleaned form joint and joint properly prepared.

C. Report in writing to the Engineer prevailing conditions that will adversely affect satisfactory execution of the Work of this Section. Do not proceed with Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

D. By beginning Work, Contractor accepts conditions and assumes responsibility for correcting unsuitable conditions encountered at no additional cost to the City.

3.2 PREPARATION
A. Prepare and size joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Clean substrates of dirt, laitance, dust, or mortar using solvent, abrasion, or sandblasting as recommended by manufacturer. Remove loose materials and foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant.
-215-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 079200

JOINT SEALANTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-139
B. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant. Verify sealant is suitable for substrate. Verify that sealant is paintable if painted finish is indicated.

C. Protect materials surrounding work of this Section from damage or disfiguration.

3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install sealant in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions.

B. Prime or seal joint surfaces were recommended by sealant manufacturer. Do not allow primer or sealer to spill or migrate onto adjoining surfaces.

C. Install backer rod and bond breaker tape where required by manufacturer.

D. Install preformed compressible and non-compressible fillers in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions.

E. Install sealants to depths recommended by sealant manufacturer in uniform, continuous ribbons free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags, "wetting" joint bond surfaces equally on both sides.

F. Tool joints concave unless shown otherwise. Where horizontal joints are between a horizontal surface and a vertical surface, fill joint to form slight cove so that joint will not trap moisture and foreign matter. Dry tool joints. Do not use soap, water, or solvent to tool joints.

G. Epoxy Floor Joint Sealant: Install sealant at floor construction and control joints in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions and initially under manufacturer's supervision.

3.4 CURING
A. Cure sealants in compliance with manufacturer's published instructions.

3.5 CLEANING
A. Remove excess and spillage of sealants promptly as the work progresses, using materials and methods as recommended by sealant and substrate manufacturers.

Clean adjoining surfaces to eliminate evidence of spillage without damage to adjoining surfaces or finishes.

3.6 SEALANT SCHEDULE
A. Exterior Sealants:
-216-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 079200

JOINT SEALANTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-140

1. Exterior joints in horizontal wearing and non-wearing surfaces. a. Sealant No. Urethane Type 1
b. Sealant No. Urethane Type 3
c. Preformed Compressible & Non-Compressible Filler Type 1

2. Perimeters of exterior openings where frames and other penetrations meet exterior facade of building: precast concrete, brick, CMU, polymer reinforced concrete.
a. Sealant Urethane Type 2
b. Sealant Silicone Type 1 (for prefinished materials only)

END OF SECTION
-217-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131100

SWIMMING POOL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-141
PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 LOCATION OF WORK
A. The scope of the work included under this Section of the Specifications shall include swimming pool(s) as illustrated on the Drawings and specified herein. The General and Supplementary Conditions of the Specifications shall form a part and be included under this Section of the Specifications. The Swimming Pool Subcontractor shall provide all supervision, labor, material, equipment, machinery, plant and any and all other items necessary to complete the work. ALL OF THE WORK IN SECTIONS 131100 THRU 131132 IS TO BE THE RESPONSIBILITY

OF ONE EXPERIENCED SWIMMING POOL SUBCONTRACTOR PRIMARILY

ENGAGED IN THE CONSTRUCTION OF COMMERCIAL PUBLIC -USE
SWIMMING POOLS. A SWIMMING POOL SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL BE

CONSIDERED PRIMARILY ENGAGED AS REQUIRED HEREIN IF THE
SUBCONTRACTOR DERIVED 50% OF ITS ANNUAL REVENUE FROM PUBLIC -USE SWIMMING POOL CONSTRUCTION FOR EACH OF THE LAST FIVE YEARS. THE SUBCONTRACTOR MUST HAVE ALSO, IN THE LAST FIVE YEARS CONSTRUCTED AT LEAST FIVE (5) COMMERCIALLY DESIGNED

MUNICIPAL AND PUBLIC -USE SWIMMING POOLS, EACH OF WHICH SHALL HAVE INCORPORATED A MINIMUM SIZE OF 6,000 SQUARE FEET OF WATER

SURFACE AREA WITH A CONCRETE AND CERAMIC TILE PERIMETER OVERFLOW GUTTER AND SELF -MODULATING BALANCE TANK. The
Swimming Pool Subcontractor shall furnish and install (and/or modify) the swimming pool structures, finishes, cantilever forming, swimming pool mechanical and electrical systems, and all accessories necessary for a swimming pool system, modified and rehabilitated as herein described. Work shall include start-up, instruction of the City's personnel, as -built drawings and warranties as required.

1.2 CODES, RULES, PERMITS, FEES
A. The swimming pool shall be constructed in strict accordance with the applicable provisions set forth by authorities having jurisdiction over swimming pool construction and operation in the State of California.

B. The Swimming Pool Contractor shall give all necessary notices, obtain all permits, and pay all government sales taxes, fees, and other costs in connection with his work; file all necessary plans, prepare all documents and obtain all necessary approvals of governmental departments having jurisdiction; obtain all required certificates of inspection for his work and deliver same to the Designated Representative before request for acceptance and final payment for the work.

C. The Swimming Pool Subcontractor shall include in the work any labor, materials, services, apparatus, or drawings in order to comply with all applicable laws, -218-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131100

SWIMMING POOL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-142
ordinances, rules and regulations, whether or not shown on Drawings and/or specified.

D. The Contractor shall submit all required documents and materials to all Governmental Departments having jurisdiction for any deferred approval items or substituted materials or products to obtain final approval to installation.

1.3 DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. Furnish and perform supervision, coordination, all layout, formwork, excavation, hand trim, disposing off -site of all unused material or debris to complete the swimming pool excavation deck to the dimensions shown on the plans.

B. Furnish and install (and/or) swimming pool deck floor finishes in entirety or portion thereof, including ceramic tile or marble plaster or other waterproof finishes.

C. Furnish and install complete swimming pool mechanical system(s), including, but not limited to, circulation systems, filtration systems, pool water heating systems, water chemistry control systems, and associated pumps, piping, valves, and connections between system(s) and swimming pool(s).

D. Furnish and install complete swimming pool electrical system(s) from P.O.C. in Mechanical Room, including, but not limited to, associated control circuitry, motor starters, scheduling, and associated conduits, conductors, contactors, and switches.

E. Furnish and install all swimming pool cantilever forming, deck equipment and required anchors and inserts for the specified equipment as required by code, shown on the Drawings and specified herein.

F. After the initial filling of the swimming pool system(s), should any repairs, continuing work, or other Subcontractor responsibility require drainage or partial drainage of the swimming pool systems, the Swimming Pool Contractor shall be responsible for any subsequent refilling and shall complete the project with the swimming pool system(s) full of water, water in chemical balance, complete in every way, and in full operation.

1.4 ASSIGNED RESPONSIBILITIES AND RELATED WORK
A. It is the intent of this section of the Specifications to clarify Work responsibilities of the trades directly and indirectly involved in construction of the pool systems. All labor, equipment, materials and supplies furnished by the Swimming Pool Subcontractor and other Subcontractors shall be as directed by the City through his Designated Representative.
-219-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131100

SWIMMING POOL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-143
B. THE SWIMMING POOL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT SUBCONTRACT ANY

PORTION OF THE SWIMMING POOL CONSTRUCTION OR SWIMMING POOL

EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION TO ANYONE OTHER THAN A

SUBCONTRACTOR THAT SATISFIES THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 131100. RESPONSIBILITIES AS CITED HEREIN REFLECT ASSIGNMENT

INDUSTRY DISCIPLINES AND LICENSING SUBCONTRACTOR
REQUIREMENTS. IT IS THE INTENT OF THESE DOCUMENTS THAT FOR

ASSIGNMENT OF RESPONSIBILITIES, THE WORK IS EXECUTED UNDER

PURVIEW OF A QUALIFIED CONTRACT AND FOR IN-HOUSE CAPABILITIES OR QUALIFIED SUB-CONTRACTOR.

C. References to "swimming pool systems" shall include the swimming pools, equipment, and accessories.

D. The City will provide one complete water filling of the swimming pool(s), but will not assume any responsibility for the swimming pool system(s) until they have been proved fully operational, complete in every way and accepted by the Designated Representative.

1.5 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR
A. The Contractor shall maintain the swimming pool site(s), for established benchmarks, and level and finished area for the swimming pool deck structure and elevation.

B. The Contractor shall execute work for the existing site and structure conditions and for existing horizontal dimensions and grade elevations.

C. The Contractor shall provide adequate temporary light, electric power, heat and ventilation per Federal and State OSHA requirements to construct the swimming pool system(s).

D. The Contractor shall not permit any heavy equipment activity over any area or within five (5) feet of any area under which swimming pool piping is buried. There shall be no exceptions to this requirement.

E. The Contractor shall keep the swimming pool excavation(s) and swimming pool structure(s) free of construction residue and waste materials of his workmen or Subcontractors, removing said material from the swimming pools as required.

F. The Contractor shall protect the swimming pool(s) from damage caused by his construction equipment and /or workmen and Subcontractors.

G. The Contractor shall provide a representative at time of swimming pool start-up to coordinate all trades related to swimming pool system(s). -220-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131100

SWIMMING POOL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-144

1.6 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING CONTRACTOR A. The Mechanical and Plumbing Contractor shall be licensed in the State of California and provide written notifications to Swimming Pool Subcontractor and contractor when necessary to excavate and backfill within the swimming pool construction site.

B. The Mechanical Contractor shall not utilize any swimming pool piping trench for installation of any sanitary sewer, storm sewer, domestic water, hot water, chilled water or natural gas line.

C. The Plumbing Contractor shall furnish and install all sanitary sewer piping, including vent stacks (if necessary), for backwash pits, floor drains and floor sinks as required by code, shown on Drawings, and herein specified.

D. The Plumbing Contractor shall furnish and install all storm sewer piping and site drainage systems as required by code, shown on the Drawings, and herein specified.

E. The Plumbing Contractor shall provide a minimum 75 psi water supply for swimming pool construction work within fifty (50) feet of the swimming pool construction site(s).

F. The Plumbing Contractor shall furnish and install natural gas piping and valving from P.O.C. to equipment within swimming pool Mechanical Room as required by code, shown on the drawings, and herein specified. Step down from medium pressure to house pressure is integral to equipment. Provide additional regulator hardware as necessary.

G. The Mechanical Contractor shall furnish and install flue vent services within swimming pool Mechanical Room as required by code, shown on the Drawings, and herein specified.

H. The Mechanical and Plumbing Contractors shall provide a representative at time of swimming pool start-up to coordinate work related to swimming pool system(s).

1.7 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR
A. The Electrical Contractor shall be licensed in the State of California and shall maintain and modify electrical service to swimming pool Mechanical Room for all necessary swimming pool equipment as shown on the Drawings and herein specified.

B. The Electrical Contractor shall furnish any temporary power needed by the Swimming Pool Subcontractor within fifty (50) feet of the swimming pool -221-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131100

SWIMMING POOL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-145
construction site(s).

C. The Electrical Contractor shall furnish and install all conduits, conductors, starters/disconnects, panels, circuits, switches and equipment as required for new swimming pool equipment and hardware within swimming pool Mechanical Room as required by code, shown on the Drawings, and herein specified.

D. The Electrical Contractor shall furnish and install all conduits, conductors, panels, circuits, switches and equipment for area lighting as required by code, shown on the Drawings, and herein specified.

E. All equipment, material and installation shall be as required under Division 26 of the Specifications and shall conform to NEC Article 680 (latest revision), State and Local Codes, and as may be required by all authorities having jurisdiction over swimming pool construction within the State of California.

F. The Electrical Contractor shall provide a representative at time of swimming pool start-up to coordinate work related to swimming pool system(s).

1.8 INTENT
A. It is the intention of these specifications and Drawings to call for finished work, tested and ready for operation. Wherever the work "provide" is used, it shall mean "furnish and install complete and ready for use."
B. Minor details not usually shown or specified, but necessary for proper installation and operation, shall be included in the work, the same as if herein specified or shown.

1.9 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. Provide a Schedule of Values for all work specified in each of the technical specifications listed in the table below, regardless of whether the work is performed by the swimming pool contractor or others. Values listed shall be fully burdened, with contractor general conditions, overhead, profit and bonds included. Payments for swimming pool work completed shall not be approved until Schedule of Values has been submitted to and approved by the City’s Representative. -222-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131100

SWIMMING POOL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-146

SWIMMING POOL SCHEDULE OF VALUES
No.Section # Description Value

1.131100 Swimming Pool General Requirements ________

2.131102 Swimming Pool Concrete ________

3.131104 Swimming Pool Ceramic Tile ________

4.131105 Swimming Pool Plaster ________

5.131132 Pool Filter Media ________
Total ________

1.10 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. General: Electronic copies of CAD Drawings of the Contract Drawings will not be provided by the City’s Representative for Subcontractor's use in preparing submittals.

B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing submittals with performance construction activities.

1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.

Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination.
a. The City’s Representative reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.

C. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for list of submittals and time requirements for schedules performance of related construction activities.

D. Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for re - submittals as follows. Time for review shall commence on the City’s Representative receipt of submittal.

1. Initial Review: Allow fifteen (15) days for initial review of each submittal.

Allow additional time if processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent submittals. The City’s Representative will advise Contract -223-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131100

SWIMMING POOL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-147
when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination.

2. Concurrent Review: Where concurrent review of submittals by the City Representatives consultants, the City, or other parties is required, allow twenty-one (21) days for initial review of each submittal.

3. Direct Transmittal to Consultant: Where the Contract Documents indicate that submittals may be transmitted directly to the City’s Representative consultants, provide duplicate copy of transmittal to the City’s Representative. Submittal will be returned to the City’s Representative before being returned to Subcontractor.

4. If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal.

5. Allow fifteen (15) days for processing each submittal.

6. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing.

E. Identification: Place a title block on each submittal for identification.

1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on title block.

2. Provide a space on title block to record Subcontractor's review and approval markings and action taken by the City’s Representative.

3. Include the following information on title block for processing and recording action taken: (See Attached Sample)
a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Name and address of Subcontractor.
d. Name of Subcontractor.
e. Name of Supplier.
f. Name of Manufacturer.
g. Unique identifier, including revision number.
h. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. -224-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131100

SWIMMING POOL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-148
i. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. j. Other necessary identification.

SUBMITTAL FOR:SUBMITTAL TO:SUBCONTRACTOR:

Item Number:________________
Section Number:________________
Section Description:________________
Subcontractor:________________
Supplier:________________
Manufacturer:________________
Product Code:________________
Quantity:________________
Subcontractor Certification:Contractor's Submittal
Stamp:

It is hereby certified that the equipment or
material designated in this submittal is proposed
to be incorporated in the above-named project
and is in compliance with the contract drawings
and / or specifications and is submitted for
approval.

Certified by:________________
Date:________________
Job
Superintendent: ________________
Revisions:________________
Architect’s Review Stamp and Comments
-225-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131100

SWIMMING POOL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-149
F. Deviations: Highlight, encircle, or otherwise identify deviations from the Contract documents on submittal.

G. On all catalogue or cut sheets identify which model or type is being submitted.

H. Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling. Product data and shop drawings shall be packaged within a three- ring binder and colored samples shall be packaged on a heavy cardboard.

Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form.

1. On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Subcontractor's letterhead, record relevant information, request for data, revisions other than those requested by Architect on previous submittals and deviations from requirements of the Contract documents, including minor variations and limitations. Include the same label information as the related submittal.

2. Include Subcontractor's certification stating that information submitted complies with requires of the Contract Documents.

3. Transmittal Form: Provide locations on form for the following information:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Destination (To:).
d. Source (From:).
e. Names of Subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier.
f. Category and type of submittal.
g. Submittal purpose and description.
h. Remarks.

I. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, Subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.
-226-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131100

SWIMMING POOL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-150
J. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating action taken by the City’s Representative in connection with construction.

1.11 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. To obtain approval to use unspecified products, bidders shall submit requests for substitution at least ten (10) days prior to bid date. Requests shall only be considered if they clearly describe the product for which approval is asked, including all data necessary to demonstrate acceptability. All unspecified products and equipment will be considered on an "or equal" basis at the discretion of the Designated Representative. Requests for substitution received after the specified deadline will not be considered. Where a conflict exists between the requirements of the General Conditions / Special Conditions / Division 1 concerning substitutions and the requirements of this Article, this Article (Section 131100, Article 1.10) shall govern.

B. Where the Swimming Pool Contractor proposes to use an item of equipment other than that specified or detailed on the Drawings which requires any redesign of the structure, partitions, foundations, piping, wiring, or any other part of the architectural, mechanical, or electrical layout, all such redesign and all new drawings (stamped by California Licensed Engineer) and detailing required shall be prepared by the Swimming Pool Contractor, at his own expense, submitted for review and approval by the Designated Representative prior to bid.

C. Where such approved deviation requires a different quantity and arrangement of piping, supports and anchors, wiring, conduit, and equipment from that specified or indicated on the Drawings, the Swimming Pool Contractor shall furnish and install any such piping, structural supports, controllers, motors, starters, electrical wiring and conduit, and any other additional equipment required by the system, at no additional cost to the City.

1.12 SURVEYS AND MEASUREMENTS
A. The Swimming Pool Contractor shall base all measurements, both horizontal and vertical, from benchmarks established by the Contractor. All work shall agree with these established lines and levels. The mechanical Drawings do not give exact details as to elevations of piping, exact locations, etc. and do not show all offsets, control lines, pilot lines and other installation details. Verify all measurements at site and check the correctness of same as related to the work.

1.13 DRAWINGS
A. Drawings are diagrammatic and indicate the general arrangement of the systems and work included in the Contractor. Drawings are not to be scaled. The -227-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131100

SWIMMING POOL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-151
architectural drawings and details shall be examined for exact dimensions. Where they are not definitely shown, this information shall be obtained from the Designated Representative.

1.14 SWIMMING POOL CONTRACTOR
A. The swimming pool construction work as herein described and specified in Division 13 of the Project Manual shall be the complete responsibility of a qualified and specifically licensed (C-53 license classification within the State of California) Swimming Pool Subcontractor with extensive experience in commercial public use swimming pool installations.

B. The Swimming Pool Contractor shall furnish performance and payment bonds in the amount of 100% of the Swimming Pool Contractor's bid written by a surety Company properly registered in the State of California and listed by the U.S.

Treasury. The expense of the bond(s) is to be borne by the Contractor. The Contractor shall clearly specify the amount and requirements of the bond(s) in the Contractor's written or published request for sub bids. The Contractor's written or published request for sub bids shall also specify that the bond(s) expense is to be borne by the Subcontractor.

C. Contractor certifies that it meets the qualifications and experience requirements established in Swimming Pool General Requirements, Section 131100, as follows:

1. Contractor has derived 50% of its annual revenue from public -use swimming pool construction for each of the last five (5) years.

2. Contractor has, in the last five (5) years, constructed at least five (5) commercially designed municipal and public -use swimming pools, each of which have incorporated a minimum size of 6,000 square feet of water surface area with a concrete and ceramic tile perimeter overflow gutter and self -modulating balance tank.

3. The following list of projects meet the requirements of section (b) above and the contact as reference by the Contractor, the Awarding Authority of their agent or designee.
a. Owner:________________________________
Scope of Project:________________________________
Contact Person:________________________________
Phone Number:________________________________
Architect for Project:________________________________
-228-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131100

SWIMMING POOL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-152
b. Owner:________________________________
Scope of Project:________________________________
Contact Person:________________________________
Phone Number:________________________________
Architect for Project:________________________________
c. Owner:________________________________
Scope of Project:________________________________
Contact Person:________________________________
Phone Number:________________________________
Architect for Project:________________________________
d. Owner:________________________________
Scope of Project:________________________________
Contact Person:________________________________
Phone Number:________________________________
Architect for Project:________________________________
e. Owner:________________________________
Scope of Project:________________________________
Contact Person:________________________________
Phone Number:________________________________
Architect for Project:________________________________
D. Swimming Pool Deck Subcontractor other than the swimming pool Contractor certifies that it meets the qualifications and experience requirements established in Swimming Pool General Requirements, Section 131100, as follows:

1. Subcontract has, in the last five (5) years, constructed at least five (5) commercially designed cantilevered pool decks over perimeter gutters, each -229-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131100

SWIMMING POOL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-153
of which have incorporated a minimum size of 6,000 square feet of water surface area of the swimming pool.

2. The following list of projects meet the requirements of section (b) above and the contact as reference by the Contractor, the Awarding Authority of their agent or designee.

SWIMMING POOL DECK SUBCONTRACTOR
a. Owner:________________________________
Scope of Project:________________________________
Contact Person:________________________________
Phone Number:________________________________
Architect for Project:________________________________
b. Owner:________________________________
Scope of Project:________________________________
Contact Person:________________________________
Phone Number:________________________________
Architect for Project:________________________________
c. Owner:________________________________
Scope of Project:________________________________
Contact Person:________________________________
Phone Number:________________________________
Architect for Project:________________________________
d. Owner:________________________________
Scope of Project:________________________________
Contact Person:________________________________
Phone Number:________________________________
Architect for Project:________________________________
-230-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131100

SWIMMING POOL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-154
e. Owner:________________________________
Scope of Project:________________________________
Contact Person:________________________________
Phone Number:________________________________
Architect for Project:________________________________

1.15 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
A. The Swimming Pool Contractor shall determine from actual samples of pool water supplied by the City, the proper water management program necessary for maximum operating efficiency and comfort. The Swimming Pool Subcontractor shall provide the services of experienced personnel familiar with this type of pool system operation, in conformance with Section 131105 of the Specifications.

1.16 MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. The Swimming Pool Contractor shall provide six (6) bound sets for delivery to the Designated Representative of instructions for operating and maintaining all systems and equipment included in this Contract. Manufacturer's advertising literature or catalog pictures will not be acceptable for operating and maintenance instructions.

B. Bound in ring binders shall be all parts lists, periodic maintenance instructions and troubleshooting guidelines for all pool equipment, including but not limited to filters, pumps, controllers, water chemistry control equipment, etc.

1.17 SECURE FROM THE CITY
A. A complete City -furnished filling of the swimming pools.

B. The City's assistance, as specified herein, from the time of start-up until final written acceptance of the swimming pool system(s).

1.18 WARRANTY
A. The Swimming Pool Contractor shall warrant all swimming pool structures, finishes and systems against defects in material and workmanship for a period of one year after the date of acceptance by the City. Any repair or replacement required due to defective material or workmanship will be promptly corrected by the Swimming Pool Contractor.
-231-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131100

SWIMMING POOL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-155
PART 2 – PRODUCTS [NOT USED]
PART 3 – EXECUTION [NOT USED]

END OF SECTION
-232-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131102

SWIMMING POOL CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-156
PART 1 –GENERAL

1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Forming for cast-in-place concrete and shotcrete associated with swimming pools and pool decks.

B. Reinforcement for cast-in-place concrete and shotcrete associated with swimming pools and pool decks.

C. Cast-in-place concrete for swimming pool decks with Xypex C-500 crystalline waterproofing admixture. Waterproofing admixture for swimming pool decks only.

E. Provide labor, materials and equipment as required to install sealant for all pool deck expansion joints, or any other caulking, as indicated on the aquatic Drawings and herein specified.

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications of Workers:

1. The entity performing the work of this Section shall have been successfully engaged in the respective trade for at least five (5) years immediately prior to commencement of the Work.

2. For actual construction operations, use only trained and experienced workers with a minimum of three (3) years’ experience with the materials and methods specified.

3. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of the work of this Section, with a minimum of five (5) years’ experience with the type of materials being installed, the referenced standards, and who shall direct all Work performed under this Section.

B. Standards:

1. In addition to complying with the California Building Code (latest edition), comply with all pertinent recommendations contained in "Guide to Formwork for Concrete," Publication ACI 347R-14 of the American Concrete Institute.

2. In addition to complying with California Building Code (latest edition), comply with all pertinent recommendations contained in “Guide to Presenting Reinforcing Steel Design Details,” Publication ACI 315R-18 of the American Concrete Institute.
-233-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131102

SWIMMING POOL CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-157

3. In addition to complying with all local codes and regulations, comply with all pertinent recommendations contained in American Society for Testing and materials (ASTM); ASTM C 920 “Standard Specification for Elastometric Joint Sealants.”
C. Tolerances: Construct all swimming pool deck concrete straight, true, plumb and square within a tolerance horizontally of one in 200 and vertically of one in 2000.

1.3 SUBMITTAL AND SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Provide submittals in conformance with the requirements of Section 013300.

Requests for substitution shall conform to requirements of Article 1.10.A of Section 131100.

B. Samples and Certificates, Concrete Reinforcement:

1. Provide all data and access required for testing as described in the Specifications.

2. All material shall bear mill tags with heat number identification. Mill analysis and report shall be made available upon request.

3. Rebar samples shall be taken from bundles as delivered from the mill with the bundles identified as to heat number and the accompanying mill certificate. One tensile test and one bend test shall be made from a sample from each 10 tons or fraction thereof of each size of reinforcing steel.

4. Design mix from batch plant demonstrating previous use history and associated strengths at 28 days.

5. The Contractor shall submit a mix design stamped and signed by a licensed engineer for approval by the City’s Representative prior to any placement of concrete.

6. The Contractor shall submit a separate mix design stamped and signed by a licensed engineer for the swimming pool decks which contains the specified Xypex C-500 crystalline waterproofing admixture for approval by the City’s Representative prior to any placement of concrete.

C. Submit proof of qualifications as specified in Article 1.2.A of this Section.

D. Submit reinforcing shop drawings for pool walls, gutters, floors, dike walls and balance tank, etc. as shown on the construction drawing. -234-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131102

SWIMMING POOL CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-158

1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Delivery: Deliver materials to the Project Site in the manufacturer's original unopened containers with all labels intact and legible.

B. Storage: Store materials under cover in a manner to prevent damage and contamination, and store only the specified materials at the Project Site.

C. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect the swimming pool concrete before, during, and after installation and to protect the installed Work specified in other Sections.

D. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the City.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 CONCRETE FORMWORK
A. Form Materials:

1. Form Lumber: All form lumber in contact with exposed concrete shall be new except as allowed for reuse of forms in Part 3 of this Section, and all form lumber shall be one of the following, a combination thereof, or an equal approved in advance by the City’s Representative.
a. "Plyform," Class I or II, bearing the label of the Douglas Fir Plywood Association; "Inner-Seal" Form as manufactured by Louisiana- Pacific, or approved equal.
b. Douglas Fir-Larch, number two grade, seasoned, surfaced four sides.

2. Form Release Agent: Colorless, non-staining, free from oils; chemically reactive agent that shall not impair bonding of paint or other coatings intended for use.

B. Ties and Spreaders:

1. Type: All form ties shall be a type which do not leave an open hole through the concrete and which permits neat and solid patching at every hole.

2. Design: When forms are removed, all metal reinforcement shall be not less than two (2) inches from the finished concrete surface. -235-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131102

SWIMMING POOL CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-159

3. Wire Ties and Wood Spreaders: Do not use wire ties or wood spreaders.

C. Alternate Forming Systems: Alternate forming systems may be used subject to the advance approval of the City’s Representative.

2.2 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
A. Bars: Bars for reinforcement shall conform to “Specifications for Deformed Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement,” ASTM A-615, Grade 60.

B. Wire Fabric: Wire fabric shall conform to “Specifications for Carbon Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed, for Concrete,” ASTM A1064.

C. Tie Wire: Tie wire for reinforcement shall conform to “Specifications for Carbon Steel Wire and Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain and Deformed, for Concrete,” ASTM A1064 black annealed 16-gauge tie wire.

2.3 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
A. Concrete:

1. All concrete, unless otherwise specifically permitted by the City’s Representative, shall be transit-mixed in accordance with ASTM C94.

Concrete for water retaining structures that do not receive a waterproofing finish such as ceramic tile or swimming pool plaster shall receive a topical waterproofing finish.

2. The control of concrete production shall be under the supervision of a recognized testing agency, selected by the City in accordance with Section 012500 of the Specifications.

3. Quality: All concrete shall have the following minimum compressive strengths at twenty-eight (28) days and shall be proportioned within the following limits a. 4,000 psi minimum compressive strength for cast-in-place swimming pool decks with Xypex C-500 waterproofing admixture.
b. 1” maximum size aggregate.
c. 6.0 minimum sacks of cement per cubic yard.*
d. Maximum water to cement ratio of 0.40-0.50 maximum.
e. 4” maximum slump.
-236-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131102

SWIMMING POOL CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-160
f. Xypex Admix C-500 2% - 2.5% by weight of cement content. Contact Xypex Technical Services to confirm dosage. (To be used for swimming pool decks only.)
*For estimate only: to be determined by mix design.

4. Cement: All cement shall be Portland Cement conforming to ASTM C-150, Type II or V and shall be the product of one manufacturer.

5. Aggregates:
a. Shall conform to “Standard Specifications for Concrete Aggregates,” ASTM C33, except as modified herein.
b. Coarse Aggregate: Clean sound washed gravel or crushed rock.

Crushing may constitute not more than 30% of the total coarse aggregate volume. Not more than 5% flat, thin, elongated or laminated material nor more than 1% deleterious material shall be present. 1" aggregate graded from 1/4” to 1”, fineness modulus 6.90 to 7.40. 1-1/2” graded from ½” to 1-1/2”, fineness modulus 7.80 to

8.20. c. Fine Aggregate: Washed natural sand of hard, strong particles and shall contain no more than 1% of deleterious material, fineness modulus 2.65 to 3.05.
d. Aggregate must be certified, non-expansive from a “known” good source.

6. Water: ASTM C1602 Clean, fresh, free from acid, alkali, organic matter or other impurities liable to be detrimental to the concrete (potable).

7. Admixtures: Admixtures shall be used upon approval of the City's Representative.
a. Air-entraining admixture: Conform to ASTM C260.
b. Water-reducing admixture: Conform to ASTM C494.
c. Waterproofing admixture for swimming pool decks only: Xypex Admix C-500, No substitutions permitted. Conform to ASTM C494.

8. Xypex Admix C-500 Dosage: To be used for swimming pool decks only. a. General: Xypex Admix must be added to concrete mix at time of -237-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131102

SWIMMING POOL CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-161
batching. It is important to obtain a homogeneous mixture of Xypex Admix with the concrete. Do not add dry Admix powder directly to wet mixed concrete as this could cause clumping and thorough dispersion may not occur.
b. Dosage Rate: Under normal conditions, the crystalline waterproofing powder shall be added to the concrete mix at the following rates:

1.) Xypex Admix C-500 2% – 2.5% by weight of cement content c. Weather Conditions: For mixing, transporting and placing concrete under conditions of high temperature or low temperature, follow concrete practices such as those referred to in ACI 305R (Hot Weather Concreting) and ACI 306R (Cold Weather Concreting) or other applicable standards.
d. Concrete Batching & Mixing Procedures: Procedures for the addition of Xypex admixture will vary according to type of batch plant operation and equipment. Prior to the placement of any concrete, the concrete batch plant and the contractor shall be responsible to consult with the local Xypex representative concerning additional procedures for the addition, mixing and to confirm dosage.

Note: For enhanced chemical protection or for meeting specific project requirements or where the concrete mix design contains higher than 25% type F fly ash content or includes a Portland cement/slag cement/type C fly ash blend, consult with manufacturer or its authorized representative to determine appropriate dosage rates.

B. Construction Joints: Use keyform for slab pour joints. Either preformed galvanized or PVC construction joint forms of a standard manufacturer may be used. Install per manufacturer's recommendations and tool edges of slabs.

C. Waterstops: PVC bulb-type for use between concrete pours / lifts, conforming with ASTM D 570, D 624, and D 638. Provide in configuration(s) as recommended by manufacturer for specific application. Greenstreak, W.R. Meadows, or approved equal.

D. Curing Materials:

1. Liquid Membrane (covered slab): Chlorinated rubber membrane forming, curing-sealing compound conforming to ASTM C309.

2. Liquid Membrane (exposed slab): Clear methyl and butyl methacrylate non- -238-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131102

SWIMMING POOL CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-162
staining, membrane forming, curing-sealing compound conforming to ASTM C309.

E. Cement Grout and Drypack:

1. Cement Grout: Mix 1 part by volume of Portland Cement, 1/2 part by volume of water and fine aggregate enough to make mixture flow under its' own weight.

2. Drypack: Mix 1 part by volume of Portland Cement, 1/2 part by volume of water and fine aggregate enough to make a stiff mix that will mold into a ball. Mix no more than can be used in 30 minutes.

2.4 JOINT SEALANT MATERIALS
A. Caulking: Multipart, non-sag gun grade polyurethane-based sealant meeting the requirements of ASTM C920-02, Type S or M, Mameco International, Pecora, Sika Corp., Sonneborn Building Products, Tremco or approved equal. Self-leveling caulking materials are not allowed.

B. Primer: Non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application.

C. Joint Cleaner: Non-corrosive and non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials.

D. Sealant Backer Rod: Provide compressible polyethylene or polyurethane backer rod as recommended by the sealant manufacturer.

E. Bond Breaker Tape: Provide polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by sealant manufacturer, to be applied to sealant-contact surfaces where bond to substrate or joint filler must be avoided for proper performance of sealant.

F. Sand: Cover the surface of the caulking with #30 silica sand.

2.5 OTHER MATERIALS
A. All other materials, not specifically described but required for proper completion of the work of this Section, shall be as selected by the Contractor subject to the advance review by the City’s Representative.
-239-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131102

SWIMMING POOL CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-163
PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Inspection:

1. Prior to all Work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed Work of other trades and verify that all such Work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence.

2. Verify that all Work may be constructed in accordance with all applicable codes and regulations, the referenced standards, the original design, and in accordance with site specific Geotechnical Report.

B. Discrepancies:

1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the City’s Representative.

2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved.

3. Failure to notify the City’s Representative and give written notice of discrepancies shall constitute acceptance by the Contractor of existing conditions as fit and proper to receive work.

3.2 CONCRETE FORMWORK
A. Construction of Forms:

1. General: Construct all required forms to be substantial, sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of concrete paste, and able to withstand excessive deflection when filled with wet concrete.

2. Layout:
a. Form for all required cast-in-place concrete to the shapes, sizes, lines and dimensions indicated on the Drawings.
b. Exercise particular care in the layout of forms to avoid necessity for cutting concrete after placement.
c. Make proper provisions for all openings, offsets, recesses, anchorages, blocking and other features of the Work as shown or required.
-240-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131102

SWIMMING POOL CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-164
d. Perform all forming required for Work of other trades and do all cutting and repairing of forms required to permit such installation. e. Carefully examine the Drawings and Specifications and consult with other trades as required relative to providing for pipe and conduit penetrations, reglets, chases and other items in the forms.

3. Imbedded Items: Set all required steel frames, angles, bolts, inserts and other such items required to be anchored in the concrete prior to concrete being placed.

4. Bracings:
a. Properly brace and tie the forms together so as to maintain position and shape and to ensure safety to workmen.
b. Construct all bracing, supporting members and centering of ample size and strength to safely carry, without excessive deflection, all dead and live loads to which they may be subjected.
c. Properly space the forms apart and securely tie them together, using metal spreader ties that give positive tying and accurate spreading.

5. Wetting: Keep forms sufficiently wetted to prevent joints from opening up before concrete is placed.

B. Plywood Forms:

1. Design: Nail the plywood panels directly to studs and apply in a manner to minimize the number of joints.

2. Joints: Make all panel joints tight butt joints with all edges true and square.

C. Reuse of Forms:

1. Reuse of forms shall be subject to advance approval of the City’s Representative.

2. Except as specifically approved in advance by the City’s Representative, reuse of forms shall in no way delay or change the schedule for placement of concrete from the schedule obtainable if all forms were new.

3. Except as specifically approved in advance by the City’s Representative, reuse of forms shall in no way impart less structural stability to the forms nor -241-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131102

SWIMMING POOL CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-165
less acceptable appearance to finished concrete.

D. Removal of Forms:

1. General:
a. Forms for slabs and other formed concrete may be removed fourteen (14) days after placement of concrete.

2. Removal:
a. Use all means necessary to protect workers, passersby, the installed Work of other trades and the complete safety of the structure.
b. Cut nails and tie wires or form ties off flush, and leave all surfaces smooth and clean.
c. Remove metal spreader ties on exposed concrete by removing or snapping off inside the wall surface and pointing up and rubbing the resulting pockets to match the surrounding areas.
d. Flush all holes resulting from the use of spreader ties and sleeve nuts using water, and then solidly pack throughout the wall thickness with cement grout applied under pressure by means of a grouting gun; grout shall be one-part Portland Cement to 2-1/2 parts sand; apply grout immediately after removing forms.

3.3 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
A. Bending:

1. General:
a. Fabricate all reinforcement in strict accordance with the Drawings. b. Do not use bars with kinks or bends not shown on the Drawings. c. Do not bend or straighten steel in a manner that will injure the material. (When opposite end is already encased in concrete.)

2. Design:
a. Bend all bars cold.
-242-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131102

SWIMMING POOL CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-166
b. Make bends for stirrups and ties around a pin having a diameter of not less than four (4) times the minimum thickness of the bar (#3 - #5) per ACI.
c. Make bends for other bars, including hooks, around a pin having a diameter of not less than six (6) times the minimum thickness of the bar.

B. Placing:

1. General: Before the start of concrete placement, accurately place all concrete reinforcement, positively securing and supporting by concrete blocks, metal chairs or spacers, or by metal hangers.

2. Clearance:
a. Preserve clear space between bars of not less than one and one- half (1-1/2) times the nominal diameter of the round bars. b. In no case let the clear space be less than one and one-half (1-1/2) inches nor less than one and one-third (1-1/3) times the maximum size of the aggregate.
c. Provide the following minimum concrete covering of reinforcement:
1) Concrete deposited against earth: three (3) inches
minimum.
2) Concrete below grade deposited against forms: two (2) inches minimum.
3) Concrete elsewhere: As indicated on Drawings or
otherwise approved by the City’s Representative.

3. Splicing:
a. Horizontal Bars:
1) Place bars in horizontal members with minimum lap at splices sufficient to develop the strength of the bars. 2) Bars may be wired together at laps except at points of support of the member, at which points preserve clear
space described above.
-243-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131102

SWIMMING POOL CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-167
3) Whenever possible, stagger the splices of adjacent bars. 4) Splice forty (40) bar diameters minimum.
5) Provide non-contact lap slices for shotcrete.
b. Wire Fabric: Make all splices in wire fabric at least one and one- half (1-1/2) meshes wide.
c. Other Splices: Make only those other splices that are indicated on the Drawings or specifically approved by the City’s Representative.

4. Dowels: Place all required steel dowels and securely anchor them into position before concrete is placed.

5. Obstructions: In the event conduits, piping, inserts, sleeves and other items interfere with placing reinforcement as indicated on the Drawings or otherwise required, immediately consult with the City’s Representative and obtain approval of a new procedure prior to placing concrete.

C. Cleaning Reinforcement: Steel reinforcement, at the time concrete is placed around it, shall be free from rust scale, loose mill scale, oil, paint and all other coatings which will destroy or reduce the bond between steel and concrete. Bend down all tie wire away from the top of the pool deck. Maintain a 2” clear from top of concrete to the tie wire.

3.4 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
A. Conveying and Placing Concrete:

1. Before placing concrete, mixing and conveying equipment shall be well cleaned, and the forms and space to be occupied by concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned and wetted. Ground water shall be removed until the completion of the work.

2. No concrete shall be placed in any unit of work until all formwork has been completely constructed, all reinforcement has been secured in place, all items to be built into concrete are in place, and form ties at construction joints tightened.

3. Concrete shall be conveyed from mixer to place of final deposit in such a way to prevent the separation or loss of ingredients. It shall be placed as nearly as practicable in its’ final position to avoid rehandling or flowing. Concrete shall not be dropped freely where reinforcing bars will cause segregation, nor shall it be dropped freely more than six (6) feet. Use tremies, spouts and dump -244-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131102

SWIMMING POOL CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-168
boxes in deep sections. Vibrators are not acceptable for facilitating concrete transport.

4. Concrete shall be tamped and spaded to insure proper compaction into all parts of forms and around reinforcement. A mechanical vibrator shall be used to thoroughly compact the concrete. Vibration must be by direct action in the concrete and not against forms or reinforcement.

5. Mixing and transport time as indicated in ASTM C94 is required. If air temperatures are between 85° and 90° F the delivery time is to be reduced to 75 minutes. When air temperatures are in excess of 90° F the delivery time should be reduced to 60 minutes.

6. Truck mixes without batch certificates will be rejected.

B. Construction Joints / Expansion Joints: Construction joints and expansion joints shall be provided at locations and in the manner shown on the Drawings. With exception of existing concrete / new shotcrete joints, use PVC bulb-type waterstops appropriate for design condition between all concrete pours / lifts to avoid cold joints.

Waterstops shall be placed in such a way to protect reinforcing steel from rust and oxidation. All expansion joints must be the full depth of the concrete section in which they are located.

C. Slab Finishes: Concrete slabs shall be compacted and screeded uniformly to grades shown. Push large aggregates below the surface with a screen tamper, screed and bull float. As soon as the surface becomes workable, it shall be wood floated, then finished as indicated on the Drawings to a uniform smooth, true surface in a neat and workmanlike manner. Carefully coordinate slab finish requirements with other trades (ceramic tile, pool plaster) to ensure concrete finish is appropriate substrate for final finish material.

1. Contractor shall provide three mock-up deck samples, minimum 3’x 3’, with a wedge anchor installed in one sample. These (3) samples shall be constructed; one with a light broom finish, one (1) with a medium broom finish and one (1) with a heavy broom finish for determination and selection of an appropriate deck finish. Each sample shall be edged on all four sides to demonstrate a 3/4” radius edge. Anchor installation shall demonstrate acceptable interface between anchor and the top of deck. Deck samples shall remain on job site through final inspection for reference.

D. Protection and Curing:

1. Concrete shall be protected from injurious action of the elements and defacement of any nature during construction.
-245-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131102

SWIMMING POOL CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-169

2. All forms must be kept wet to prevent drying out of the concrete.

3. All concrete surfaces including footings must be kept wet for at least seven (7) days after concrete is placed.

4. Apply the appropriate curing materials, as specified in 2.03 of this Section, immediately after finishing slabs. Application shall be as specified by the manufacturer.

E. Form Removal:

1. Take care in removing forms so that surfaces are not marred or gouged and that corners are true, sharp and unbroken.

2. No steel spreaders, ties or other metal shall project from or be visible on any concrete surfaces.

F. Defective Work:

1. Should the strength of any concrete for any portion of the work indicated by tests of molded cylinders and core tests fall below minimum 28 days strength specified or indicated, concrete will be deemed defective work and shall be replaced.

2. Concrete work that is not formed as indicated, is not true to intended alignment, not plumb or level where so intended, not true to intended grades or elevations, not true to specified or selected finish, contains sawdust shavings, wood, or embedded debris, which exhibits cracks or contains fine or coarse sulfide particles, or expansive aggregates detrimental to performance or appearance of the concrete shall be deemed defective.

3. Promptly perform work required to replace and properly clean (by sandblasting if necessary) any defective concrete panels (control joint or expansion joint to control joint or expansion joint), at Contractor's expense, including all expense of additional inspection, tests, or supervision made necessary as a result of defective concrete.

3.5 EXPANSION JOINTS
A. Temperatures: Do not install sealants when air temperature is less than 40°F.

B. Tooling: Tool exposed joints to a slightly concave surface using slicking materials recommended by the manufacturer. The tooling procedure shall press sealant against the sides of the joint. No materials shall be left “feathered” out or smeared on the abutting materials. Completed joints shall have a uniform professional -246-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131102

SWIMMING POOL CONCRETE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-170
appearance.

C. Joint Construction: Sealant joint width, thickness and cross-sectional profile to be constructed in strict accordance with the sealant manufacturer’s recommendations.

D. Sand: At the appropriate time cover the sealant with sand to provide a sanded finish.

3.6 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of the Work of this Section, immediately remove all swimming pool concrete materials, debris and rubbish occasioned by this Work to the approval of the City’s Representative.

END OF SECTION
-247-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131104

SWIMMING POOL CERAMIC TILE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-171
PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Furnish and install all swimming pool ceramic tile to match the existing condition and as detailed on the Drawings, including, but not limited to, the following:

7. Lane Line / Target Tile / 4’-6” Depth Tile at vertical face of deep gutter pool deck

8. Depth Marker Tile at horizontal & vertical face of deep gutter pool deck

9. No Diving / No Running Marker at horizontal face of deep gutter pool deck

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All Work of this Section shall be performed or supervised by the Swimming Pool Subcontractor.

B. Qualifications of Workers:

1. The contractor / subcontractor for this portion of the Work shall have been successfully engaged in the respective trade for at least five (5) years immediately prior to commencement of this work, and shall demonstrate to the approval of the City’s Representative that his record of workmanship is satisfactory.

2. For actual construction operations, use only thoroughly trained and experienced workers completely familiar with the materials and methods specified.

3. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of this portion of the Work and who shall be thoroughly familiar with the type of materials being installed, the referenced standards, and the requirements of this Work, and who shall direct all Work performed under this Section.

C. Standards: In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations:

1. Manufacture of all tile shall be in accordance with ANSI A-137.

2. Install ceramic tile in accordance with the recommendations contained in 2021 Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation of the Tile Council of America, Inc.

D. Tolerances: Install all swimming pool ceramic tile straight, true, plumb and square within a tolerance horizontally of one in 200 and a tolerance vertically of one in 500. -248-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131104

SWIMMING POOL CERAMIC TILE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-172
Waterline and gutter bullnose tile shall be level to 1/8” (+/- 1/16”) around entire perimeter of swimming pool(s).

1.3 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Provide submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 013000.

B. Samples: Submit five (5) samples of each color and pattern in the specified groups. Character samples can be representative for review prior to screening of actual tile.

C. Master Grade Certificate: Prior to opening ceramic tile containers, submit a Master Grade Certificate, signed by the manufacturer of the tile used and issued when the shipment is made, stating the grade, kind of tile, identification marks for the tile containers, and the name and location of the Project.

D. Specifications: Submit five (5) copies of manufacturer's recommended installation specifications for this Work.

1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Deliver all materials to the Project Site in the manufacturer’s original unopened containers with all labels intact and legible.

B. Storage: Store all materials under cover in a manner to prevent damage and contamination, and store only the specified materials at the Project site.

C. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect swimming pool ceramic tile before, during and after installation and to protect the installed Work of all other trades.

D. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the City’s Representative.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 TILE
A. Lane Line / Target Tile 4’-6” Depth Tile:

1. Material: Group 3 quality, frost proof unglazed ceramic mosaic tile with absorption rate of less than 1% as manufactured by Dal-Tile.

2. Size: 1 x 1 inches.

3. Color: Dal-Tile # D-023, 'Blue', at 50M direction lane lines and end wall target -249-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131104

SWIMMING POOL CERAMIC TILE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-173
tile and 4’-6” depth tile. Dal-Tile #D-023, ‘Galaxy’ at 25-yard direction lane lines and end wall target tile. Color to be approved by the City prior to ordering.

B. Depth Marker Tile (At Cantilever Deck Face at Deep Gutter):

1. Material: All depth marker tiles shall be glazed ceramic tile as manufactured and/or distributed by Dal-Tile, or Precision Tile Co.

2. Size: 4-1/4 x 4-1/4 inches.

3. Color: Dal-Tile, ‘Red’ and ‘Yellow’. Color to be approved by the City prior to ordering.

4. Trim: Furnish trim pieces as indicated on the Drawings OR to match existing.

C. Depth / Caution Marker Tile (at deep gutter deck):

1. Material: Group 3 quality, frost proof unglazed ceramic mosaic tile with absorption rate of less than 1% as manufactured by Dal-Tile.

2. Size: 1 x 1 inches.

3. Color: Dal-Tile #D-023, 'Blue' letters and numbers on #D014, 'Light Gray' field.

Color to be approved by the City prior to ordering.

D. No Diving OR No Running Tile:

1. Material: Group 3 quality, frost proof unglazed ceramic mosaic tile with absorption rate of less than 1% as manufactured by Dal-Tile.

2. Size: 1 x 1 inches.

3. Color: Dal-Tile #D-023, 'Blue' letters and numbers on #D014, 'Light Gray' field.

Color to be approved by the City prior to ordering.

2.2 MORTAR
A. Laticrete 3701 fortified mortar #LCR-37-1017.

B. Site Mortar Mix shall comply with ASTM C270 standards.

1. Sand for Mortar: Comply with requirements of fine aggregate for concrete.

2. Cement: Type 1 Portland Cement, conforming to ASTM C150

3. Hydrated Lime: Conforming to ASTM C206 or 207, Type S. -250-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131104

SWIMMING POOL CERAMIC TILE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-174

4. Water: From a potable source.

C. Water: From a potable source.

D. Mortar shall meet ASTM C627 standards.

2.3 THIN SET MORTAR
A. Laticrete 254 Platinum. Laticrete, or Custom.

B. Water from potable source.

C. Mortar shall meet ASTM C627.

2.4 GROUT
A. All tile grout shall be waterproof grout complying with the recommendations of referenced standards. Grout color shall be grey for dark backgrounds, white for light backgrounds (verify colors with the City Representative).

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Inspection:

1. Prior to all Work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed Work of other trades and verify that all such Work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence.

2. Verify that ceramic tile can be installed in accordance with the original design and all referenced standards.

B. Discrepancies:

1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the City’s Representative.

2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved

3. Failure to notify the City’s Representative and give written notice of discrepancies shall constitute acceptance by the Contractor of existing conditions as fit and proper to receive its Work.
-251-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131104

SWIMMING POOL CERAMIC TILE
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-175

3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Method:

1. Install all ceramic tile in strict accordance with installation method P601-90 of the 2021 Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation of the Tile Council of America, Inc.

2. Be certain to install all ceramic tile perfectly level, flush, plumb, and to the finish grades and elevations indicated on the Drawings.

B. Interface:

1. Carefully establish and follow the required horizontal and vertical elevations to insure proper and adequate space for the work and materials of other trades.

2. Coordinate and cooperate as required with other trades to insure proper and adequate interface of ceramic tile Work with the Work of other trades.

3.3 GROUTING
A. Follow grout manufacturer's recommendations as to grouting procedures and precautions.

B. Remove all grout haze, observing grout manufacturer's recommendations as to use of acid and chemical cleaners.

3.4 EXTRA STOCK
A. Provide one (1) unopened box of extra tile for 2.1A, 2.1B, and 2.1C for the City’s use at a future time.

3.5 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of the swimming pool ceramic tile installation, thoroughly clean and polish the exposed surfaces of tile work. Completely clean work area of debris and rubbish occasioned by this Work and dispose of to the approval of the City’s Representative.

END OF SECTION
-252-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131105

SWIMMING POOL PLASTER
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-176
PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. Swimming pool plaster and waterproofing of swimming pool structures as indicated on the Drawings and herein specified.

B. Start-up and operation instructions to the City’s operations and maintenance personnel and properly balance swimming pool water chemistry until the City takes occupancy.

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications of Workers:

1. The entity performing the work of this Section shall have been successfully engaged in the respective trade for at least five (5) years immediately prior to commencement of the Work.

2. For actual construction operations, use only trained and experienced workers with a minimum of three (3) years’ experience with the materials and methods specified.

3. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of the work of this Section, with a minimum of five (5) years’ experience with the type of materials being installed, the referenced standards, and who shall direct all Work performed under this Section.

B. Standards: Swimming pool plaster shall conform with requirements of Chapter 31B of California Building Code, latest edition. In addition, meet requirements of applicable portions of most current edition of the “Technical Manual,” National Plasterers Council, Wauconda, Illinois.

C. Start-up:

1. Furnish a swimming pool water chemistry consultant, with a minimum of five (5) years’ experience, possessing either AFO (Aquatic Facility Operator) or CPO (Certified Pool Operator) certification(s), to supervise and properly balance swimming pool water chemistry.

2. Demonstrate to the City that all systems are fully operational and that calcium hardness, total alkalinity, chlorine residual and pH levels are within specified limits.
-253-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131105

SWIMMING POOL PLASTER
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-177

3. Standards: Furnish labor and chemicals as required to condition the water properly to the following specifications:
a. Calcium Hardness: 200-400 parts per million (PPM)
b. Total Alkalinity: 80-100 PPM
c. Chlorine Residual: 1.00 to 2.00 PPM
d. pH Factor: 7.2 to 7.6

1.3 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Provide submittals in conformance with the requirements of Section 013000.

B. Submit proof of qualifications as specified in Article 1.2.A and 1.2.C.1 of this Section.

1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Delivery: Deliver materials to the Project Site in the manufacturer's original unopened containers with all labels intact and legible.

B. Storage: Store materials under cover in a manner to prevent damage and contamination, and store only the specified materials at the Project Site.

C. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect the swimming pool plaster before, during, and after installation and to protect the installed Work specified in other Sections.

D. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the City.

1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. No plastering shall be done under unsuitable conditions of weather or temperature.

No plastering shall be done when prevailing temperature is 40 degrees Fahrenheit or less.

B. Do not install plaster during rain and, if rain commences after plastering has begun, immediately protect the plaster from rain by all means necessary until the plaster has set.
-254-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131105

SWIMMING POOL PLASTER
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-178
C. Do not install plaster during wind greater than 10 mph and, if wind commences after plastering has begun, immediately protect the plaster from wind by all means necessary until the plaster has set.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 CEMENT / AGGREGATE
A. Luna Quartz ® tiny pebble finish by Wet Edge Technologies. Altima® quartz finish by Wet Edge Technologies. Pebble-Fina® pool finish by Pebble Technologies.

Contractor to provide submittal prior to ordering to Architect for approval.

2.2 COLOR
A. All swimming pool plaster shall be white in color. Wet Edge Technologies shall be Luna Quartz® ‘Polar White’. Wet Edge Technologies shall be Altima® ‘White’.

Pebble Technology shall be Pebble-Fina® ‘Classico’. Contractor to obtain written approval on selected pebble color from the local Health Department prior to installation. Submit cut sheet, color sample and written approval for review by Architect and the City.

2.3 WATER
A. Water for swimming pool plaster shall be clean and free from injurious amounts of acid, alkali, and organics.

2.4 GUTTER, BACKWASH PIT & BALANCE TANK WATERPROOFING
A. Xypex, Miracote Miraflex Membrane C or Hycrete Waterproofing System concrete additive. Mix and apply per manufacturer's recommendations for specific application. Color shall be Gray.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS
A. Inspection:

1. Prior to Work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed Work of other trades and verify that all such Work is complete to the point where this installation can properly commence.

2. Verify that swimming pool plaster can be installed in accordance with the original design and all referenced standards.
-255-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131105

SWIMMING POOL PLASTER
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-179
B. Discrepancies:

1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the City's Representative.

2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved.

3. Failure to notify the City's Representative and give written notice of discrepancies shall constitute acceptance by the Contractor of existing conditions as fit and proper to receive the Work.

3.2 INSTALLATION OF GUTTER, BACKWASH PIT & BALANCE TANK

WATERPROOFING
A. Provide two (2) coats of the specified gutter and balance tank waterproofing prior to plastering the swimming pool. Prepare surfaces to receive waterproofing and cure in conformance with manufacturer's recommendations. Provide steel trowel application method to ensure uniform smooth, dense surface finish.

3.3 INSTALLATION OF POOL PLASTER
A. Outdoor Pools or Spas:

1. Completion of other work: DO NOT commence plastering of swimming pool(s) or spa(s) until the following conditions have been met:
a. The Health Department and/or other governing agencies have approved the pool(s) and/or spas) for plaster.
b. All concrete pool deck construction is complete and the pool decks have been thoroughly cleaned.
c. All landscaping in areas adjacent to the pool(s) or spa(s) is complete and the landscape irrigation system is operable.
d. All painting in the pool area is complete.
e.All welding and grinding in locations adjacent to the pool area are complete.
f.The backwash sewer connection is complete.
g.Pool(s) and/or spa(s) area(s) perimeter fencing installation is complete. h.All trash and debris have been removed from areas adjacent to the pool(s) or spa(s), particularly those areas that are normally upwind from the pool(s) or spa(s).
i.All dust raising construction and/or activities in areas adjacent to the pool(s) or spa(s) are complete or mitigated.
j.The circulation pump(s) is/are operational.
-256-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131105

SWIMMING POOL PLASTER
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-180
k.The mechanical system has been flushed sufficiently to remove all dirt and debris from the piping system.
l. All necessary chemicals (Chorine, pH adjuster, Sodium Bicarbonate and Calcium Chloride or any other required chemicals) are on site and ready for use.
m. Obtain written approval from the City and the Architect.

B. Contractor accepts all liability from damage done to the pool plaster if the pool(s) or spa(s) is (are) plaster before the completion of the above listed items or without the written approval of the City and the Architect.

C. POOL PLASTER AUTHORIZATION FORM:

1. The pool(s) and or spa(s) at Bellflower Thomson Park is/are hereby approved for the installation of the pool plaster. Pursuant to the requirements of specification section 13 11 05, paragraph 3.3.
___
City Date
Architect / Project Manager Date
D. Preparation:

1. Do not apply plaster over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces or conditions otherwise detrimental to the formation of a durable plaster finish.

2. Consult with manufacturer on application to specific surfaces being treated.

Follow manufacturer's recommendation for curing of cast-in-place concrete or shotcrete surfaces prior to application of plaster.

3. Protect ceramic tile, decking, deck equipment, gratings, fittings and other items by suitable covering or masking.

4. Mask or remove all hardware, hardware accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures and similar items in place not to receive pool plaster. -257-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131105

SWIMMING POOL PLASTER
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-181
Following completion of plaster for each space or area remove masking. Re- install all removed items utilizing workers skilled in the trades involved.

E. Application:

1. Into the parging coat of the concrete surfaces, trowel a finish coat of the specified marble plaster to a thickness between 1/4” and 3/8” maximum. If leveling coat is required, use a brown coat application of one-part cement to three parts clean, washed sand.

2. Float the plaster to a uniform plane and trowel to a smooth, dense, impervious surface using extreme care to avoid stains.

3. Take special care in finishing around pool fittings, making sure to mask off or plug openings so as not to fill such openings with excess plaster. Be certain to completely enclose pool fittings with plaster to insure a leak-proof seal around pipes, fittings, lights, anchors, etc.

4. Accurately interface with the finish planes of items installed by Other trades.

3.4 CURING
A. Preparation: Anticipate the need for required equipment and have all such equipment immediately available for use upon completion of pool plastering.

B. Pool Filling:

1. After the plaster has sufficiently dried and before drying has proceeded to a damaging point, cure the plaster by gradually filling the pool with water, preventing all damage to finished plaster surfaces.

2. Flow the water continuously until the pool is filled.

3. When the weather is hot and/or water pressure is low, keep the pool walls damp while the pool is filling.

4. Coordinate with Contractor to ensure that the pool is continuously monitored while filling to prevent overfill.

3.5 EQUIPMENT ACTIVATION
A. All water chemistry and filtration mechanical equipment shall be operational upon filling of pool after plaster. Chemicals and other related support items as supplied by Contractor, shall be in supply at start-up.
-258-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131105

SWIMMING POOL PLASTER
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-182
B. For the first fourteen (14) calendar days after completion of the pool plaster, brush all plastered surfaces at least twice a day and coordinate with General Contractor to ensure that the plaster is carefully maintained after the initial fourteen-day period.

In addition, coordinate with the Contractor to ensure that pool filtration equipment is continuously running during the initial fourteen-day period.

C. Start-up and provide qualified personnel to operate pool equipment for a period not less than fourteen (14) days after the pool is placed in operation, or until the City takes occupancy of the facility. During this time, Contractor shall instruct and supervise the City's personnel in the various operating and maintenance techniques involved. Contractor shall be responsible for supply of chemicals during this not less than fourteen (14) day period and at time of turnover to the City, chemical storage tanks shall be full. (the City's personnel shall be fully trained and capable of assuming swimming pool maintenance tasks, training may begin before the City takes occupancy).

3.6 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of swimming pool plaster, remove all materials, equipment and debris occasioned by this Work and leave the job site in a clean and presentable condition. Perform all such clean-up to the approval of the the City’s Representative.

END OF SECTION
-259-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131132

POOL FILTER MEDIA
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-183
PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES
A. EPD (Environments Products Division) Swimming Pool Filter Media, see drawings for more information.

1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Contracting Requirements, including General and Supplementary Conditions apply to this Section.

1.3 REFERENCES
A. The following latest edition reference specifications, guides and standards shall become part of this Specification as if herein written. If provisions conflict, the more stringent provisions shall apply.

B. National Sanitary Foundation (NSF)

1.4 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. As assurance that each item is to properly perform the City requires bidders to use the filter media manufacturer as a single source of supply for the items listed and described herewith.

1.5 CERTIFICATIONS
A. Media shall be approved by NSF and meet the testing criteria for Standard 50 and Standard 61 for use in sand type filters.

1.6 QUALIFICATION STATEMENTS
A. The equipment described herein shall be a product of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the fabrication of recycled green glass media for at least fifteen years.

1.7 WARRANTY
A. The media supplier shall guarantee that the media to be furnished is of the correct capacity, that if the installation is made in accordance with his drawings and operated in accordance with his instructions, the system will perform the prescribed functions correctly, the water entering the pool will be clear, bright, free from suspended matter visible to the unaided eye, will not produce any toxic effect or impart undesirable taste, odors or colors, and will be sanitary to the satisfaction of all authorities having jurisdiction.
-260-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131132

POOL FILTER MEDIA
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-184

1.8 SYSTEM STARTUP
A. An authorized representative of the media supplier shall provide the supervisory services to fully instruct designated personnel in the operation, care and maintenance of the filter media.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 FILTER MEDIA
A. EPD-FRP 13.5 SQF sand filter tanks w/ backwash valves OR equal.

B. Each filter tank shall be provided with the media sizes and quantities as per manufacturer’s recommendations.

2.2 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. The purpose of this specification is to establish the minimum design, performance, quality, and service standards for the proposed product.

B. The Base Bid shall be AFM® Activated Filter Media distributed by Maytronics.

C. Requests for substitutions for the specified materials will not be considered unless equal to the specified equipment in every respect.

D. Requests must be submitted to the specifying agent not less than ten (10) calendar days prior to bid date. All bidders will be notified of approved substitutions at least five (5) calendar days prior to bid date.

E. Requests for substitutions must include, but not be limited to:

1. A list containing contact name and telephone number of ten facilities where the media has been installed.

2. Complete documentation with line-by-line comparison between the products specified and proposed alternative.

3. Manufacturer’s sales literature.

4. Installation/operation/maintenance manuals.

5. Name and address of the local factory-authorized startup and service representative.

6. Failure to provide this or any other information necessary to confirm that all -261-

Technical Provisions
Specifications No. 23/24-06
SECTION 131132

POOL FILTER MEDIA
Thompson Park Outdoor Swimming
Pool Replaster & Repair Project
TP-185
specified features are provided will be cause for rejection of substitution request.

F. The specified media shall be supplied by Knorr Systems, Inc.

PART 3 – EXECUTION [NOT USED]

END OF SECTION
-262-

1.LIMITED IMPROVEMENTS AT BELLFLOWER AQUATIC
CENTER OUTDOOR POOL: REPAIR EXISTING DAMAGED

PLASTER AND REPLACE CONCRETE POOL DECK AND
FLOOR DRAINS.

2.REPLACMENT OF EXISTING 6 POOL FILTERS, AND

REPLACEMENT OF THE DETERIORATED CONCRETE SLAB
SUPPORTING THESE FILTERS.

3.THERE IS NO BUILDING EXPANSION/ADDITION OF
EXISTING FLOOR AREA IN THIS PROJECT.

4.THERE IS NO CHANGE TO THE BUILDING'S EXISTING
OCCUPANCY, USE, OR EXITING.

OCCUPANCY GROUP:A3
CONSTRUCTION TYPE:IIIB
FIRE SPRINKLER:NO
EXISTING BUILDING AREA:N/A
EXISTING OUTDOOR POOL AREA:7,725 S.F.

AREA OF OUTDOOR POOL REPAIR:7,725 S.F.

OWNER:

CITY OF BELLFLOWER, PUBLIC WORKS
16600 CIVIC CENTER DRIVE
BELLFLOWER, CA 90706

PROJECT MANAGER

PUBLIC WORKS
CONTACT: Wansu Lee
P: 562-804-1424
E: [email protected]

ARCHITECT

BOA ARCHITECTURE
1511 COTA AVENUE
LONG BEACH, CA 90813
CONTACT: EDWARD LOK NG
P: 562.912.7900
E: [email protected]

PROJECT
SITE
WEIGHT
ROOM

APPLICABLE STATE CODES (WITH CITY AMENDMENTS)
CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE 2022
CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS CODE 2022
CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE 2022
CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE 2022
CALIFORNIA BUILDING ENERGY EFFICIENCY STANDARDS 2022

DEFERRED APPROVALS

FIRE SPRINKLERS

ALARM SYSTEM

1.A STATE OF CALIFORNIA CERTIFIED POOL CONTRACTOR
WITH A C-53 LICENSE TO CONTRACT FOR THIS PROJECT.

2.CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS

AND DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK,
REPORTING ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE DESIGNER.

3.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS SHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER
SCALED DIMENSIONS ON THE DRAWINGS.

4.GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL
DEMOLITION IN PREPARATION FOR NEW WORK.

5.PATCH, RESTORE, AND REFINISH ALL AREAS DAMAGED BY
THE CONSTRUCTION WORK AND DEMOLITION.

6.REPAIR ALL TRANSITIONAL AREAS BETWEEN EXISTING
AND NEW WORK DUE TO DEMOLITION.

7.PROTECT EXISTING CONSTRUCTION FINISHES, ADJACENT
PROPERTY, PLANTING AND TREES. PROTECT THE WORK
FROM RAIN AND OTHER NATURAL ELEMENTS. REPAIR,

REFINISH, OR REPLACE ANY ITEMS DAMAGED DURING
CONSTRUCTION.

8.COORDINATE W/ CITY ENGINEER PRIOR TO DEMOLITION
FOR ITEMS TO BE SALVAGED.

9.UTILITY SERVICES: CONTRACTORS AND SUB-

CONTRACTORS SHALL CONFIRM LOCATIONS OF UTILITIES

AND NOTIFY ALL PERSONS WORKING ON SITE OF EXISTING
UTILITIES. CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE AND IDENTIFY

ACTIVE UTILITY SERVICES AND TEMPORARY DE-ACTIVATE
THEM WHEN THEY CONSTITUTE A HAZARD. LOCATION OF

GAS, ELECTRIC AND WATER METERS TO CONFORM WITH
UTILITY COMPANY REQUIREMENTS.

10.REGARDING DEMOLITION, CAP ALL EXISTING UTILITIES &
PREPARE FOR NEW WORK AS REQUIRED.

11.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY TOILET IN

ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL ORDINANCES IF NO EXISTING
TOILET AVAILABLE ON SITE.

12.THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLYING WITH
ALL GOVERNING BLDG. CODES AND CITY ORDINANCES.
&AND
∠ANGLE
@ AT

C CENTERLINE
ɸ DIAMETER OR ROUND
┴PERPENDICULAR
#POUND OR NUMBER
ACC.ACCESSIBLE

A/C AIR CONDITIONING
ACOUS.ACOUSTICAL
A.D.AREA DRAIN
ADJ.ADJUSTABLE
AL.ALUMINUM
APPROX.APPROXIMATE
ARCH.ARCHITECTURAL
ASPH.ASPHALT
A.T.ACOUSTICAL TILE
BD.BOARD
BITUM.BITUMINOUS
BLDG.BUILDING

BLK BLOCK

BM BEAM

BOT BOTTOM

CAB CABINET
C.B.CATCH BASIN

CEM CEMENT

CER CERAMIC
C.I.CAST IRON
CLG.CEILING

CLKG CALKING
CLR.CLEAR

CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT

COL COLUMN
CONC.CONCRETE
CONN.CONNECTION
CONST.CONSTRUCTION
CONT.CONTINUOUS
C.T.CERAMIC TILE

CTR CENTER

DBL DOUBLE
DEPT.DEPARTMENT
D.F.DRINKING FOUNTAIN
DIA.DIAMETER

DET DETAIL

DIM DIMENSION

DISP DISPENSER

DN DOWN

DR DOOR

DS DOWNSPOUT

DWG DRAWING
E EAST
EA.EACH

EL ELEVATION

ELEC ELECTRICAL

ELEV ELEVATOR

EMER EMERGENCY

ENCL ENCLOSURE

EQ EQUAL

EQPT EQUIPMENT
(E) OR EXIST EXISTING

EXPO EXPOSED

EXP EXPANSION
E.J.EXPANSION JOINT

EXT EXTERIOR
F.A.FIRE ALARM
F.D.FLOOR DRAIN

FND FOUNDATION
F.E.FIRE EXTINGUISHER
F.E.C.FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET

FIN FINISH

FL FLOOR

FLASH FLASHING

FLUOR FLUORESCENT
F.O.C.FACE OF CONCRETE
F.O.F.FACE OF FINISH
F.O.S.FACE OF STUD

FPRF FIREPROOF

FT FOOT OR FEET

FTG FOOTING

FURR FURRING

GA GAUGE

GALV GALVANIZED
G.I.GALVANIZED IRON

GL GLASS

GND GROUND

GR GRADE
GYP.GYPSUM
H.B.HOSE BIB
H.C.HOLLOW CORE

HDWD HARDWOOD

HDWE HARDWARE

HM HOLLOW METAL

HORIZ HORIZONTAL

HR HOUR

HT HEIGHT
I.D.INSIDE DIAMETER
(DIMENSION)

INSUL INSULATION

INT INTERIOR

JAN JANITOR

JT JOINT

KIT KITCHEN

LAM LAMINATE

LAV LAVATORY

LT LIGHT

MAX MAXIMUM
M.C.MEDICINE CABINET

MECH MECHANICAL

MEMB MEMBRANE

MTL METAL

MFR MANUFACTURER

MIN MINIMUM

MISC MISCELLANEOUS
M.O.MASONRY OPENING

MTD MOUNTED

MRG MOISTURE RESISTANT
GYP. BD.

MUL MULLION

N NORTH
N.I.C.NOT IN CONTRACT
NO.NUMBER

NOM NOMINAL
N.T.S.NOT TO SCALE
O/OVER

OBS OBSCURE
O.C.ON CENTER
O.D.OUTSIDE DIAMETER
(DIMENSION)
OFF.OFFICE

OPNG OPENING

OPP OPPOSITE

PRCST PRECAST

PL PLATE
P. LAM.PLASTIC LAMINATE

PLAS PLASTER

PLYWD PLYWOOD

PR PAIR

PT POINT
Q.T.QUARRY TILE

R RISER

RAD RADIUS
R.D.ROOF DRAIN

REF REFERENCE

REFR REFRIGERATOR

REINF REINFORCED

REQ REQUIRED

RESIL RESILIENT

RM ROOM
R.O.ROUGH OPENING

RWD REDWOOD

S SOUTH

SC SOLID CORE

SCHED SCHEDULE

SECT SECTION

SH SHELF

SHR SHOWER

SHT SHEET

SIM SIMILAR

SPEC SPECIFICATION

SQ SQUARE
S.STL.STAINLESS STEEL
S.SK.SERVICE SINK

STA STATION

STD STANDARD

STL STEEL

STOR STORAGE

STRUC STRUCTURAL

SUSP SUSPENDED

SYM SYMMETRICAL

TRD TREAD
T.B.TOWEL BAR
T.C.TOP OF CURB

TEL TELEPHONE

T&G TONGUE AND GROOVE

THK THICK
T.P.TOP OF PAVEMENT

TV TELEVISION
T.W.TOP OF WALL
TYP.TYPICAL

UNF UNFINISHED
U.N.O.UNLESS OTHERWISE
NOTED

UR URINAL

VERT VERTICAL

VEST VESTIBULE
W WEST
W/WITH
W.C.WATER CLOSET

WD WOOD

W/O WITHOUT

WP WATERPROOF

WSCT WAINSCOT

WT WEIGHT
W.I.WROUGHT IRON
SEE SHEET A2.0 FOR

OUTDOOR POOL PLAN
EX
I
S
T
I
N
G

S
I
D
E
W
A
L
K

EXISTING

BELLFLOWER

AQUATIC

CENTER EXISTING

PARKING LOT

AREA OF REPAIR
WORK @

OUTDOOR
POOL

THOMPSON
PARK

COMMUNITY
CENTER
EXIST.

WEIGHT
ROOM

EXISTING

PARKING LOT
BLDG. MAIN

ENTRANCE

EXISTING

COMPLIANT

CURB RAMPS
TYP. OF 3

EXISTING

COMPLIANT

ACCESSIBLE

PARKING
STALLS
VA
N
(E
)

P
.

O
.

T
.

EXIST. MONUMENTAL

SIGN TO REMAIN
DN.
8 .3 3 %
M A X .

S L O P E
BE
L
L
F
L
O
W
E
R

B
O
U
L
E
V
A
R
D

ARTHURDALE STREET

EXISTING PATH OF TRAVEL
VA
N
VA
N
SEE SHEET A2.0 FOR

POOL EQUIPMENT ROOM

EQUIPMENT
ROOM
NOTE:

THE EXISTING PATH OF TRAVEL AND ACCESSIBLE
PARKING SPACES ARE NOT PART OF THIS CONTRACT.

PATH OF TRAVEL FOR ACCESSIBILITY SHALL BE 2%
MAXIMUM CROSS SLOPE AND 5% MAXIMUM RUNNING
SLOPE; ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACE AND ITS
ACCESS AISLE CROSS SLOPE SHALL NOT EXCEED 2%
IN ANY DIRECTION.

Edward
Lok Ng
C-16840
REN.11/30/25

LIC E N S E D ARCHIT
E
C
T
S
T
A
T

EOF CA L I F O R NIA
Cl
i
e
n
t
:

Co
n
s
u
l
t
a
n
t
:

CA
D

D
r
a
f
t
:

Ar
c
h
i
t
e
c
t
:

En
g
i
n
e
e
r
:

Jo
b

N
u
m
b
e
r
:

Da
t
e

I
s
s
u
e
:

Cl
i
e
n
t
:

De
s
i
g
n
e
r
:

Ar
c
h
i
t
e
c
t
u
r
e
In
t
e
r
i
o
r
s
Pl
a
n
n
i
n
g
15 1
1 C
o
t
a

A
v
e
.

L
o
n
g

B
e
a
c
h
,

C
A

9 0
8 1
3 T
e
l
.

5 6
2 -
9 1
2 -
7 9
0 0
Th
e
s
e

d
r
a
w
i
n
g
s

a
n
d

a
c
c
o
m
p
a
n
y
i
n
g
,

a
s

i
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s

o
f

s
e
r
v
i
c
e
,

a
r
e

t
h
e

e
x
c
l
u
s
i
v
e

p
r
o
p
e
r
t
y

o
f

t
h
e

A
r
c
h
i
t
e
c
t

a
n
d

t
h
e
i
r

u
s
e

a
n
d

p
u
b
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

s
h
a
l
l

b
e

r
e
s
t
r
i
c
t
e
d

t
o

t
h
e

o
r
i
g
i
n
a
l

s
i
t
e

f
o
r

w
h
i
c
h

t
h
e
y

w
e
r
e

p
r
e
p
a
r
e
d
.

R
e
-
u
s
e
,

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

p
u
b
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

b
y

a
n
y

m
e
t
h
o
d
,

i
n

w
h
o
l
e

o
r

p
a
r
t
,

i
s

p
r
o
h
i
b
i
t
e
d

b
y

w
r
i
t
t
e
n
pe
r
m
i
s
s
i
o
n

f
r
o
m

t
h
e

A
r
c
h
i
t
e
c
t
.

T
i
t
l
e

t
o

t
h
e
s
e

p
l
a
n
s

a
n
d

s
p
e
c
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s

s
h
a
l
l

r
e
m
a
i
n

w
i
t
h

t
h
e

A
r
c
h
i
t
e
c
t

w
i
t
h
o
u
t

p
r
e
j
u
d
i
c
e
,

a
n
d

v
i
s
u
a
l

w
i
t
h

t
h
e
m

s
h
a
l
l

c
o
n
s
t
i
t
u
t
e

p
r
i
m
a

f
a
c
i
e

e
v
e
i
d
e
n
c
e

o
f

a
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
c
e

o
f

t
h
e
s
e

r
e
s
t
r
i
c
t
i
o
n
s
.
7/
9 /
2 0
2 4

5 :
2 6
:
4 9

P
M
G:
\
P
r
o
j
e
c
t

F
i
l
e
s
\
2 9
5 5

B
e
l
l
f
l
o
w
e
r

R
e
p
l
a
s
t
e
r
T
h
o
m
p
s
o
n

P
k

P
o
o
l
\
0 1
-
D
r
a
w
i
n
g
s
\
0 1
-
R
e
v
i
t
\
1 -
C
D
\
T
h
o
m
p
s
o
n

P
a
r
k

O
u
t
d
o
o
r

P
o
o
l

R
e
p
a
i
r
.
r
v
t
14 0
0 1

B
E
L
L
F
L
O
W
E
R

B
L
V
D
.

B
E
L
L
F
L
O
W
E
R
,

C
A

9 0
7 0
6 A1.0
29 5
5 7/
9 /
2 0
2 4
BE
L
L
F
L
O
W
E
R

LA LA LO
K
TH
O
M
P
S
O
N

P
A
R
K

O
U
T
D
O
O
R
SW
I
M
M
I
N
G

P
O
O
L
RE
P
L
A
S
T
E
R

A
N
D

R
E
P
A
I
R
.

TITLE SHEET, SHEET

INDEX, SCOPE OF WORK,

GENERAL NOTES
N/
A

CITY OF BELLFLOWER

THOMPSON PARK OUTDOOR

SWIMMING POOL REPLASTER & REPAIR
14001 BELLFLOWER BLVD.

BELLFLOWER, CA 90706

SHEET INDEX
SHEET
No.DESCRIPTION
A1.0 TITLE SHEET, SHEET INDEX, SCOPE OF WORK, GENERAL
NOTES
A2.0 POOL PLAN
A3.0 ENLARGED POOL FLOOR PLAN
A4.0 OUTDOOR SWIMMING POOL SECTIONS
A5.0 POOL MECHANICAL ROOM
A6.0 POOL DECK DETAILS

SCOPE OF WORK

BUILDING DATA

PROJECT DIRECTORY

VICINITY MAP

BUILDING LOCATION

APPLICABLE CODES

GENERAL NOTES

ABBREVIATIONS
SCALE: 1" = 20'-0"10 SITE PLAN
N
P.O.T. NOTE
NO.

REVISION
DATE
ISSUED
-263-
\11
1 N

I©K
%/
V
Ioflofl 3 s
E \ i
7 ‘ mu 'st 77 ,
:2 \,
____c€iir’_ , N Hwy; 7 ,
r;::~_ R
.fl9 3 Allan» s: g
i E ‘
Prhullll
3' g g m a“ pm ‘ ’ 5 § E g 5 car . 3 Elemenmy School 9 : g E g > sum-”m Fait- Rd Foam Rd
N 5 2 v E
I ’ E a 5 g “e E W O a
W” : ’ g Mun-a n ‘
é Nuhwk s: = 5
St. John Bosco j “as,“ High School
'” i

3. 4' é. a a " g,
f if f § § ‘ s . a.
m 3 S lufllfl fl VII St § §— .
cr'flbmok at g -
floater-nu Avg ‘
Mllr SI E act-us:

Kalsar Pemangme “is.” 5 Yum 3| g
Bollflowsr MedIcal... K a f g g
«h, Nona-ma An ”'63.“, g a An,“ S E
M» s g M“ g um: St E
" - 5 . h...” _ Laud-I. SI
.
‘1 'El
I
-

MD MAIN DRAIN -

E
X
I
S
T
I
N
G

RA ROPE ANCHOR -

E
X
I
S
T
I
N
G

UL UNDERWATER LIGHT -

E
X
I
S
T
I
N
G

GR GRABRAIL -

R
E
-
I
N
S
T
A
L
L

E
X
I
S
T
I
N
G
,

N
E
W

S
L
E
E
V
E
S

IM ONE METER DIVE STAND -

E
X
I
S
T
I
N
G
,

S
A
V
E

A
N
D

R
E
-

INSTALL W/ NEW ANCHORS

FI FLOOR INLET -

E
X
I
S
T
I
N
G

EJ EXPANSION JOINT EXISTING, PROVIDE NEW
CAULK AT ALL E.J.

DM DEPTH MARKER -

N
E
W

T
O

M
A
T
C
H

E
X
I
S
T
I
N
G

1.CAP ALL EXISTING UTILITIES & PREPARE FOR NEW WORK AS
REQUIRED.

2.PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIAL, AND EQUIPMENT

NECESSARY TO COMPLETE DEMOLITION WORK AS INDICATED

ON DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND AS REQUIRED TO
ACCOMMODATE NEW CONSTRUCTION.

3.PATCH, REPAIR, AND RESTORE ALL AREAS DAMAGED BY THE

CONSTRUCTION WORK AND DEMOLITION TO MATCH
CONDITION OF ADJACENT UNDISTURBED SURFACES.

4.REMOVE FROM THE SITE ALL MATERIAL RESULTING FROM

THE DEMOLITION WORK IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO AVOID
CREATING A NUISANCE. DISPOSE OF ALL MATERIALS FROM

THE SITE ON A DAILY BASIS AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE
OWNER

5.DISPOSE OF ALL MATERIAL RESULTING FROM THE

DEMOLITION WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE

LAWS AND REGULATIONS, INCLUDING THOSE GOVERNING
NOISE, DUST, AND DIRT CONTROL; DISPOSAL OF HAZARDOUS
MATERIALS; AND REQUIREMENTS OF THE LOCAL AIR QUALITY
MANAGEMENT DISTRICT.

6.ALL DEMOLITION AND ALL HEAVY NOISE CONSTRUCTION
MUST BE LIMITED TO WEEKDAYS, BETWEEN 8AM TO 4 PM. NO

ON-SITE WORK SHALL TAKE PLACE DURING STATE OR
FEDERAL HOLIDAYS. KEEP NOISE LEVELS TO MINIMUM
POSSIBLE AND COMPLY WITH CITY MUNICIPALITIES.

1.UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OTHERWISE, PRODUCTS

SCHEDULED INDICATE QUALITY STANDARD REQUIRED, BUT ARE
NOT INTENDED TO LIMIT COMPETITION. LISTED COLORS AND
FINISHES ESTABLISH COLOR AND FINISH REQUIRED. EXCEPT
FOR PRODUCTS NOTED AS "OWNER'S STANDARD," APPROVED

EQUAL PRODUCTS MAY BE SUBMITTED FOR OWNER
REPRESENTATIVE'S REVIEW AND APPROVAL. CONTRACTOR MAY

REQUEST APPROVAL FROM OWNER TO USE OR SUBSTITUTE

ENVIRONMENTALLY PREFERABLE PRODUCTS AND RECYCLED
PRODUCTS.

2.COLORS AND FINISHES SHALL MATCH SAMPLES AVAILABLE FOR

VIEW BY CONTRACTOR AT OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S
PROJECT SITE OFFICE. ARCHITECT IS SOLE JUDGE OF COLOR
AND FINISH MATCH.

3.WHERE "MATCH EXISTING" IS INDICATED, PROVIDE NEW

MATERIAL AS NECESSARY TO PATCH OR EXTEND EXISTING
MATERIAL. UNLESS AN EXCEPTION IS SPECIFICALLY NOTED,

NEW MATERIAL SHALL MATCH EXISTING IN TYPE, MATERIAL,
SIZE, THICKNESS, COLOR, AND PATTERN.

4.WHERE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS REQUIRE COLOR MATCH, BUT

EXISTING COLOR'S NAME IS UNKNOWN, MATCH COLORS AS
NEARLY AS PRACTICABLE BY FIELD COMPARISON. ARCHITECT IS SOLE JUDGE OF COLOR MATCH ACCURACY. MISMATCHED
COLORS WHERE MATCH IS REQUIRED WILL BE REJECTED.

NO.

PL-1
COLOR/MODEL NO.MATERIAL MANUF.

PLASTER MARCITE MATCH EXISTING. SUBMIT FOR APPROVAL.

P-1 EGG SHELL -PAINT DUNN-EDWARD
NOTES
P-2
-
MATCH EXISTING. SUBMIT FOR APPROVAL.

EGG SHELL -PAINT DUNN-EDWARD MATCH EXISTING. SUBMIT FOR APPROVAL.

CT-1 CERAMIC TILE DALTILE MATCH EXISTING. SUBMIT FOR APPROVAL.

CT-2 CERAMIC TILE DALTILE MATCH EXISTING. SUBMIT FOR APPROVAL. -
-
-
-
-
CT-3 CERAMIC TILE DALTILE MATCH EXISTING. SUBMIT FOR APPROVAL.- CT-4 CERAMIC TILE DALTILE MATCH EXISTING. SUBMIT FOR APPROVAL.- A.ELECTRICAL / MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES: REINSTALL AND PROPERLY RECONNECT EXISTING DUCTWORK; SWITCHES;
THERMOSTATS; AND OTHER EXISTING ELEC./MECH., EQUIPMENT

AND DEVICES REMOVED DURING THE WORK BUT NOT INDICATED
TO BE REMOVED. REINSTALL ONLY EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES
THAT ARE IN GOOD CONDITION. DISCARD EQUIPMENT AND

DEVICES THAT ARE NOT IN CONDITION AT LEAST AS GOOD AS

EXISTED BEFORE REMOVAL, AND PROVIDE NEW EQUIVALENT
EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES. NEW EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES SHALL

EXACTLY MATCH THOSE REMOVED IN TYPE, SIZE, FINISH,

CONFIGURATION , AND OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS, UNLESS
NOTED OTHERWISE. ALL INSTALLATION SHALL MEET CURRENT
BUILDING CODE.

B.PROVIDE NEW MATERIALS TO MATCH EXISTING UNDISTURBED
WORK FOR CLOSING OF OPENINGS, REPAIRS, AND RENOVATION.

NEW FINISH MATERIALS AND SUBSTRATES TO MATCH EXISTING

SHALL BE THE SAME TYPES, SIZES, QUALITIES, AND COLORS AS EXISTING ADJACENT MATERIAL. REPAIR ALL DAMAGED OR

DEFACED FLOOR, WALL, AND CEILING FINISHES ASSOCIATED
WITH THESE ALTERATIONS.

EXISTING POOL DECK TO
REMAIN. PROTECT IN PLACE
P.A.

P.A.

P.A.

EXISTING WEIGHT ROOM

NO WORK

EXISTING INDOOR POOL

NO WORK

PLANTING AREA
EXISTING METAL FENCE;

PROTECT IN PLACE

PLANTING AREA

TYPICAL, EXISTING CONCRETE

DECK, EXPANSION & CONTROL
JOINTS; PROTECT IN PLACE
EXISTING METAL FENCE;

PROTECT IN PLACE

EXISTING DIVING BOARD

TYPICAL, PROVIDE NEW GRAB RAILS

ON NEW CONCRETE DECK AND NEW
SLEEVES AT SIX (6) LOCATIONS
F.D.

F.D.

POOL EQUIPMENT
ROOM
A5.0
1 E.

J
.

E.

J
.

E.

J
.

E.J.

E.

J
.

E.

J
.

F.D.F.D.

F.D.

F.D.

F.D.

TYPICAL, PROVIDE NEW

CAULK AT ALL EXISTING

EXPANTION JOINT
E.J.

E.J.E.J.
2'

-

4 1
/
2 "
0'

-

4 "

DM DM DM
DM
DM
DM
DM
DMDMDM
DM
DM
DM
DM
EXISTING DOUBLE GATES, 48" WIDE
BY 72" HIGH EACH
EXISTING GATES, 48"
WIDE BY 72" HIGH

EXISTING SLIP RESISTANT CONCRETE
DECK
---
-1
A3.0
SEE SHEET A3.0 FOR ENLARGE OUTDOOR POOL PLAN

ENLARGED PLAN

ENLARGED PLAN
1 1.California Code of Regulations: The finished pool shell shall be lined with a smooth waterproof interior finish that will withstand repeated brushing, scrubbing, and cleaning procedures. The finish color shall be white. Tiles installed at the waterline shall be of contrasting color. A spa pool may be finished in a light color other than white when approved by the enforcing agent. Pool shell shall be maintained in good repair. CCR 3108B

2.California Code of Regulations: A minimum continuous and unobstructed 4-footwide (1219 mm) slip resistant, cleanable, nonabrasive deck area of concrete or like material shall be provided flush with the top of the pool coping extending completely around the pool, and the deck area shall further extend 4 feet (1219 mm) on both sides and rear of any diving board, fixed disabled access assistance device or slide and their appurtenances. The deck width shall be measured from the poolside edge of the coping lip. CCR 3111B, CCR 3112B, CCR 3113B, CCR 3114B, CCR3115B

3.California Code of Regulations: The water depth shall be clearly marked at the following locations: 1) maximum depth; and 2) minimum depth; and 3) each end; and 4) both sides at the shallowest and deepest part of the pool; and 5) at the break in the bottom slope between the shallow and deep ortions of the pool (see also Section 3109B.3); and 6) along the perimeter of the pool at distances not to exceed 25 feet (7620 mm). For pool water depths 6 feet (1830 mm) or less no diving markers with the universal symbol of no diving, which is a red circle with a slash through it superimposed over the image of a diver, shall be installed on the deck directly adjacent to the depth markers. CCR 311OB

4.California Code of Regulations: A means of entry and exit to and from the pool shall consist of steps, recessed steps, ladders, stairs, ramps or a combination of these. Stairs or ramps shall be provided in the shallowest portion of a pool if the vertical distance from the bottom of the pool to the deck is over 1 foot (305 mm). A second means of entry and exit shall be provided in the deep portion of a pool having a depth greater than 4« feet (1372 mm). Where the width of the pool exceeds 30 feet (9144 mm), such means of entry and exit shall be provided at each side, not more than 100 feet (30,480 mm) apart. CCR3111B

5.California Code of Regulations: Handrails rails shall be provided at the top of both sides of each ladder and recessed steps and shall extend over the coping or edge of the deck. Two hand rails shall be provided extending from the deck to not less than a point above the top of the lowest step in accordance with Figure 31B-7. The steps shall be located where the deck is at least 4 feet (1219 mm) wide. CCR 3111B

6.California Code of Regulations: All pumps, filters, chemical feeders, skimmers and supplemental equipment shall comply with the applicable requirements established by the NSF/ANSI 50-2012 performance standard effective September 2012. The poo! shall be equipped with one or more skimming methods to provide continuous skimming of the pool water and shall be capable of continually withdrawing not less than 100 percent of the flow rate. Disinfectant feeders shall comply with applicable requirements established by the NSF/ANSI 50-2010 performance standard effective August 2010 for disinfectant feeders. All chemical feeders including disinfectant feeders and the auxiliary feeders used for solutions, slurries or solids, along with components such as pumps, strainers, tubing connections, tanks and injection fittings shall comply with the provisions of this section. CCR 3123B, CCR 3125B, CCR 3126B, CCR 3128B, CCR3133B, CCR3134B, CCR 3136B, CCR3141B, CCR3162B

7.California Code of Regulations: Plans submitted for approval pursuant to this section shall be drawn to a scale of 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) equals 1 foot (305mm), except that plans for spa pools shall be drawn to a scale of 1 inch (25 mm) equals 1 foot (305 mm), unless otherwise approved by the enforcing agent. Chemical feeders and associated components shall be constructed and installed to prevent uncontrolled discharge or siphoning of chemicals and fumes directly into the pool, its recirculation system, the pool area or ancillary facilities. All equipment installed for recirculation, filtration and disinfection of pool water shall be installed so that access is limited to persons authorized by the pool owner or operator. CCR 3103B, CCR 3122B, CCR 3123B, CCR 3133B, UFC
Provide all safety equipment and signs required for your pool. Refer to the State Pool Code or consult with your inspector.

Some of the signs below may not apply to your pool.

No lifeguard sign.

CPR/ artificial respiration sign.

Pool/spa occupancy sign.

Emergency sign with pool pool address and nearest emergency services location.

Keep closed sign(s) on exterior of gates and doors.

Diarrhea warning sign.

No diving sign (when required).

Warning sign for spas.

Emergency shut-off sign for spa energency shut-off switch.

Life ring attached to a rope with a length of at least the width of the pool.

Body hook on at least a 12 ft. pole.

The sumps of all suction drain outlets on all types of pools must conform to one of the following; (use of pre-manufactured sumps are encouraged on new construction) An approved manufactured sump and drain cover as illustrated Or a field-built sump with dimensions of one of the diagrams below.

FROM THE PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT
Edward
Lok Ng
C-16840
REN.11/30/25

LIC E N S E D ARCHIT
E
C
T
S
T
A
T

EOF CA L I F O R NIA
Cl
i
e
n
t
:

Co
n
s
u
l
t
a
n
t
:

CA
D

D
r
a
f
t
:

Ar
c
h
i
t
e
c
t
:

En
g
i
n
e
e
r
:

Jo
b

N
u
m
b
e
r
:

Da
t
e

I
s
s
u
e
:

Cl
i
e
n
t
:

De
s
i
g
n
e
r
:

Ar
c
h
i
t
e
c
t
u
r
e
In
t
e
r
i
o
r
s
Pl
a
n
n
i
n
g
15 1
1 C
o
t
a

A
v
e
.

L
o
n
g

B
e
a
c
h
,

C
A

9 0
8 1
3 T
e
l
.

5 6
2 -
9 1
2 -
7 9
0 0
Th
e
s
e

d
r
a
w
i
n
g
s

a
n
d

a
c
c
o
m
p
a
n
y
i
n
g
,

a
s

i
n
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s

o
f

s
e
r
v
i
c
e
,

a
r
e

t
h
e

e
x
c
l
u
s
i
v
e

p
r
o
p
e
r
t
y

o
f

t
h
e

A
r
c
h
i
t
e
c
t

a
n
d

t
h
e
i
r

u
s
e

a
n
d

p
u
b
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n

s
h
a
l
l

b
e

r
e
s
t
r
i
c
t
e
d

t
o

t
h
e

o
r
i
g
i
n
a
l

s
i
t
e

f
o
r

w
h
i
c
h

t
h
e
y

w
e
r
e

p
r
e
p
a
r
e
d
.

R
e
-
u
s
e
,

r
e
p
r
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n

o
r

p
u
b
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n